A Letter to a Younger Self

What if you could write a letter to a younger self today? What if an older self could write to you today? What would you write? What would you like to hear? I’ve been wondering about those questions both as an investor and an individual. Why? Maybe it’s the end of summer mood; perhaps it’s many conversations with young, aspiring professionals I’ve had in the last few months.

The inspiration for this essay came from several directions. First, I spoke with a good friend, Tom Morgan (Curiosity Sherpa to Billionaires), about the idea of a future self-guiding us today on our path. Then, I exchanged emails with the author and UCLA professor Hal Hershfield about his book: “Your Future Self”. Finally, with Jordan Olmscheid from The Wealth Letters I discussed the idea of a letter to a younger generation.

Tom Morgan writes: Our “future selves” may indeed use our attention and passions to direct us towards manifesting our unique potential. We aim our curiosity at the “thing of the highest value.””

Professor Hershfield shares: “People who are able to connect with their future selves, however, are better able to balance living for today and planning for tomorrow.”

Jordan Olmscheid has been collecting “The Wealth Letters,” which rely on The Wisdom of Crowds to build a framework for finding true wealth.

Writing this letter, I also thought of my earlier conversation with John Soforic, the author of “The Wealthy Gardener: Lessons on Prosperity Between Father and Son”.

***

Back to the question — what would I say if I stood in front of my 21-year-old self, who was attending a highly regarded business school in Poland, about to study abroad in Brussels, the “capital of Europe,” had his mind set on a prestigious graduate school in Paris, and was soon to start a search for an internship in New York City?

I’d say: Everything is going to be alright. Would that be wise to say, though?

Life and investing are about what we want and what we don’t want — success and failure, in a sense. It’s not always certain that what we think we want is good for us, though, and even that it’s something we will actually want when we get it. Similarly, an unpleasant experience can sometimes be more beneficial than a warm pat on the back. Life can be funny this way.

I rediscovered a great quote from Jim Carey in the beautiful book “The Sketchbook of Wisdom” by Vishal Khandelwal (special thanks to Hari, thank you for shipping a copy to me half a globe away!):

“I hope everybody could get rich and famous and have everything they ever dreamed of, so they will know that it’s not the answer.” – Jim Carrey.

What is the answer, Jim? It’s much more nuanced.

Principles

When it comes to investing, you’d think I’d like to know the top 5 best-performing stocks and put all the money in them. I think what would be better is a collection of timeless principles. Why?

For many reasons, first of all, those principles could serve me well over many decades and through all kinds of markets. Second, I think I’d have a lot of doubts about a list of five stocks shared with me by an alleged future self. Lastly, I know I could test the principles, while 5 stock recommendations without any context would be hard to hold on to for a long time.

If I had a brief moment with my younger self, I’d share what I heard growing up: work hard, be honest, and be kind. If I had another moment to distill money and investing wisdom, I’d say: live below your means and invest the rest.

Purpose

I don’t know where it came from, but I’ve always had a very clear sense of purpose. My family tells me that I have always been on a mission.

I find it helpful to be both grateful and happy with what I have today, yet I feel a constant appetite for more. I call it curiosity. That’s what leads me to another book, another stock, another adventure. The more I read, the more I want to read, and the more I realize how much more there is to know, or in other words – how much I don’t know yet! The more stocks I have researched, the more business models I discover. The more I see of the world, the more I know there is to see.

That kind of humility keeps my enthusiasm in check when it comes to investing. I’m cautiously optimistic but with a healthy dose of skepticism, always ready to ask that one more question.

Patience

I’ve always been more patient than most people I knew at any given time. I’m not sure if it’s my nature or upbringing. I think both. I wasn’t always sure that patience is a good quality, either. Maybe in some endeavors, waiting is detrimental in the spirit of “you snooze, you lose.” In investing, it’s NOT usually the case, though.

Looking back, I didn’t grow up around same-day delivery, instant shopping, and entertainment; everything took time, and most things didn’t work as hoped right away. Even computer games took a while to load, not to mention early websites. In the real world, I remember planting vegetables and trees growing up. I knew that waiting was part of the game. Patience was the only way.

Only this week, in my podcast recording with Brian Feroldi (financial educator, YouTuber, author). we spoke about patience being the only edge that investors have over Wall Street. I call it the last arbitrage — time arbitrage. I often share that I’m probably not smarter or faster than most, but I do my best to be more patient. You’d be surprised how any competition quickly fades away when you are willing to stay that extra hour or an extra year.

Christopher W. Mayer (best-selling author, and investor) shared with me the idea of a delayed reaction. Many might be familiar with delayed gratification – the now almost proverbial waiting for the second marshmallow. Chris’ point is very helpful, though, even life-changing. In moments when a lot is at stake, a quick reaction might get us in trouble. A deep breath, a pause, and the extra thought can make all the difference. Sometimes, the best we can do is sleep on it.

In the service of others

I was raised around some great examples of lives well-lived. In my family, we have had doctors, teachers, accountants, engineers, and a senior citizen home builder and long-time manager. In a household with two doctors, often on-call and away from home, I knew that serving others is important. In the first decade of my life, in Soviet-era Poland with the Cold War reality, my parents, as physicians saving lives, were paid less than the hospital electrician – with all due respect to electricians. An arbitrary payscale ruled the day. I know that money wasn’t their motivator; it was a higher calling to serve others.

My grandmother’s second career as a builder and manager of a senior citizen home taught me about putting others first. While her contemporaries were ready to take an early retirement, she stepped up to a new role, which she found even more fulfilling than her earlier accounting career. I’m not sure which position was more beneficial on a monetary level, but I don’t think she ever cared. She answered her true calling, though it came later in her life.

***

Thinking about a letter to a younger self, I ponder what would be both timeless and impossible to misunderstand. What if I could only pass on a handful of words? I’d say follow principles that have worked for others in life and in your field. Keep your purpose alive and well throughout your life. Nurture your patience; it will save you from trouble and open up doors to wonderful opportunities. Remember that as much as you might enjoy what you do, do it in the service of others. If it pays well, it’s a bonus, but not a reason in itself. Money motivates us only that far, but to go further, we need to follow our true calling.

On another note, I can’t help but wonder — if I had indeed told my younger self that everything would be all right, would I study a bit less, work a little less hard, send fewer applications, read fewer books, research fewer stocks, etc… Would that marginal easing on the pedal make a difference? There is no way of knowing. I think that this healthy combination of excitement and nervousness, fueled by uncertainty and hope about the future and propelled forward by passion and curiosity, has proven to be a great driving force that has kept me going for a little over four decades of my life.

What I do know for sure is that the last thing I’d like my future self to do is to give me all the answers and erase all the challenges and struggles. It would take all the fun away. I’d rather know I tried hard and failed miserably, only to be ready to try again with an equal or bigger enthusiasm.

What about today? After almost twenty years in the investment profession, countless stock picks, a few books, a podcast, many world travels, many friends, and many experiences, what’s next? I’m curious what my future self would have to tell me. Everything is going to be alright? I’d prefer to hear: remember — the principles, the purpose, patience, and being of service to others. I trust that this timeless advice can guide everyone well as much as it continues to guide me, and everything has to be alright in the end.

What about your future selves?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 9/28/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Three Times is the Charm

Only earlier this year, someone I know told me – “What are you worried about? Airlines don’t go bankrupt anymore.” My ears perk up when I hear a statement shared with so much conviction. I don’t recall ever holding shares of a company that went bankrupt. I held tickets of three bankrupt airlines in my life, though, and the third one was only this year soon after my colleague’s confident declaration. Why do businesses go bankrupt anyway, and how can we avoid owning them?

I held the first ticket of a bankrupt airline exactly around the time I met my future mentor, boss, and now business partner, Mr. François Sicart. We had a morning meeting scheduled in Paris; I was still a graduate student at the time. I was hoping to go see my family in Poland for the holidays. As luck would have it, the airline went bankrupt only days before our appointment and my travel — I lost my ticket. My student budget didn’t have much wiggle room for that kind of a surprise, but it was a priceless lesson nonetheless.

I had the hardest time finding a reasonably priced alternative so last minute during a busy travel time. The second most desirable option would have me travel out of Paris, missing my long-awaited meeting with Mr. Sicart. I didn’t know yet, but our conversation was to lead to an internship opportunity and eventually to a wonderful career I have enjoyed ever since. I went with the next option, a mode of transportation leaving Paris only hours after this very memorable meeting. Right after our conversation, I ran home, changed, and chased a 24-hour bus back to Poland instead of a low-cost flight with an airline that was no longer there.

This experience made a lasting impression on the mind of a newly minted value investor who was trying to tame his excitement about the stock market with a reasonable dose of caution to balance it out. A bankrupt airline will do that to you!

Holding shares of a company that goes bankrupt is a zero outcome. You lose all in that particular investment. It’s something we do our best to avoid. I haven’t owned one bankrupt company, but that’s not because I was lucky. It’s a very disciplined choice of avoiding certain businesses that have a very real chance of going completely bust.

Why would anyone be interested in those companies, you could wonder. Some of them make a miraculous comeback once in a blue moon and can generate eye-popping returns, while the alternative worst-case scenario is a zero. I vividly remember the near-bankrupt companies during the Great Financial Crisis of 2008-2010. Their outcomes were rather binary: great or terrible.

Some argue that you could own a big number of those near-bust duds, and then some of them will possibly survive. We won’t argue against it, but it’s not a strategy for our stomach and quality of sleep. To me, the biggest risk is the compromise. If you let a handful of potential zeros into the portfolio, you run a risk of eventually holding all your investments in such stocks. The nature of most crises happens to bring all weak companies to their knees together at the same time. I have no interest in seeing how such a portfolio would look in March 2020, March 2009, or any previous market freefall.

***

Now and then, some investors see their stocks drop 10%-20%, even 50%. This might be too much to stomach at times. The price drop can be as much a paper loss from which one can recover and see further growth as much as a sign of further trouble. A bankrupt company is quite a final loss, a permanent loss.

To be fair, there are companies that almost go bankrupt, and their stocks drop 90% or more. To me, it is as bad as a zero. It is a very hard place to be and equally hard to recover from.

With bankrupt companies, it’s a lot like with Charlie Munger’s frequently shared goal: “All I want to know is where I’m going to die, so I’ll never go there.” If you know what kind of a company can go bankrupt and avoid them, you’ll be just fine. Charlie will celebrate his 100th birthday next year, so if he can do it, adding decades to his life, we can definitely attempt the same, extending our investment results.

A company goes bankrupt when it can’t handle its debt anymore. There are laws in place that govern how the assets and business of a company will be used to clear its debts. The debt holder, who lent money to the company, might recoup some of the committed capital. What happens with the shareholder? You guessed – if you hold common stock, you will like get zero. You might see some formerly bankrupt companies re-emerge even with the same name and logo, but don’t be fooled; it’s a whole new set of shareholders that get to own it. The previous common stock gets canceled. Ouch!

I held tickets of three bankrupt airlines when they went bankrupt. I flew with other airlines that had gone bankrupt since. It’s the nature of that particular business. Why is that?

Airlines often have high fixed assets funded with substantial debt and are not very flexible. They have high fixed costs, which makes them very vulnerable during any downturn (including a global pandemic). It’s also a cyclical business since a plane ticket is a discretionary purchase that travelers are readily willing to forego and postpone. Therefore, the demand is volatile and can vanish for long enough to get the airline in trouble. On top of that, the industry suffers from limited customer loyalty and a highly price-sensitive buyer. It’s also a highly regulated and very competitive business. With any unfortunate combination of events, airlines are bound to either go bankrupt or hope for governmental help.

Now, if you flip this logic on its head or invert and wonder what kind of company has minimal if any, chance of going bankrupt, you will see a very different picture. It’s a business with no or limited or manageable debt; it has sustainable profits and a loyal customer base. Customers are not too price-sensitive either. Ideally, you’d like to see low fixed costs so that the bigger the business grows, the higher the margins get, and profits flow with preferably limited additional capital needs. Lastly, if the capital gets reinvested, it produces higher returns and is incremental to margins.

Those businesses exist, but they aren’t usually available at bargain prices. It takes patience and discipline to scoop them up when an opportunity arises, and it eventually does.

Three times is the charm – I wrote down jokingly when I found out another airline went bust as I readied to travel. I knew that an idea for an article was born!

I purchased and held these three tickets because I had limited choice. Either it was the only connection that made sense or the only ticket price that worked for me. It was a necessary risk at the time but a very limited risk, an inconvenience rather. When it comes to buying stocks, “no” is always a valid choice.

This time around, a twenty-year-old regional airline failed to agree with the unions and collapsed under the weight of the debt, seeing no return to positive cash flow in the near future. I only found out about its demise days before the flight. We chose an alternative and filed a claim with the credit company to get our cash back. I keep my fingers crossed, but I don’t lose my sleep over it, and anyway, the experience inspired this article and brought back some memories – made it worth it!

I’ll keep flying and buying airline tickets, and I might come across another dud again, but I made a commitment a long time ago that I’ll do my best to avoid absolute zeros investing. It’s good to remember how those zeros can come about and then head the other way anytime one appears in sight. Will some of them experience a miraculous turnaround? Maybe, but again, we won’t lose our sleep over it, wait and hope for the best.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 9/13/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How Does It Feel?

Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger were asked about emotions at the last Berkshire Hathaway Annual Meeting. You’d think it’s an unlikely question to ask two investing legends at the shareholder meeting, is it though?

When I was in business school, we didn’t talk much about emotions. How does it feel when the market plummets by a third within weeks? No spreadsheet or chart can capture that sensation, but the pit of your stomach certainly can. In March 2020, I fielded numerous calls from both clients and fellow investors, granting me a firsthand experience of the profound emotional turmoil many were grappling with. This experience taught me more about emotions than any investment manual I’ve ever read.

As investment advisors to affluent families and individuals, we offer experience and knowledge. However, we believe what truly distinguishes an advisor is empathy. There are times when the numbers align, the strategy seems perfect, but the plan doesn’t resonate emotionally. We don’t dismiss this feeling. We pay attention. We refer to it as the “quality of sleep” factor.

Many argue that bear markets are the most challenging due to plummeting stock prices and pervasive gloom. I’d contend that bull markets are trickier. Watching neighbors accumulate wealth at a pace faster than you can be daunting. Charlie Munger himself argues that markets are driven not by greed but by envy. Perhaps it’s a tomato, to-mah-to debate, or maybe greed and envy are inextricably linked. Either way, these emotions can lure even the most disciplined investors into treacherous territory, leading them to take undue risks and overlook potential pitfalls.

Whether in a rising, falling, or stagnant market, in my experience, emotions inevitably surface. Regardless of how foolproof a plan appears, it’s crucial to gauge how our investors feel. A hypothetical portfolio crafted with an elegant formula remains theoretical. We believe that a real-world stock portfolio demands empathy and understanding, not just numerical data.

Another arena where emotions play a pivotal role is where practice confronts principles. Fundamental monetary and investment concepts aren’t intricate: saving, investing with patience, avoiding pitfalls, maintaining discipline, and steering clear of fleeting trends are principles championed by many.Many claim to be a “long-term investor” until the market takes a nosedive. That’s when we discern who can endure transient setbacks.

I’m reminded of Warren Buffett’s introduction to Benjamin Graham’s The Intelligent Investor. Buffett emphasizes that while the book offers a “sound intellectual framework,” we must provide emotional discipline. I’ve found that this notion is even more pertinent today. Our emotional equilibrium is constantly challenged by an incessant deluge of news ranging from the stocks we hold to global affairs.

Previously, we’d await the evening broadcast or the morning newspaper. Now, instantaneous buzzes from our pockets or wrists deliver headlines incessantly.

One facet of emotions largely omitted in my education is intuition. In the quantifiable realm of investing, intuition often seems out of place. Some opine that intuition aggregates our amassed knowledge and experiences, assisting us when facts and logic remain ambiguous. Consider times when something felt right or wrong without a discernible reason. I’ve attended meetings where company narratives seemed too idyllic, and though no explicit fact or figure raised concerns immediately, an innate hesitancy stopped me from proceeding.

While contemporary business school curricula encompass emotional intelligence, behavioral economics, and psychology, perhaps the emotional side of investing can’t be taught in a conventional sense. Maybe it’s more akin to learning to cycle, requiring more than just classroom instruction.

At the Annual Meeting, Warren Buffett explained how they have made plenty of bad investment decisions but never made an emotional investment decision. He added that you don’t want to be a no-emotion person all your life, but you want to be a no-emotion person making investment decisions. That’s something we can all aspire toward.

Cultivating empathy is a journey. Managing emotions demands continuous effort, and intuition sometimes proves to be a valuable ally. I love numbers and spreadsheets, but recognizing and sometimes trusting our emotions can offer an edge in our investment journey. Isn’t it worth delving deeper, occasionally pausing to inquire: how does it feel?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/29/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Making the Impossible Possible

Imagine you’re staying at a 5-star resort, and you want to put the chef’s promise that anything is possible to the test. What would you ask for? A rare, freshly picked mango in the middle of winter or a Maine lobster if you happen to be on a tropical island with scorching heat outside? I’ll let you ponder, but in investing, too, there are some impossible asks. However, I have good news: there is at least one way to make some of them possible! Let’s explore.

This article was inspired by my summer chats with fellow investors and a travel show featuring Eugene Levy, the Reluctant Traveller. For those who aren’t aware, he’s a renowned Canadian comedian whose peculiar sense of humor perfectly sums up his globe-trotting show. Aren’t we all a bit of reluctant travelers these days anyway? Airports seem busier, airplane seats narrower, and peanut bags tinier than we remember, don’t they?

In one of his episodes, Eugene stays at a glamorous resort on a remote tropical island, where he puts the chef to the test. He merely asks for a burger, but other guests seem to request a lot more – perishable rarities from afar that are nearly impossible to deliver on time to that location.

This travel experience conjured up two images: one of a youngster asking a parent for something impossible and an aspiring investor with an equally ambitious request. For the former, it would be a plush toy in the middle of a long flight that was left behind at home. For the latter, it would be doubling or tripling the capital in an incredibly short time frame.

In my career as an investment advisor, I’ve taken many calls, participated in countless conversations, and answered numerous emails. Some led to potential business opportunities where what we offer matches what the client is looking for. Certain interactions made me smile. I remember at least one instance when someone asked if we could double their assets by the winter holidays because they were in the market for a bigger house. Wrong number, wrong advisor – I politely explained.

The conversations I mentioned, along with Eugene’s experience, made me ponder what happens if we flip the idea of an impossible ask on its head. What truly renders a request impossible? If late one evening, someone asks the chef for a rare, expensive French cheese on a tropical island thousands of miles away and expects it first thing in the morning, the time frame makes this demand nearly impossible.

The cheese is out there, available. It may not travel well, but there’s a way to fulfill the request safely. The obstacle is the time frame. The next 12 hours make this wish not much different than the cries I heard when a young passenger demanded immediate delivery of their favorite plush toy in the middle of a cross-Atlantic flight. Impossible.

Now, if we separate the request from the time frame, something interesting happens. You’d like the cheese, he’d like the toy, and the investor wants to double the assets. I have some good news! All three are possible. The cheese may take a bit longer to fly in, the toy might be shipped as well, and the investment returns could come over a more reasonable time frame. If the investments return 5-15%, the assets double every 5 to 15 years.

In conclusion, many requests are possible, but what can make them impossible is the time frame. With a suitable time frame, much more becomes possible. If we want them sooner, it will come at a higher price. A private jet can fly in a plate of cheese, but with investments, the risk is the ultimate price. The more impossible the request, the higher the risk. Sometimes, the risk can be just too high to accept.

A coin flip with everything at stake could double your fortune in a heartbeat. The highest possible return with the least effort and the shortest wait is a lottery ticket. Everything else will require time and patience.

I’ll let you in on a secret: the easiest way to turn the impossible into possible is to ask for it earlier. It doesn’t work everywhere and always – there are some absolutely impossible asks, but many can be made more likely with a bit more time!

You want that special cheese? Ask the chef before you even arrive. You need the plush toy on the flight? Pack it with you. You want to double your assets? Start investing now. Let’s savor the cheese, enjoy the toy, and anticipate the returns. But also, let’s remember the cost, price, and risk – a more reasonable time frame can make all the difference.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/7/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

H1 2022 & H2 2023 Review

We witnessed a whirlwind of events during the three pandemic-stricken years from 2020 to 2022. Investors endured a crash and recovery in 2020, a broad bull market in 2021, followed by a year of pause and correction in 2022.

Throughout these years, market participants and all of us experienced major shifts. Interest rates were slashed to zero before soaring to multi-decade highs, the economy plunged only to rebound significantly, and the stock market embarked on its own tumultuous journey. The post-pandemic boom era ushered in a wave of “right-sizing” among businesses.

The year 2021 was a true litmus test for many investors. I can’t recall a time when the fear of missing out was more pronounced. It seems that even the most disciplined and seasoned market participants were enticed to take a leap, often resulting in losses from investments in profitless businesses, digital assets, and more. The surge in speculative activity may have broken some records.

In contrast, 2022 seemed to be a rude awakening for many. We, however, focused on remaining patient, disciplined and deliberate, and our decisions about what NOT to invest in mattered. In essence, we steered clear of the most overheated market segments. Interestingly, the 2022 sell-off saw both stocks and bonds decline in price overall. A more nuanced view reveals that bonds with longer-term maturities dropped more significantly due to the swift rise in interest rates. To prepare for such a potential surprise, we kept our idle cash in short-term US treasuries.

So far, 2023 has brought in relative calm, especially compared to the previous two years. After trillions were lost, the fervor around cryptocurrencies, NFTs, SPACs, Meme stocks, and more has notably declined. This quieter atmosphere has been a welcome respite for us. We’ve stayed true to our principles, continually identifying opportunities and making strategic investments when the prices have been reasonable. Slow and steady.

Since the Last Market Update Letter (8/2022)

In our previous letter, we highlighted the cyclical nature of economic indicators, noting that several key measures — such as interest rates, the 10-year treasury rate, and unemployment — had returned to pre-pandemic levels. Likewise, many stocks relinquished the gains they made during the pandemic rally.

However, that’s not an accurate reflection of the current state. Interest rates have continued to climb, the market — particularly the tech sector — has persisted in its recovery, and large-scale tech layoffs have garnered headlines. The conflict in Ukraine rages on, oil prices reached a peak before marginally retreating, and the shadow of a potential recession seems to loom over investors’ minds. Moreover, the market’s recovery has been uneven, primarily driven by a small subset of large-cap stocks.

Inflation, Recession and Interest Rates

We are stock pickers, business pickers. We choose businesses we’d like to own and decide what price we are willing to pay. With the bottom-up mindset, we do keep an eye on the top-down big picture. No matter how great the businesses are, they all operate in a certain macroeconomic context. We don’t make any particular predictions, but we do look out the window.

As we shared last time, those three years may feel like a round trip for many investors, but inflation is a metric that was in a different place than anything we have seen in some 30-40 years.

Inflation started to cool down from the peak read of 9.1% in June 2022 (the highest in 40 years) to 3% in May 2023. Fed Fund rate went up from 0% in March 2023 to 5%-5.25% after the last hike in May 2023 (the highest level since 2007, the fastest speed of hikes). We welcome higher rates, it’s nice to see a healthy yield on idle cash, and a tone down speculative activity that zero rates invited earlier.

The other phenomenon is the inverted curve yield. It’s a moment when near-term rates are higher than long-term rates. Looking at the difference between the 10-Year Treasury and a 2-Year Treasury, it dropped to a negative 1%, and it’s reversing recently. The last time it was negative was in 2006, and it hasn’t been this negative since 1981. It’s usually driven by higher demand for long-term government bonds, which implies an expectation of a decline in longer-term rates as a result of deteriorating future economic performance.

A combination of pandemic-era supply and demand shocks combined with a massive fiscal and monetary intervention fired up inflation to levels we haven’t seen in 40 years. It’s encouraging to see the inflation cool down. High inflation can be a very disorienting force for all market participants, from consumers to businesses and governments.

The economy has slowed down with a 2% real GDP growth, below the 2021 level of 4-7%, but it’s above two slightly negative reads in the first half of 2022. Beyond the economic pandemic ups and downs, including a negative 30% in q2’20 and up 30% in q3’20 (GDP change), businesses seem to be “right-sizing” and searching for a new normal, more sustainable level of sales. This ebb and flow has caused a lot more variety in stock price outcomes – more to choose from for a discerning stock picker.

We are yet again reminded how the market is not the economy, and the economy is not the market. When many may feel the least comfortable investing given the macro backdrop, the best opportunities may abound.

 

 

More opportunities in an uneven market recovery.

With the rollercoaster ride of the last few years, we are returning to fundamentals – earnings, cash flows, profits – all that businesses are really about. A lot of former market darlings have experienced a big 50-90% price collapse. Many of them are still of no interest to us. The market, though, has knocked down many quality businesses to prices we haven’t seen in a while, and they still haven’t participated in the recovery. Some companies are a lot better than they were before COVID and may start to look increasingly attractive.

If you look closer at the last 6-12 months and the YTD rise in stocks, it’s driven by a handful of stocks that are up and brought the indices higher, but many are down or flat. The S&P 500 without seven mega-cap stocks was still flat for the year only in May. The other way to analyze it is to compare the index between the market cap weighted (which is how it’s built) and equal-weighted (where each stock has the same position size); they usually track each other as the market rises more broadly. It’s very glaring to see how the two metrics were in sync until March looking YTD, and the gap grew to 10 percentage points.

Bank runs and AI.

In addition to general market observations, we think it’s crucial to highlight two phenomena: bank runs and the emergence of AI (Artificial Intelligence). If this letter were a time capsule, these two occurrences would certainly be remembered.

In brief, the sharp rise in interest rates resulted in substantial paper losses for some banks due to the treasuries they held. Banks profit from borrowing at lower rates and lending at higher ones. However, the rapid shift in interest rates, the fastest on record between 2022 and 2023, had a damaging effect on some banks. Those that experienced the most substantial deposit inflows in the previous year were hit hardest. Simply put, they invested the most at the worst of times right ahead of a historic rate spike.

Banks depend on the confidence of their depositors. While banks could have simply waited for the full payout from the bonds they held upon maturity, the erosion of client trust triggered bank runs, a phenomenon not seen in the U.S. since the Great Depression. Fortunately, the intervention of the regulators helped to restore depositor confidence.

Separate from banking issues, AI has been a key topic of discussion this year. Although AI isn’t new and is widely used in everything from movie recommendations by streaming services to fraud detection at your bank, one AI application has especially captivated public attention: ChatGPT (Chat Generative Pre-Trained Transformer).

Released in late November 2022, and having garnered over 100 million users by June 2023, ChatGPT started to revolutionize how we find and organize data through conversational interaction. It’s innovative, though not without flaws, and its effectiveness is largely dependent on the data it can access and the quality of the questions it’s asked.

As often happens in investing, novel and exciting developments don’t always make for obvious investment opportunities. We’re still observing how ChatGPT will impact existing business models, professions, and even education as a whole, and what kinds of new innovations it will inspire. This anticipation and uncertainty are a fascinating aspect of investing, as we strive to identify emerging sources of profit and cash flow amid the constant flux of business evolution.

Nonetheless, ChatGPT, and artificial intelligence chatbots in general, we believe represent some of the most thrilling technological trends in recent history. We eagerly watch their progress, incorporate their utility where applicable, and anticipate their continued evolution and development.

 

Long-term Goals

Our long-term goal remains the same for all the assets we manage. We intend to both preserve and grow the capital over time. We seek to double our clients’ wealth every 5-15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual rate of return over the long run, but we would like to accomplish it without exposing the portfolios to the risk of a permanent loss of capital. Of course, performance cannot be guaranteed, and past performance is not indicative of future results.

Our strategy can be described as a long-term patient contrarian. All securities are selected through an in-house research process. Our investment horizon for each individual holding is usually 3-5 years.

We intend to hold between 30-60 stocks, mostly US equities, but we may invest in foreign securities as well. We don’t use any leverage; we don’t own any derivatives. We may supplement the strategy with exchange-traded funds (some of them may use leverage or derivatives).

We don’t have a predefined portfolio composition target. We may hold cash at times, but we prefer to own businesses, and when the opportunities abound and prices are right, we will likely be close to fully invested.

What we wrote before applies today: “as much as we pay attention to the overall market trends, we like to look at our performance independently from the benchmark. As long as the businesses we own report improving fundamentals, and the market eventually prices them accordingly, we are happy.”

What’s ahead?

The COVID years brought about a lot of innovation, big leaps in productivity, new ways of doing business. At the same time, big capital was raised to fund a lot of new projects, while recent tech layoffs are making talent available to smaller, promising businesses without the scale of their mega-cap peers.

As public equity investors, we are curious to see what kind of new companies will grow out of this peculiar set of circumstances and have already become public or will become public in the coming years.

We believe the US economy is still the biggest, healthiest, and most diversified in the world. Given its depth, size, and liquidity, the US stock market seems to remain the most appealing home for the most innovative, new companies, even if they originated in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, or South America. At the same time, US companies can be global and benefit from long-term growth and prosperity around the world. They operate under US laws, follow US disclosure requirements, and promote a shareholder-friendly culture, making them appealing investment choices for us. We are optimistic about the US, and the US business, while near-term, we remain cautious about the stock market as a whole. We are happy with our stock portfolio of selected, vetted, well-researched businesses.

What do we expect going forward? We build the portfolio for any possible scenario, and our goal always is to be the least wrong with our investment choices. Given the level of uncertainty from inflation, economic slowdown, interest rates to new policies, various geopolitical shifts and tensions, we’d expect more buying opportunities for patient and disciplined investors.

Performance

There were a few pivotal moments in the last three years. First, we acted quickly in March 2020, and built up positions in a variety of quality businesses. We held a steady course in 2021 when we saw FOMO-driven speculative spirits took over the markets. In 2022, what we didn’t own helped us the most, while our holdings held their ground. Through the last 18 months, we added a new selection of stocks that became available at attractive prices as the market corrected.

We have been happy with the holdings we bought, and their performance shows that stock selection mostly met or even exceeded our expectations.

We remain optimistic about the long-term growth prospects of the US and the world economy.

Slow and steady wins the race remains our mantra as we look ahead toward new investment opportunities.  

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/2/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Is Time Really Money?

I recently stepped out of Zurich Airport on a warm summer day, a stark contrast to my last winter visit. Banks and watches come to mind when many think of Switzerland, followed by chocolate. Let’s indulge in a bite of chocolate and converse about time and money. Zurich Airport is one of the few places filled with ads referencing both money and time. One ad even proclaimed that money is time. We are more accustomed to hearing “time is money.” Which is it, then? Both make money and time seem equal and exchangeable to a certain extent. But that’s not entirely accurate. Let’s delve into this.

In my podcast, Talking Billions, I’ve talked with fifty authors, experts, and investors about wealth, money, investing, and better living. In our discussions, we often start with money and end up talking about time. Many guests have reminded me how time is our most precious asset. Others pointed out that you can borrow and save money, but you can’t do the same with time. That’s just the first difference.

Very often, we utilize the same vocabulary to describe money and time: save, invest, spend, waste, lose, gain. This language use creates an illusion that they are exchangeable or even identical.

So, what is time, and what is money? Money is a medium of exchange, a measure of value that allows us to trade goods, services, and assets amongst each other. Time, however, is more nuanced. It permits us to perceive our reality in a linear fashion; it measures the order and duration of events; it’s the fourth dimension. If humans invented money, wasn’t time already there, even if not observed and measured?

The phrase “Time is money” is most commonly attributed to Benjamin Franklin. He employed it in his essay, “Advice to a Young Tradesman,” published in 1748, where he penned, “Remember that time is money.” Yet, the idea predates him.

We grow accustomed to trading time for money. There is even a concept of an hourly wage for work, from a barista at your local coffee shop to a high-powered corporate lawyer racking up billable hours.

Your time can be traded for money, and your money can be traded for other people’s time. We understand that much. Interestingly, if you want to borrow money for a period of time, you’ll need to pay interest. This concept is as old as money itself.

So how old is money? And what about time?

The first known form of currency dates back to ancient Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq) around 3000 BCE. They used clay tablets as a medium of exchange. These tablets represented a certain amount of goods, like grain, and were employed in trade.

The first known devices for measuring time were sundials, which date back to ancient Egypt around 1500 BCE. Water clocks, or clepsydras, were also utilized by various ancient civilizations, including the Egyptians, Greeks, and Chinese, as early as the 16th century BCE.

It seems we quantified money before we started tracking time. Of course, time didn’t start the moment we decided to measure it. It doesn’t stop when we neglect to measure it, either.

In essence, money is a promise of repayment at a later date. If there’s no tomorrow, money ceases to exist. Before we had refrigeration, drying, smoking, and pickling food, we’d only pick and harvest what we could consume today. In some cultures, people live for today. They earn what they need to pay today’s bills, including meals. Even in these societies, there is some form of credit, which relies on the promise of repayment later.

The only reason to accept any money in any form is that there’s an opportunity to spend it at a later time.

Now, if all the money were lost with one wrong click at some mega-bank, time would be just fine, ticking along. New money would reemerge to settle debts among us.

There are people who are time-rich and cash-poor. A high earner working 100 hours a week with a long commute on top of that might be making millions, but he or she doesn’t “have” time to “spend.” A young graduate backpacking through Asia on a shoestring budget has all the time in the world but little money. They are stretching the proverbial dollar. Try to stretch an hour sometime.

Some choose to work, save, and retire early. They have a clear goal of saving decades’ worth of annual expenses and possibly never work again as they enjoy their financial independence. They trade some years for future years of financial freedom.

Another interesting phenomenon differentiates money and time further: lost money can be earned back; lost time cannot.

You’d think that we’d immediately know that time is more precious to us than money. Yet, we sometimes value money over time. We’ll walk for 45 minutes instead of taking a 5-minute taxi ride, for instance.

Throughout most of our human history, we didn’t know what time it was. We had a vague idea. Watches are only five centuries old, and in the US, still only one out of three people wear a wristwatch daily (I know, smartphones tell time now, too).

Also, money can outlive us, but our time cannot. We manage multi-generational fortunes and witness another interesting phenomenon. The initial fortune created a century or two ago is still around, and growing, reinvested in new businesses serving another generation. This gives money a certain level of immortality with an infinite time horizon.

If you buried a gold bar in the sand in ancient Mesopotamia and dug it out today, it would probably still buy you something, including someone’s time. Perhaps it was purchased with someone’s time as well? This makes money seem a lot like time captured in a time capsule.

Speaking of unearthing treasures, let’s introduce another dimension to our discussion and consider fossil fuels for a moment: oil, gas, and coal. They are essentially a form of stored solar energy. Hundreds of millions of years ago, plants used photosynthesis to convert solar energy into chemical energy. That energy is converted into money today while it powers our lives and economies. It’s easier to think of millions of dollars than millions of years. What’s the true value of anything that took that long to produce?

Time and money seem to be engaged in a perpetual dance. Time never stops, and money tries to keep up with it, relating to it in various ways.

We might have started with sundials and clay tablets, but today, sophisticated financial instruments like options have a pricing component called “time value,” second only to its intrinsic value. The closer we get to expiration, the more the time value decays.

It was the ancient Sumerians, around 2000 BCE, who are credited with dividing the day into 24 hours, each hour into 60 minutes, and each minute into 60 seconds. This sexagesimal system was based on their counting system, which used a base of 60.

4,000 years later, with two smartwatches on our wrists and digital money in our virtual pockets—we all still have only 24 hours in a day, and 60 minutes in each hour, no matter how large our bank account may be.

At the end of the day, it’s all about the perception of value. We all fall somewhere between those that have all the time and no money and all the money and no time. At different points in life, we might feel we have more or less of either of the two. There is no one right answer, but it’s good to remind ourselves that money can be borrowed and saved. It’s fungible in many ways, while time is not.

Money has yet one more interesting quality – it seems to have the ability to buy us the freedom to spend our time as we like. Let’s spend our time wisely, or at least, let’s think for a minute about how we spend it. I plan to!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/19/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Game-Overs and Do-Overs

I imagine a bomb squad member on his knees, sweat trickling down his forehead, clutching two wires in his hands. There’s no room for do-overs in this profession, and he faces a potential game-over every time he shows up for work. For me, in investing, business, and life, it’s wise not to solely aim for the fastest route, the highest peak, or the biggest paycheck but to stay in the game. You’ll soon see why we need ample room for do-overs and none for a game-over. Allow me to explain.

Not far from where I grew up in Poland, there was a forest littered with explosives left by the Nazi army. As they retreated at the close of World War II, fleeing from the Soviet Army in the east into the arms of the Allies in the west, this dense forest with its rugged, uneven terrain was pockmarked with large craters from bombs – or so I was told.

World War II ended 35 years before I was born, but memories of it lingered as if it had concluded just a year prior. That particular site was shrouded in mystery. As children, we were regaled with stories of mishaps involving youngsters who dared to explore those woods. If you instruct children not to venture somewhere, especially if their more impulsive friends go, what do you think they will do? Aren’t investors sometimes similar?

Venturing into those woods carried the very real risk of an irreversible game-over, with no opportunity for a do-over.

What else should we be cautious of in life, business, and investing?

Friendships can crumble when trust is shattered. A promising career can be derailed by severe burnout. An investment portfolio might plummet due to a cluster of risky and volatile investments.

Recently, I had two extensive conversations with Luca Dellanna, author of the book Ergodicity, while recording a podcast episode. Guy Spier, a Zurich-based investor and author of The Education of a Value Investor, introduced me to Dellanna’s concepts. What instigated that discussion was another book, Finite, and Infinite Games, by James Carse. Carse explains that there are two types of games: finite games with winners or losers, time limits, and clear rules, and infinite games, where the goal is to sustain the game, akin to friendship.

Luca Dellanna posits that many games we engage in resemble a game of Russian roulette. One unfavorable outcome can remove us from the game, be it in a skiing competition or an investment career. “Irreversible consequences can absorb future gains,” – Luca writes. While not all situations are life-or-death, ignoring these “phantom consequences,” as Dellanna terms them, can lead to disastrous results.

Dellanna recounts a poignant tale of his cousin, a competitive skier whose career was abruptly halted before he turned twenty due to a leg injury. Dellanna explains, “It is not the best ones who succeed. It is the best ones of those who survive.”

What about do-overs? Dellanna uses the analogy of baking cakes. The allure of this activity lies in the low stakes and minimal risk. If a cake turns out poorly, you can simply start anew. In investing, maintaining a carefully chosen, well-researched, closely monitored, yet wisely diversified portfolio can be a recipe for harmless do-overs. If one stock falters, it’s an inconvenience, but it doesn’t wreak havoc, and you can readily replace it.

Almost everyone has heard tales of sudden, immense cryptocurrency fortunes, but fewer seem to share stories of financial ruin among former crypto “investors.” I, for one, have heard both. Financial do-overs are sometimes possible, but they are far from easy.

We manage money for families and individuals, the capital they don’t immediately need and can’t afford to lose. We operate under the assumption that once lost, the capital cannot be recovered. Often, we are responsible for a significant portion, if not the majority, of our clients’ liquid assets.

This role requires that we remain open to opportunities while being acutely risk-aware. Luca Dellanna’s book reiterates the importance of not taking certain risks. The greatest peril in life, business, and investing is concentrating on potential gains while neglecting the possible losses. We all yearn for a trophy, but first and foremost, we must ensure a safe journey.

I never set foot in that eerie, bomb-laden forest, and there are vast segments of the market you’ll never find me exploring. Let’s remain in the game, evade irreversible consequences, and allow ample space for do-overs.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/4/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Profit: Who is Better Off?

If two people start with nothing, one is earning $100,000 a year, the other $50,000, but the first one is left with $5,000 after all taxes and expenses, and the second one with $10,000, which one is richer? One would need almost twenty years to save one year of expenses, the other four years. When it comes to personal finance, the concepts can get a bit confusing. Let me explain.

We join our clients on their journey at a point when they are financially comfortable. Whether through inheritance, business, or career success, they have accumulated enough wealth to set them apart from most people in their countries and the world. They are long past, or they never had to cut their maxed-out credit cards or had their internet or electricity disconnected because of a lapsed payment.

We start the conversation when our clients decide they want to see their nest egg last a lifetime or a family fortune serve many generations. It is refreshing to look at the underlying principles that might have become second nature but still need to be followed to achieve big-picture, long-term success – keeping the money.

When we analyze a business, we look at sales, costs, and profits, but the last item is the one that gets most of our attention. The example I shared of the two individuals with $100,000 and $50,000 salaries is no different than two businesses. The ranges can be even more extreme. One company can have $100 billion in sales and book $1 billion in profit. The other may have $5 billion in sales and $2 billion in profit.

$2 billion is more than $1 billion, no matter how much in sales it took to generate it. If anything, the higher the margin, profit divided by sales, the better the quality of the business. It usually means it has a stronger competitive position. Not getting too technical, but the actual cash flow after reinvestment in the business can tell us even more about the business. If a business needs only a small portion of the profit reinvested in the operations (new equipment, new facilities, etc.), and more left for the shareholder, the happier we are. Last but not least, if the reinvested capital earns high returns, it puts an additional smile on our faces.

Then you have the U.S. government or any government in the world. Somehow, many governments manage to even spend $150 on each $100 in tax revenue. You can’t run a household for too long this way. The governments get away with it by growing the outstanding debt. It’s the proverbial kicking of a can. If history teaches us anything, eventually, the government defaults on its debt, and one way or the other, needs to address the looming problem.

Sometimes it’s a manageable restructuring, other times, it’s a messy collapse, and since the government can be a big spender in some countries, the economic hit might be very pronounced. The most challenging situation happens when a country borrows most in another currency, usually the dollar. If the exchange rates collapse, too, the domestic tax revenue might never catch up with dollar payments.

I grew up in Poland, a country that technically defaulted on its dollar-denominated 1970s debt when I was one year old. The debts were settled, paid off, and partially forgiven when I was 14 (the mid-1990s). Many countries shared a similar path. It’s nothing new and will likely be repeated.

The U.S. has what we believe is a very privileged position; its debt is in its own currency, which happens to be the reserve and trade currency of the world. It’s got a lot more room to overborrow and overspend. There is some limit to it, and we are yet to see when and how we reach it, and it’s nothing to do with the ‘debt ceiling’ but with the investors’ willingness to buy and hold the U.S. government debt. It’s a privilege, NOT a right, but apparently, each country has to learn it again and again.

If the government wanted to set an example, they’d collect $100 in taxes, use $50, and return to you, the taxpayer, the $50 they didn’t use! The annual tax refund that many are excited about is the money you overpaid in taxes the year before. In the example above, the government collected more in taxes than it needed in a particular year. It doesn’t usually happen; I can’t actually think of an example.

Back to profits, though. Whether your household revenue comes from a salary, real estate assets, a business, a stock portfolio, royalties, and more, the top line is revenue. That amount needs to be taxed, and then all expenses follow. Usually, the rent, the mortgage, and your home is the biggest ticket item, and then transportation, food, medical expenses, education, and more. The labels are the same if you have a multi-million dollar household or a national median household, which is around $70,000.

Looking rich and being rich is not the same. A $100,000 household spending almost all they earn will obviously “look” a lot richer than a $50,000 household. All the visible proofs of wealth: a car, a house, and travel will differ. In our example, the first one saves or has a profit of $5,000 at the end of the year, the latter $10,000.

The concept of wealth gets even more interesting when you see it as how much a household makes, spends and saves, and actually possesses. Usually, the curiosity ends with the first question, and unless you talk about someone on the Forbes list, the last question doesn’t come up. It’s the middle, spending, and saving that makes all the difference, though.

Certain personal finance experts these days bring to our attention how spending more than we earn and growing debt is a source of stress and will eventually get us in trouble. Their advice is the same as a business or government would need. Cut spending, and look for ways to grow earnings. It’s a challenge not only for average household budgets. I spoke recently with a Great Depression era expert Nicki Woodard who studies the lives of the richest people of the era, Barbara Hutton, Doris Duke, Huntington Hartford, and others.

They were born to fortunes that were almost unimaginable to spend, yet many of them accomplished just that. On the one hand, there is no limit to spending; on the other, coming from a $30 million household and living in a $3 million household with a $30 million taste will get us to the same troubles over debt and overspending.

Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s wise business partner of few words but much wisdom, tells us to keep our expectations in check. I think it’s a piece of universal advice. The principles of personal finance are the same for a $70,000 household, a trillion-dollar corporation, and for the world’s largest economy. Spend less than you earn, save, and invest.

The governments won’t take this advice; they can always tax more, default, restructure, print money, and more. Corporations that want to have a loyal shareholder base eventually show discipline and profits. Individuals might have the least wiggle room here. At the end of the day, it’s your own quality of sleep, and somehow, we all sleep better when we have savings worth a few months of expenses and even better when we know we might not have to work for money another day in our life. The best truths are the most obvious but the hardest to embrace.

Next time you see a neighbor with a brand new top-of-the-line car, think of the profit of your household and theirs; you might still be closer to a better quality of sleep than your neighbor will ever be—just food for thought.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/8/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Plenty of Room at the Top

Are life and investing an Olympic sport with one sole gold medalist?

I had the privilege of having deep conversations with some of the brightest minds of investing lately, both on my podcast over the last few months and more recently in Omaha at Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway Annual Meeting. Those conversations inspired and resurfaced the idea that maybe we are looking at the world the wrong way and there is plenty of room at the top in life and investing. Let me explain.

I think healthy competition is helpful in life and investing; too much of it can stifle the results, impede collaboration, and deprive us of the joy of the pursuit. For me, it started in high school, but when I went to college, many of my professors really played up this feeling of competition. They’d say: “Look around you; there are only two spots and thousands of students just like you.” In graduate school, the pressure only heated up. Only a handful of spots were always available for the most desirable scholarships, exchange programs, and internships. The next stop was a lucrative job or nothing – allegedly.

It is easy to start to see all pursuits as an Olympic sport with one gold medalist and those right behind them, only a fraction of a second slower, yet going home with nothing. In an interview with William Green, Tom Gayner, the legendary investor and the CEO of Markel Corporation, eluded to that idea. This conversation reminded me that not all life and investing is an Olympic sport; most of it is not.

If I told you the world’s 100th-best runner is still really fast, it doesn’t make an impression. But if I said the world’s 100th richest person is still very rich, it does sound different. Why is that?

***

I can’t say I don’t have a competitive streak. In graduate school, there was a very coveted internship with a major investment bank. Everyone I knew wanted a spot. I believe they offered a handful each year. My mind was set already: I wanted to be a stockpicker and value investor. I knew that I could possibly learn a lot at an investment bank, but I decided on a different career path. Peter Lynch, Phil Fisher, Ben Graham, and Warren Buffett had something to do with that. I was already buying stocks, making mistakes, and learning fast. Their lessons cannot be unheard, and I was under a spell that only grew stronger as the years passed.

Applying for this “top of the world” opportunity cost me some extra effort. Maybe I wanted to prove something to myself. I remember being called in for a series of interviews. One of them was very memorable and different than I expected to have. It was a heart-to-heart conversation with a junior banker, only a year or two older than me. He said that, given my credentials, I would likely get the position. A few days later, I found out he was right.

You probably guessed that I didn’t accept it. Another investment bank reached out soon after, but I had all the intention to start an internship with my soon-to-be boss, mentor, and, these days, business partner, Mr. François Sicart. That was over 18 years ago! I never looked back. The investment banking position offered better upfront pay, but the career I chose has been so much more rewarding and fulfilling. I respect those who took my spot and many others who worked in that profession; I just knew I wanted a different direction for myself. My mind was set.

***

Sitting at Buffett’s Annual Meeting, I was thinking about how Buffett clearly accumulated the majority of the wealth that Berkshire created under his leadership. He is the biggest shareholder, after all. Charlie Munger, his business partner, has a net worth that’s about 1/40th of Buffett’s. It doesn’t seem to frazzle him one bit. His $2.4 billion puts him in a very comfortable spot, financially speaking. Apparently, already 1/1000th of Charlie’s fortune is enough to feel rich, somewhere around $2.3 million, studies show.

If Buffett is a gold medalist in this pursuit, aren’t those with a minuscule fraction of his wealth still fine?

With my podcast guests, I spent a fair amount of time discussing their definition of success. They keep surprising me with how they look at such a simple yet powerful question. The answer can define our lives and careers. We discuss whether it’s a destination or a journey and whether we should maximize or optimize for some particular outputs we want. It’s a much more elaborate and complex answer than an image of a gold medalist standing high on a pedestal.

What I love about my interviews is how we can go on for an hour about everything investing and not mention benchmarks, indexes, and outperformance. Other times, we were supposed to talk about money, yet we talked about time as our most precious asset. How come some of us are time rich while others time poor? I’m reminded that time is not like money; we cannot save or borrow it. We can’t even steal it, for that matter. We all have the same 24 hours, 12 months, 52 weeks each year.

Sitting among Berkshire shareholders, celebrating the owners of this living case study in business success, I realized that we could all be winners in our own races. The closer you look, the more you’ll see that it’s not one single spot but many at the top. There are also many “tops” worth pursuing. You create your own idea of what it means to be at the proverbial top, after all. Financially speaking, it can be three months of monthly expenses saved, but it could also be a family fortune that can last 100 years or beyond.

Speaking of satisfaction derived from reaching the top, I think of Morgan Housel’s recent articles. He wrote: “The richest you’ll probably ever feel is when you get your first paycheck, and your bank account goes from $5 to, perhaps, $500. The contrast that it generates might be greater than going from $10 million to $20 million. Going from nothing to something is so much more powerful than going from a lot to super a lot. The contrast, not the amount, is what makes you happy.”

All this to say, there is plenty of room at the top; we all define our own “tops,” and paradoxically, it’s the first step on that journey, the first paycheck, that may give us more satisfaction than the actual “arrival” at the dreamt-up destination.

Buffett’s success made his business partner, Charlie Munger, rich, and many others. Obviously, Charlie contributed a lot more than shareholders watching Berkshire’s rise from afar.

You could be, but you don’t have to be the richest person to be at “the financial top.” It’s not about the last penny that sets you apart from someone right behind you. Some healthy competition keeps the world moving forward, more collaboration can help even more, and while we are it, why not enjoy the pursuit? It might bring us more satisfaction than the destination. Let’s not forget, after all; there is plenty of room at the top!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/25/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Return on Kindness

I got up and stood on a platform — a microphone in front of me, a beam of bright light in my face. Warren Buffett just called me to ask a question in front of tens of thousands of people around me and millions watching worldwide. I was in the middle of Berkshire Hathaway’s Annual Meeting – the Woodstock for Capitalists held in Omaha, Nebraska, each year. It was my turn to speak; I said: “Thank you for making our lives better.” My words echoed back, confusing me for a moment; I proceeded with the question, nonetheless!

Before I share with you what followed, I must thank everyone who asked me if I’m going to Omaha this year. There were many of you, many more than usual: Guy Spier, William Green, Adam Mead, Gautam Baid, Phil Ordway, Christopher Tsai, Robert Karas, Saurabh Madaan, Jeff Henriksen, Ninad Shinde, Jake Taylor, Gillian Zoe Segal, Eugene Ng, Tyler Howell, John Mihaljevic, Alex Wetterling, Tilman Versch, and many others. Special credit goes to Lauren Templeton, though, who, in our podcast conversation, finally convinced me to pack up and head over on this very special pilgrimage, my first in a long time. Thank you, Lauren!

If I were to describe the three-day experience in three words, I would say with no hesitation: the Return on Kindness. The credit for the article’s title has to go to my friend Direk Khanijou – I shared with him how all I feel around fellow Berkshire shareholders is kindness. He said the founder of the famous yogurt company Chobani, Hamdi Ulukaya, uses the term “return on kindness.” Thank you, Direk!

Over this long weekend, we got a refresher of all the Buffett and Munger wisdom, but it’s more than that. Being in the company of tens of thousands of attendees and millions watching online, as my new friend Luis Gomez Cobo told me, you feel like it’s just you and the two of them talking to you directly. And that’s exactly how I felt. I saw their advice through my own personal experience. Luis deserves the credit for holding a spot for me in the line on Saturday morning and inspiring me to put my name down to ask a question. Thank you, Luis!

I think there are some amusing contradictions about the event, though. It attracts a big crowd of people who usually avoid crowds. I love people and deep conversations, but you won’t usually find me in a big crowd. I wrote a book, “Outsmarting the Crowd,” after all. These are mostly people like me who don’t get emotional about the market’s vicissitudes. We like the logic and simplicity of the value investing philosophy. We admire Buffett and Munger and the business they built. Most of all, we appreciate how they live by example and humbly share their many mistakes.

There was a recent time when we all avoided crowds. In May 2020, my wife and I were staying in a cabin in the woods, 2-3 hours outside of New York City, and I remember well watching the online broadcast of Buffett speaking alone at this annual event. We were all hunkered down and avoided any social interaction. I didn’t dare to dream that in three years; I’ll be among tens of thousands shoulder to shoulder in Omaha waiting to get in, save a good seat, and watch them both live again. I shared some intimate essays penned in those days in my recent book. They were written to our clients and never meant to be published, but here they are, Crisis Investing.

Life is an amusing journey. Buffett and Munger are around the age of my two late grandfathers. One of them took me fishing on a lake like Munger spends his summers. These were my first lessons in patience and discipline. The other told me tales of his early childhood and upbringing, just like Buffett likes to do. He taught me about the value of hard currency and the dangers of fiat money. I grew up with a work ethic, the value of education, the importance of serving others, and most of all, kindness towards each other.

Berkshire weekend is a celebration of capitalism, but more so, a celebration of the shareholder, the business owner. There was minimal if any, private ownership of the business in the Cold War era, 1980s Poland of my childhood. The stock exchange shut down when the Nazi tanks rolled in and were yet to reopen. Big land and most businesses were nationalized following WW2.

I accompanied my more senior grandfather each month to pick up ration cards in those pre-teen years. The failing Soviet-style centrally planned economy led to a shortage in government-operated stores. Meat, flour, milk, and sugar were rationed in Poland, a country covered with wheat and sugar beets and abundant with pigs and cows. Not that different from recent tales of insanely oil-rich Venezuela running out of gas at the pump. The free gray or black market filled the gap in Poland, where the government failed, as it does in Venezuela today.

By the way, I was absolutely convinced that all kids my age in the whole world share the ritual of a walk to pick up ration cards with their grandpas. Now, I know it’s not true. I still have fond memories of those strolls, but I wish we had a See’s Candies store as our destination instead, with a lesson or two about the long-term benefits of owning quality businesses.

I need no convincing that a free market economy works. I also need no convincing that ownership of businesses can allow you to grow wealth over time and serve society with an abundance of products and services that no centrally planned authority can ever match. When you look closer, it’s not the capital on the pedestal in Omaha, but the owner. Buffett makes sure that we, the owners of Berkshire, know well that he is working for us. He benefits, along with us being a major shareholder himself.

Capitalism, ownership, and business aside for a moment, there was a bigger lesson I walked away with from my long weekend in Omaha: the Return on Kindness.

I asked Buffett and Munger about their 100-year vision for Berkshire; I quoted Warren’s 1976 tribute to Benjamin Graham, where he referred to Graham as a man who would plant trees that other men would sit under. I told Buffett and Munger that I see them both as such people.

I was curious about the 100 years because of our multi-generational view of the fortunes we are responsible for at Sicart Associates. It’s a view I share in my previous book – Money, Life, Family. I strongly believe that the quality of thinking improves dramatically once we look at investing as planting trees for others to enjoy. The results may happen a lot sooner than a century, of course, but this mindset instills a healthy, responsible, opportunistic, but cautious framework.

Buffett reminisced about the generosity of Benjamin Graham, his mentor, and friend, who remains the preeminent father of value investing. He reminded us how Graham’s book – The Intelligent Investor changed his life. Almost a quarter of a century ago, I discovered Warren Buffett himself in the foreword to a later edition of this book. I might have heard his name in Peter Lynch’s book – One Up on Wall Street, but only after reading Graham’s book I knew I had to pay attention to his Omaha-based disciple. I remember reading Robert Hagstrom’s books next.

In his 100-year vision, Buffett shared how Berkshire has the capital, talent, and shareholders that should allow it to perpetuate its success and behave in a way that society is happy that it exists while others can learn from its example.

Munger praised Graham for being a gifted teacher. He reminded us that half of his investment returns came from one stock, a growth stock, GEICO (the insurance company now owned by Berkshire). Charlie pointed out that buying undervalued great companies is a very good thing — an investment philosophy that Berkshire has lived by for decades.

I felt very fortunate to have had the opportunity to ask them a question directly. Ahead of this weekend, my wife, Megan, asked me what was one thing I’d like to happen there. I said I’m looking forward to spending time with so many friends that are coming, but I have a question I’d like to ask Warren and Charlie. Now, the odds were not in my favor. There are usually 30-50,000 attendees and up to 60 questions get asked, only half of them by attendees that come in person; the other half are emailed and read out. I think around 20 people in the audience got to ask a question this year. I held a lucky ticket that got selected, one of two people in one out of ten stations. I trust that I channeled a question that has been on the minds of many.

The odds are a funny concept, and they have never really been in my favor. In mid-August 1980, when I was born, the odds of me standing one day in the middle of the Woodstock for Capitalists asking one of the richest people in the world a question were close to zero. After all, I was born in Cold War Poland the day the Solidarity movement started strikes against the authoritarian government. I was in diapers when my parents were sent home from medical school; Martial Law and tanks on the streets followed. You’d think it’s not the most obvious time and place for an emergence of a future capitalist and a shareholder, yet it was.

I think life and investing are less about odds and more about showing up for the opportunity. I subscribe to a philosophy shared by Charlie Munger – there are very few big opportunities in life: “When you see a big opportunity, seize it boldly, and don’t do it small.” That’s the wisdom of Charlie Munger’s great-grandfather, whom he never knew. Munger shared it again at this year’s annual meeting.

Buffett and Munger built Berkshire to be a fortress so that they don’t need to count on the kindness of strangers. I agree. I live my life and run investments the same way. Yet often, we offer kindness and sometimes rely on it, it makes life much more pleasant, and businesses flourish and prosper when their clients, stakeholders, and shareholders feel appreciated and valued. I am where I am because of the kindness shared and received by me, my parents, grandparents, and generations before me.

The principles and wisdom of Warren and Charlie are timeless and life-changing. I’ve heard them a thousand times, but it may take a few thousand more to make sure that I abide by them and follow them for decades to come. On my flight back, I opened and started reading the newest edition of Lawrence Cunnigham’s wonderful book – The Essays of Warren Buffett: Lessons of Corporate America. I read the previous edition almost twenty years ago. On my last day in Omaha, I got to shake hands with Mr. Cunningham. Buffett’s message is spreading around the world; my seat neighbor from Malaysia had a copy of the same book. That makes me happy.

Many see capitalism, business, and finance as cutthroat and competitive. I think there is a return on kindness that can compound and bring back a million-fold the initial investment. That’s the lesson I brought home. I’m grateful for all the kindness we enjoyed and shared this weekend; let’s grow and perpetuate it. Thank you!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/11/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Odds of Success & Failure

When I share sometimes that the lack of success doesn’t imply failure, and the lack of failure doesn’t imply success, my audiences seem baffled. First of all, what is a success, and what is a failure? For the purpose of this essay, let’s call success the achievement of a chosen goal. Failure would be then reaching the least desirable outcome. They are not opposites or two sides of the same coin. They are two destinations in different directions. On our journey towards the desirable outcome, we may fall and get uncomfortably close to the undesirable one. It’s helpful to see success and failure this way, making life and investment decisions. Let’s see how and why.

I like exaggerating ideas, taking them to their logical limits to make a point, and showing something interesting. In the case of money, wealth, and riches, let’s say that becoming the richest person in the world is our ultimate measure of success. At the same time, becoming completely broke, homeless, and living on the street as a failure.

I remember the last evening before my flight to New York City to start my internship. This opportunity later turned into a full-time position and led to a career path I’m still happily on. It’s amusing how our memory selects one moment over the others. A New York movie was on TV that night. I had already been there and knew it quite well. To my family, it was still an undiscovered corner of the world. The movie was a story of two homeless men played by Danny Glover and Matt Dillon. They kept trying to “make it” and break away from life on the street, yet failed each time.

I enjoyed the movie; it was New York, after all. My family grew even more worried about my decision. They told me I really have to take care of myself there. I did. The image of ending up homeless on the streets of New York became a symbol of failure in my mind. I remember walking past homeless people in many cities around the globe, and I still carry spare change for anyone in need.

At the other end of the spectrum, to exaggerate here a bit, one can picture becoming Warren Buffett as the ultimate success. He might still be living in the same house he bought over half a century ago, but I think he is quite comfortable financially and has no money worries.

In investing, one could define success as keeping and growing a nest egg, a fortune, to a level when work becomes optional. On the other hand, ending up with empty pockets and not even any spare change for coffee at the other end.

Why contemplate this frame of thinking? The simple truth is that each reward comes with risks. I notice how often investment discussions focus on the upside. This stock can go up 20% or double, or be 10x an investment. Some investors hope to find that one stock that will make them rich, while other investors daydream about compounding their wealth at 15%-25%-35% a year for decades and becoming the next Buffett scale successes. It’s all about the rewards.

What about the risk? What about failure? And here, I don’t mean getting richer slower than your neighbors. That’s not risk, that might be a source of frustration, but it’s really meaningless to anyone looking at investing as a way to keep and grow wealth over the long run. Losing money, a permanent loss of capital, that’s a risk. The ultimate failure in investing is losing a big portion of one’s wealth. It’s a very personal decision what ‘big’ means in this context. If one loses half, it will take doubling of what’s left to recover. A 90% loss would require 10x on the remaining capital. If an investment has a minimal chance of recovery, it’s a total loss, not a paper loss anymore. It’s almost impossible to recover.

As much as easy winnings can convince some investors of their genius and invincibility, losses have an impact on the investor psyche, too. The bigger the losses, the bigger the upside is needed to potentially recover. As you might have guessed, that upside comes with ever bigger potential risks. It’s no surprise how this can lead to a quick downward spiral, just like a gambler doubling the stakes with every loss.

There are many stories of hugely successful people that made a fortune so big that one couldn’t imagine ever spending or wasting it away, yet they did — from the Vanderbilts to Great Depression era speculator Jesse Livermore to a much more recent billionaire investor Bill Hwang who managed to part with $20 billion in 2 days.

The legendary investor Charles D. Ellis said: “Large losses are forever – in investing, in teenage driving, and in fidelity. If you avoid large losses with a strong defense, the winnings will have every opportunity to take care of themselves. And large losses are almost always caused by trying to get too much by taking too much risk.”

We always start with the downside, and to keep it simple, we have a no zero policy. We choose not to invest in any stock that we can imagine going to zero. There will be ups and downs and volatility on the way, and not all investments will perform as expected, but zero is not an option.

Warren Buffett repeatedly reminds us that Rule #1 of investing is not to lose money. We also agree with Ellis that the upside will take of itself. We are in no rush. Slow and steady wins the race.

Our mantra of keeping and growing wealth without the risk of losing it all encompasses both our definition of success and failure. We make an educated assumption about the odds of both. We believe that being aware of the two destinations at all times can hugely improve the quality of the investment process.

Years later, living in Manhattan, I ran into Danny Glover, the actor from the movie I watched that memorable evening before my flight to New York. We passed each other a few blocks away from my home. I smiled. That encounter brought back some memories.

As much as we all want the upside, it’s good to be reminded of how much we wouldn’t like the ultimate downside. There is a happy middle; we just need to keep finding it with every life and investment decision. Even if we don’t end up as rich as Buffett, we’ll be just fine, as long as we don’t allow the other extreme to enter the realm of possibility.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/27/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Contingency Plan

I grew up in Poland and saw the last decade of a failed economic experiment where everything was owned and operated by the government. Hardly anything ever worked, and nothing was ever on time. I thought the whole world worked this way; fortunately, it doesn’t! The Iron Curtain fell, and an unbelievable economic miracle followed. This young mind was already shaped, and I grew to appreciate having a backup plan and never trusting that any rescue was coming.

Those early days might be a fading memory now, but when I see myself make investment decisions or even small life choices, I look through the prism of those early years. It gives me a silent edge in a world where most think nothing can ever go wrong. We have same-day deliveries; you don’t even need a spare toothbrush at home anymore. A knight in shiny armor will always come around, even if your bank spectacularly goes bust. I get it, but I still love having a contingency plan, even if there is no crisis in sight. Let me explain.

Once I arrived in Brussels as an exchange student almost a quarter of a century ago, I immediately noticed how ATMs regularly ran out of cash by Friday evening. You could count on it! No pun intended. I learned that not everything works all the time, even in the charming capital of Europe. My fellow students who lived nearby would always know that I had the cash they could borrow interest-free. Maybe I set a bad example that later gave us zero-rate interest policies? I don’t know. Some of them are European bankers themselves now. Cash bars and restaurants are rare now, so they don’t need weekend bailouts from a good friend.

I learned another lesson. My first commuter train into New York City got delayed by a few hours, making me miss lunch with my soon-to-be boss Francois Sicart. Patsy Jaganath, our partner now at Sicart, took my call that day and kindly rescheduled the lunch to another day. It wasn’t a fluke; it happened two dozen more times in my years of commuting.

You could safely assume that pretty much nothing worked in my early childhood in Poland, but I realized as I continued my education that many things aren’t perfect, even in Brussels or New York City.

A few friends that sailed with me know well that I always have a contingency plan, Plan B, C, D. I’ll have the whole alphabet if I have to! The goal is to make it safely from a harbor to a harbor. You have to be ready to pivot and adapt. The forces of nature are to be respected. Investing is very similar in that way. The folly of the crowds does not differ from an ocean with a sudden squall that gives us chills and rips the sail apart.

If you invest long enough, pitfalls will happen. It’s not a question of “if” but how many times over. I always have spare cash at home; I take earlier trains. I follow my wife’s motto: “On time means you are late.” I always have lots of what Ben Graham (the father of value investing) called “a margin of safety” in my life. Yes, in the aggregate, I probably have waited too long at the airports, and I could have cut some arrivals shorter, but I have never missed a flight in my life.

It starts with throwing an umbrella into your backpack. If it doesn’t rain, that’s alright; it’s a minimal cost and effort. Having cash and extra credit cards traveling that’s another step.

In investing, it helps to avoid the most obvious dangers. These are all the investments that no contingency plan can even save. If you invest over a lifetime and avoid all recent fads, you’ll be already ahead. If you avoid leverage, derivatives, and companies with no real business or profits, that’s another leap forward. You’ll be even further ahead if you have idle cash to take advantage of opportunities after the bull market crashes.

Those decisions start to add up and compound very quickly, and most of all, they give our clients and us peace of mind, and that’s absolutely priceless.

My grandma likes to say that the odds of rain dramatically fall if you have an umbrella with you. I don’t know if she has research to back it; maybe a lifetime of experience instead. If nothing ever goes wrong, and the contingency plan is that umbrella on the bottom of the backpack, so be it.

Either way, I continue to love a good contingency plan when it comes to cash in the pocket and a well-designed thought-through portfolio of stocks.

The last three years have felt like a test in many ways, not just in markets but daily life. Extra home supplies came in handy; acting cautiously while investing helped too. It was a global pandemic-era crisis living and investing.

In 2017, Janet Yellen, as the Chair of the Federal Reserve, told us that there wouldn’t be a financial crisis in our lifetime. I remember vividly the day she said it. My grandma would share an old Polish saying: “Don’t call the wolf out of the woods.” Only three years later, the markets and the economy stalled and fell as COVID gripped the world. Six years later, Ms. Yellen is presiding as the Secretary of Treasury over the era of the biggest bank collapses in recent history.

Crises are part of life and part of investing.

Is all investing crisis investing? No, of course not, but it’s good to be prepared rather than surprised. Sometimes it saves me from a minor inconvenience, other times from a bigger pain to the wallet. I have to thank that first decade of my life for imprinting this mindset into my investor DNA that I can’t make a single decision without knowing what I would do if things didn’t go exactly as planned.

Let’s not call the wolf out of the woods, and let’s have a good contingency plan if the wolf comes, anyway.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/11/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (”Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

In and Out of the Market

The stock market trends up over the long run. It’s far from a straight line. You’ll see many ups and downs. The shorter you’ve been investing, the more enthused you get amid a bull market, and the easier you’ll give in to the fear of missing out. The longer you invest, the more downturns you’ll see and the more patient you become. It’s vital not to scare yourself out of the market and rather see investing as a lifelong pursuit. Oscillating between 100% invested and 0% invested is not the path we take. We believe there is a happy middle ground, slow, steady, calm, and collected. Let me explain.

I was listening to William Green’s interview with Jason Zweig. Mr. Green (Author of Richer, Wiser, Happier) interviewed many of the investing legends we know and has a gift for introducing them to us from a different, more intimate perspective. We get to see them as humans, people like us, with emotions, fears, and worries. Mr. Zweig writes for the Wall Street Journal. I was introduced to his writing through his commentary to Benjamin Graham’s Intelligent Investor.

Graham, considered the father of value investing, had significant investment success before the Great Depression in the 1920s. He experienced massive losses in the crash that followed. The entire Dow Jones index dropped over 90% in those few challenging years. Mr. Graham refined his investment philosophy, sharpened his value focus, and did very well, inspiring many that followed him, including the legendary Warren Buffett.

Mr. Zweig mentioned in the interview how Ben Graham exited the market in the 1960s and never really got back. He was worried the Great Depression would happen all over again. It was also the time when Buffett wound down his investment partnership because he found the market unattractive.

Graham had already made his money at that point and didn’t really need to participate in the market. Buffett might have closed one chapter of his investment career, but he was far from being done. He was about to start reinventing and growing Berkshire Hathaway from a textile business to the behemoth that it is now.

That’s a prime example of a student and a master with two different decisions at the same point in time facing the same market realities.

The answer for each investor is very personal and may change over time. Some can feel comfortable being 100% invested at all times and truly embrace the volatility that comes with it. Others would rather have less invested. That decision has all to do with a preference and tolerance for market gyrations, but NOT a short-term response to them.

The challenge here lies in human nature, which is at odds with investment success. We follow Buffett’s motto: “Be fearful when others are greedy and greedy when others are fearful.” If you really take this idea to heart, you will probably be more invested when fear dominates the markets and less invested when greed overtakes investors.

The range here is not 0% to 100%; it may be 80% in stock to 100% in stocks if our preference is to be close to fully invested. If someone prefers a 50:50 split, they may also choose to be 10% lower or higher, depending on the availability of attractive ideas.

The slow and steady mindset matters here, and we’d rather avoid dramatic shifts. In March 2020, I took a lot of calls, not just from my partners, clients, and family, but also from fellow investors. Among that last group, I listened to some very seasoned investors who chose to exit the market completely right at the market low. They sold all because they couldn’t take the uncertainty and didn’t want to endure what may come. It was a dramatic shift from 100% to 0%. They later shared their regrets as the market recovered and headed higher.

In mid-2021, when the markets were flying high. I also took many calls, and I listened. I heard another set of bright seasoned investors that believed that stocks were “too boring” for these “exciting times”, and it’s now the “alternative assets” they are chasing. They also added the US dollar is not thrilling enough. They moved to leveraged, illiquid, non-US, including crypto, and more. That’s another dramatic move when greed rather than reason guided them.

Our exposure to any of those “assets” was zero. We didn’t hesitate for a second. We knew that we don’t own would matter soon enough, and it did. As a bonus, the dollar actually fared very well against what some expected.

After last year’s market volatility and correction, I’m hearing how US treasuries are the place to be. That’s the 100% to 0% shift from one extreme to the other. The fear took the lead again.

It won’t surprise you, my dear reader, that we find a middle ground between all those extremes. We prefer to be invested over the long run. We never go 100% to 0% and back. We do trim when greed dominates the market; we go on a buying spree when fear takes over.

We see investing as a lifelong pursuit, for many of our clients, it’s a multi-generational pursuit. As the world around us goes through a rollercoaster of emotions, as investors bounce from greed to fear and back, the sentiment goes from hot to cold; we keep a steady course.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/30/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

That One More Question

Investing is all about the quality of questions. I’m coming up on two decades of my career. I  have sat down and talked to countless executives from various companies. I have listened and read through more quarterly earnings than I dare to admit. It’s been all in the name of learning. I heard many answers, but it was the questions that stood out to me. I kept collecting them in the process. They proved to be evergreen and continue to help me find the answer that can make or break an investment. Let me explain.

I was part of a snowshoeing adventure this winter. My companions were bright, seasoned investors. We had great conversations and some good laughs. We enjoyed the mountain vistas and were ready to head back to the valley. The ski bus stop appeared ahead of us, where we waited for a bus. The bus proved to be a mini Van. We asked the most obvious question: how many seats do you have? The answer was 7. Our group was larger than that. Some immediately volunteered to take a snowy shortcut on foot and walked off the road.

We got in and started our drive. In a few minutes, we arrived at the next stop. A couple was waiting there, but there was no room for them to join us. They asked a question we didn’t think of asking: “when is the next bus coming?” The driver said 5 minutes. You can imagine the look on our faces. I wondered why nobody in this crowd of professional investors, including me, asked that question!

As professional investors, all we do daily is ask questions, look for an answer, and paint a picture of the world and each investment in that context. When it came to catching a bus, we didn’t deliver. I smiled and started thinking about the quality of the questions we ask. Sometimes it just takes one more question to make it or break it. What is that question? That’s where the true value of a good investor lies.

In the early years, I would sit and listen to the questions others asked. Back in the day, the meetings used to be in a conference room at a nice New York City hotel where a big bank would host an event. I had a scheduled time slot. I would enter the room with 3-5 other analysts or portfolio managers. Everybody had a chance to ask questions. I was curious about the answers to my questions, but as you probably can guess already, I was even more intrigued about what others wanted to know.

There were some extreme moments, too. I was sitting across the table from a CEO of a major company, one of the biggest players in its industry. The rest of the group wanted to figure out the next quarterly earnings and the timing of a recently announced acquisition. They wanted to know how to adjust their elaborate financial models to a penny. I asked about the long-term, and the company was making some big shifts that could improve profitability in the next 3-5 years.

The CEO accommodated the short-term focused questions, but then he turned to me and gave me his full attention. He smiled and appreciated that I cared to know where he was leading the company in the long run over where the earnings will fall in the near term.

I continued to improve the quality of the questions over the years. I also dropped many questions from my repertoire. Right off the bat, I sometimes tell the management that I have no interest in the next quarter’s earnings; I’d like to understand where this company can be in 5 years.

I remember vividly sitting down with a CFO of a mid-sized company with a lot of potential ahead. She quickly answered all the questions about the immediate future, and for those willing to stay longer and listen, she painted a picture of a much bigger and better business ahead. We ended up owning it on a few occasions until, eventually, it got acquired by a bigger competitor.

I wonder when my appreciation for questions started. I don’t think I was an easy student to have. My inquisitive mind wouldn’t let me stay silent for too long. I’d raise my hand and ask away. I remember one course in corporate finance at my French grad school. The professor eventually asked me if I could represent all students in the group to the faculty and give my feedback about the curriculum. I also liked staying until after the class was over. I knew some students had questions they’d only ask when everyone was gone. These were the best questions anyone asked, and usually, only a handful of us was left in the room to hear them.

I gave my TEDx Talk – The Great Investor in You, five years ago. I enjoyed the talk, but the best part was the questions. I stayed behind, and I heard story after story and countless questions for the next two hours. Many of them, I still remember. Many of them gave me a new perspective, though; one might think I was there to give a new perspective to my audience. I like to think it was a win-win for both me and my audience.

I kept that practice throughout my life. I wait for that one more question. I credit it for many opportunities that I seized and pitfalls that I avoided.

As I’m putting the finishing touches on this article, two phenomena are happening. First, hardly any conversation with anyone I know can pass without ChatGPT being brought up. Second, from Larry Summers to Elon Musk, Silicon Valley Bank has been on everyone’s mind in the last few days.

Let me briefly tie both back to the quality of questions and how that one more question can make it or break it.

ChatGPT is an AI-powered tool to get answers, write essays, code, and a lot more. Remember, though, it’s up to us to ask the right questions, and the better the quality of the question, the better the answer can be.

Silicon Valley Bank is a commercial bank headquartered in California. On March 10, 2023, the bank failed after a bank run on its deposits. What’s a bank run? Depositors run to the bank and try to get all their money out. I grew up in Poland, and in the 1990s, we watched bank runs on nightly news often enough to remember to ask a few more questions before depositing money.

Silicon Valley Bank, you’d think it’s just another bank, but if you look closer, it’s the second largest bank failure in U.S. history. Its depositors are VC firms and start-ups. With the downturn in the tech industry, on the one hand, and rising interest rates, on the other, the bank collapsed.

The closer you look, the more interesting the story gets. Many remember the FDIC deposit insurance in the U.S. If the bank fails, $250,000 per customer is covered under the insurance. Now, 85% of the bank’s deposits were uninsured since they exceeded the amount mentioned above.

How do banks navigate around drastic interest rate policies: from an overnight cut to zero three years ago to a quick ramp-up to the highest levels in 15 years last year? It’s not the last question worth asking; there will be more.

Whether you are waiting for a bus, buying a stock, investing in a start-up, or even opening a bank account, the quality of the questions matters, and sometimes it’s just that one more question right when you are almost out the door, that question that can make it or break it.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/14/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Easy Pile

Charlie Munger and Warren Buffett share that sometimes, certain investment ideas get rejected and end up in the “too-hard pile.” It’s the easier investment that they find appealing. In a recent conversation with a good friend Sophocles Sophocleous, the host of the Cyprus Value Investor Conference, we discussed how the best investments could be obvious. Let’s call them an easy pile, but as you’ll see in a moment, they are far from easy, at least in the common sense of the word!

When I started my investment career, I met a few analysts and portfolio managers that were proud of how complicated, intricate, and hard their investment ideas were. There was no way of explaining the investment case in a 5-minute presentation. I almost felt we needed a rocket scientist in the room to break it down for us.

Usually, their reports included long spreadsheets, graphs, details, and more. Their presentations would last two hours, and many of us would leave the meeting more confused than we were at the beginning.

I was young, and I was still shaping my own preferred investment style. Even the broadly defined value investing school of thought can range from easy-to-explain businesses like Apple to a much more complex investment in a bankrupt company with a complicated capital structure, opaque client relationships, a complex regulatory environment, etc.

Value investing simply means buying something for less than something is worth. What we buy is a very personal choice. It depends on both the portfolio manager’s circle of competence and clients’ preferences.

Reading more about Benjamin Graham, Warren Buffett, Charlie Munger, and many other followers of this particular school of thought, I slowly discovered that hard doesn’t always mean better.

If the investment case takes 100 slides and a few hours to explain, it doesn’t automatically mean the upside is 100x bigger than a stock one can explain on a single page. You can easily imagine how long it takes to research the 100-slide investment, and the time spent doesn’t correlate clearly with expected returns either.

If that’s the case, maybe Charlie and Warren are on to something having a “too hard pile” and choosing an easy pile.

Investing is hard enough on its own; why make it even harder?

The curious part of passing on hard investment ideas is risk avoidance. Easier, and simpler to explain investment ideas may hide fewer bad surprises. If it took so long to produce those 100 slides, how many little but important facts might we have overlooked in the research process?

The devil is in the details! I remember asking my now partner, Francois Sicart, about Enron, the famous fraud and bankruptcy that happened when I was in university.

I wondered if he came across it and how he knew to avoid it. I remember to this day; he told me he and his then partners looked at it, couldn’t make sense of the financials and the story, and walked away. That was a classic “too-hard pile” stock.

Not only did it not deliver on the promise of great returns worth the extreme effort to analyze it, it actually turned out to be a danger zone, a total loss.

When I say an “easy pile,” I mean it’s easy to explain why we like it and how we can make money in it. To get to that conclusion, we still need to do thorough research. The difference is that there is an endpoint where we can put all our facts together, and with a single page, we can explain the story.

I’ve been to many investment pitches that didn’t conclude in any purchase of a single stock. I know well that the research process is just a stepping stone, and the hard part is buying and holding the investment.

The secret to investing is not finding the hardest investment idea to research and explain; it’s to pick the easier ones and not only pick them but actually buy and hold on to them.

I find it to be the hardest part of the investment process. Talking yourself out of buying, or once you buy, talking yourself into selling prematurely, is a frequent mistake that many in the investment world face.

It’s the emotional discipline that lets us navigate the ups and downs of the market, the rollercoaster ride between panic and euphoria fueled by fear and greed.

Picking the right stock to research, buying it, and actually reaping the benefit of holding it long-term is where the real investment success lies. Can you imagine how much harder it would be to buy and hold on to a stock that was hard to even explain?

Why not make your life a lot easier, (and likely more profitable!), and focus on the “easy pile”? Let everything else land in the “too hard pile.” It worked beautifully for Warren and Charlie, and I think it can work well for all the rest of us.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/2/2023

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Selective Ignorance

As the news of the implosion of one of the crypto exchanges hit the headlines recently, I have been thinking about how I was completely unaware of who Sam Bankman-Fried is, what FTX does, or anything related. Apparently, this $32 billion venture had the backing of some serious seasoned investors. Its executive was patted on the back by legends of the world of politics and business. Its product was endorsed by star athletes, all while he was giving outsized political contributions. I must have very successfully exercised selective ignorance since I wasn’t abreast of any of it. I honestly don’t think I really missed anything, though. Let me explain.

When I started out in investing, I wanted to know everything. I read every possible book I could find, order, and borrow. Peter Lynch’s “One Up on Wall Street” was the first, but hundreds followed. I read books about Warren Buffett and then Benjamin Graham, the classics, but I also read about traders, speculators, technical analysis, momentum investing, and trend following.

It usually took a single publication on each topic only to retrace my steps and go back to the broadly defined value investing school of thought. Value, not in the sense of buying simply “cheap” stocks, but value as a treasure hunt for deals available at big discounts to their value. I quickly rejected a lot of books and ideas. I unearthed some older publications in my search for the source.

Physical bookstores are a rarity these days, but their “investment and money” aisle contains such a wide variety of topics that it takes a lot of deliberate research to find what’s worth reading and what sells well but might prove to be unhelpful and even disorienting.

The same logic applies to the news. The other day, I looked at the headlines, and Sam Bankman-Fried stories were everywhere, from all angles. Then I used a news source that’s much more filtered, tailored to serious investors, a service we pay for extra, and Sam was in the top 5 headlines as well. The news was no longer flooding the media outlets but clogging them while leaving no room for anything relevant.

For years, we wrote on a few rare occasions that we have no interest in anything crypto. We saw it as yet another bubble of madness and euphoria. We learned that not everything that trades has value. It’s such a powerful statement when you think about it. You can spend $10,000 to buy shares of a major consumer goods company like Colgate-Palmolive, or you can spend it to buy cryptocurrencies. Both are purchases done with real money, but what you have at the end of the transaction is dramatically different.

In the first case, you hold shares, small pieces of a real business with products, employees, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, and, most of all, what we believe is a profit-making company that pays dividends. In the second case, you own nothing of value, a line of code. Its price depends on the second willing buyer.

It was one of the evenings last fall when I received messages from a few friends asking if I was following “the fallout of SBF.” To their great disappointment, I had to ask what SBF was. They said, not what, but who! I’m curious; if it’s something that matters to them, I thought I’d do a little search. I have never heard his name before, and if I have, I must have exercised a very deliberate selective ignorance. I did hear about FTX on one or two occasions before. That’s about it.

You may ask how that is possible. The same as with books, especially investment books, I choose more carefully than ever what I care to know. Last year, we all experienced peak crypto madness, some called it a “crypto onslaught.” I shared with a group of fellow investors last year my experience. I told them that almost everyone in any social interaction would bring up crypto across most ages and a broad range of professional pursuits, from a waiter at a restaurant to a major real estate developer with whom I crossed paths. The last one got all enthused when I said I’m an investor. He insisted on introducing me to his son, who was an avid crypto trader at the time. We even had executives from one of the crypto exchanges rent a room next to us on one of our trips, and we couldn’t help but overhear the constant crypto chatter.

My contrarian reaction was to tune it out completely. I must have gone so far that I almost experienced the Rip Van Winkle moment. This character in Washington Irving’s book falls asleep in the woods and wakes up twenty years later, having missed the American Revolutionary War.

I admit I completely (and gladly!) missed the crypto phenomenon.

Being a successful investor is not about knowing all; it’s about choosing what to know and what to know very well, acting on investment ideas, buying, selling, and even ignoring some takes conviction.

It’s not about being better or worse informed but about a discipline of what you let in and what you leave out of your sphere of attention. Attention is precious and limited and serves us better if it’s not scattered but focused.

We often share that when you look at our investment portfolio, you see not just what we decided to buy but a whole variety of choices we deliberately passed on and will continue to pass on. Crypto remains on our no-go list; hence, my time is better spent elsewhere rather than following the SBF and FTX saga.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/19/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Stock for a Grandchild

Now, that’s an idea!

I was sipping my coffee one morning, and I got a phone call from my partner, Francois Sicart. He likes to surprise me with interesting questions, and that day was no different. He said: “if you were to pick one stock to recommend to a client as a gift to a grandchild, what would it be?” I gave him an answer immediately, and we had a long conversation about it, which planted a seed for this article.

The client’s request was not the only source of inspiration, though! Once a year, I get asked by a dear friend John Mihaljevic to share one stock with the MOI Global Community of investors. It’s an invitation-only global group of thoughtful lifelong investors of which I’m privileged to be a member.

It’s a challenge I take on every winter, and I pick one out of all the stocks we bought in the recent year. I take it very seriously, I usually immediately write down a handful of tickers, and then I boil it down to one idea over the next few weeks. I always remind my MOI listeners that it’s just one stock out of 30-50 that we might be holding at any given time. We will hold it for a while, maybe forever, but it can play its own unique role in the portfolio. One might pay a healthy dividend and offer a limited downside; another can still grow fast and potentially have a much bigger upside.

The third source of inspiration was my conversation with another dear friend Christopher Tsai, a fellow MOI Global member. He was a recent guest on my podcast Talking Billions, where I have intimate conversations about money, investing, and more with friends and friends of friends. He brought up the idea of aiming for a big, huge upside in investments. We concluded how chasing a 10-20% gain is not worthwhile, but making our money 20-50-100 times over in a particular stock (likely over many years!) is something we aspire to!

Picking one stock for a larger audience reminds me of yet another good friend Antony Deden. Whenever he is asked to recommend one stock, he feels like a doctor asked to recommend a good medication without knowing the patient or ailment. Hence, I always recommend my MOI Global listeners to research the idea and see if it may belong in their portfolios.

Here, picking one single investment, I was influenced by my partner Francois Sicart’s question: I had the stock for a grandchild in mind. One of our clients became a grandparent and wanted to gift a single stock. I like that idea a lot – as I do any idea that can turn someone into a lifelong stock investor.

Since I already had a great chat with Christopher Tsai, and I had John’s request on my mind, I had an idea ready to share!

I immediately knew it had to be an investment that would not only be around for the next two decades but has a chance to become a much bigger company. I thought of a relatively new company, yet established enough so it won’t go away and vanish before the grandkid goes to school!

Obviously, the company had to be already public, with a few years of financials and, ideally, a profit. I needed to have some reasons to believe it was already mature enough to defend itself against any competition.

Ideally, this company would operate in a fairly new industry or, if it’s in an old one, at least have a new way of doing things, a disruptor.

Equally important to me was the market potential. I preferred a company that could become global or, even better, already was global. I tend to find more of them in the US market than elsewhere, but it’s just my personal bias since it’s the market I’m the closest to and the most familiar with.

With a two-decade or longer investment horizon, the entry point, the price we pay, could be seemingly less important, but being a disciplined value contrarian investor at heart, I love a good deal. I’ll pay up for quality, but I still want to know that I got more than I paid. Hence, preferably, I’d like my investment candidate to be down, cheap, and out of favor with the market at the time of purchase.

I know it’s still a relatively young company in a promising industry with a big wide long runway ahead, but if I can buy it half off or even cheaper, my odds of turning it into a successful investment immediately rise.

When my partner called, he was a little surprised by how quickly I gave him the answer. What he didn’t know was that, unknowingly to both of us, I had been preparing for this question for a few weeks now. Between John’s request and Christopher’s wise words, I knew exactly what kind of stock a grandparent could gift to a newborn grandchild.

This made me think, why wouldn’t we buy more stocks with that mindset? We’d trade even less, keep the long-term horizon in mind, and possibly even do just fine with very respectable returns in the process!

Next time you think of buying a stock, pause for a minute, and ask yourself, would it be a good stock for a grandchild?

I can think of at least one (if not more) that could!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/5/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

New Year’s Resolutions 2022/2023: Consistency of a Sustainable Effort and Respectable Results

It’s that time of the year again. The Earth did a full circle around the Sun. A year ago, about this time, I wrote a short article about New Year’s Resolutions (read it here). I mentioned how many may like to set ambitious goals, but it’s the process built on helpful habits that lead to favorable outcomes in life and especially investing. A year later, I have further thoughts and observations on the topic, I call it: consistency of a sustainable effort & respectable results. Let me explain.

Year in and year out, The three most popular New Year’s Resolutions cover healthier eating, more exercise, and saving money. Right after better food and more physical activity, our attention falls on money.

Investing attracts people because it seemingly offers sudden and glamorous success, as the media would like us to believe. Those who stay in investing favor consistency and show up every day and do just enough. Their success relies on compounding, as in growing on top of the previous day’s or previous year’s accomplishments. They are not here to win any short-term race. They are not in any race at all. They are in investing for a lifetime. Others may even think of generations, as it happens for many of our clients.

The game of investing, if that’s what you’d like to call it, becomes an infinite game.

James Carse, in the beautiful book: “Finite games and infinite games,” wrote: “There are at least two kinds of games: “One could be called finite; the other infinite. A finite game is played for the purpose of winning, an infinite game for the purpose of continuing the play.”

What can allow us to continue to play better than not losing it all or a big portion of the capital?

We look at each individual decision differently when we think of a lifetime or lifetimes. If a client shares that they have a 1-year or a 5-year investment horizon for a particular capital, we plan differently than if we have an open-ended, infinite horizon in front of us.

Either way, investing is not something you truly successfully do once every blue moon. It’s a lifelong pursuit — a very beneficial part of life. It can help grow savings to a very meaningful nest egg; it can also perpetuate a family fortune over many generations. We also see it as an equally rewarding intellectual pursuit.

Last year, I wrote about the process and habits. I mentioned a few books that tell us about the benefits of daily habits, not just in investing but in any other pursuit.

This year, I have been watching carefully our own investment process and daily, weekly, and monthly routines. I took careful note of client expectations and tolerance for risk as we went through a sell-off, a rally, and another market weakness in the last two years. I was looking for a simple formula that would sum it up.

As I was going over my notes for this article, I thought of two concepts, sustainable effort & respectable results. If I told you that I want to get fit and I will run and win a 400-meter sprint every weekend, you’d be polite and likely say it’s a worthy goal to pursue, but the chosen path might not get me there.

Yet, when someone tells you they can double your money in 7 days, their newsletter likely breaks records, even if only thanks to curious clicks! — just in case there is some secret path to instant riches!

There is no difference between the two. Yes, it may happen that you double your money in a particular investment in an unusually short period of time, but it’s unlikely you’ll do it over and over again.

I remember a particular stock that we bought. It sold off dramatically after some failed new product launch. We assumed the business remained healthy and would recover. Apparently, we weren’t the only ones watching it. A competitor scooped it up at a 90% premium shortly after that! It was the fastest gain in a single stock, I remember, and we owned it in significant quantities. I still think we would have realized a very respectable return on it over a long period of time, but that overnight buyout was a total surprise.

It wasn’t sustainable, and when you really think about it, it’s an impossible promise to get that kind of quick return too many times in your lifetime. That’s not something we count on or hope for.

What we rely on is a sustainable effort. We often share how we aspire to grow our clients’ capital at a 5-15% rate or seek to double it every 5 to 15 years. Over a long enough period, those very respectable returns could compound the capital to a large amount that could help our clients meet their goals, maintain their lifestyle, and more. That’s the aspiration.

How do we get there? We don’t promise to win 400-meter sprints on a weekly basis; we show up every day. Borrowing Warren Buffett’s words, we tap dance to work. We enjoy what we do; we like the process. We research one stock at a time; we add it to the portfolio if it meets our criteria.

We built the financial future of our clients one brick at a time. That’s the consistency of a sustainable effort.

Great things can happen if you have time and larger capital on your side. The rate of return doesn’t have to be eye-popping; it’s enough if it’s respectable. It will likely happen mostly because we do our best to avoid dramatic drawdowns. Our stocks will often drop when the market drops, but because of the make-up of the portfolios, it’s usually less severe than the overall market.

We consider the 5-15% range as a respectable result, a level we have the potential to reach consistently over long periods of time.

2021 was a trying year, not just because of the consecutive COVID lockdown waves but also because the markets rose and attracted a lot of short-lived enthusiasts. Stock investments got too boring for some, even for previously very serious and disciplined investors. Alternative assets garnered more attention, cryptocurrencies, NFTs, illiquid assets, private deals, SPACs, hot venture capital, and more. In many cases, these proved to be the promised sprints, whose trajectories now resemble more base jumping without a parachute than anything else.

Many investment ideas tried to defy gravity like many other hot investments in the past, and they failed again. I mentioned earlier how 2021 is in a category of its own. I have never seen the fear of missing out get to so many. We took Rudyard Kipling’s (a famous English novelist) almost century-old advice: “If you can keep your head when all about you are losing theirs…” We followed the wisdom of a legendary value investor, Jean-Marie Eveillard, who said: “I would rather lose half of our clients than half of our clients’ money.”

Both adages served us well last year, and throughout our careers.

2021 aside, 2022 felt like a cold shower to many former market enthusiasts. We stood on the sidelines of the madness and often emphasized that what we choose NOT to buy matters as much as what we do buy. It felt like an empty mantra as the markets rose in 2021, but 2022 gave us some intellectual and financial reprise.

The money we don’t lose matters as much as the money we make, or maybe even more! We always remember that a 50% loss takes a 100% gain just to get back to even. The math is rather cold and brutal when it comes to losses.

We go a step further and say that we do our best to avoid zeros. These are investments that can drop all the way to zero. We might have had some lemons, some sour ones too, but zeros we avoid at all costs.

As a Team, we all share a great risk aversion as much as our lifelong passion for the market and stock investing. The no-zero policy was ingrained in me over the years because of the many lifelong investors I got to work with.

Our lack of tolerance of zeroes beautifully complements the infinite game mindset I shared at the beginning.

With that framework in mind, when I sit down to review a portfolio and think of return expectations, I think of what we started with – consistency of a sustainable effort & respectable results. We won’t ever promise to double your money every week, but we will continue to aspire to deliver respectable returns over the long run, and we trust our process and showing up every day will help us get there.

As William Durant, the famous historian, once said: “We are what we repeatedly do. Excellence, then, is not an act but a habit.”

We believe that consistent good habits with sustainable effort will continue to lead us to respectable results.

 

We are grateful to have served you yet another year and look forward to many more decades as your trusted investment advisors. Thank you!

Happy Holidays! Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/21/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Round Trips and Second Chances

A long time ago, I was having sushi at a tiny restaurant in a less touristy part of Tokyo. It was just my Texan friend among mostly local clientele and me. We stood out. Everyone was sitting around a revolving sushi bar with chefs working in the middle. If you liked something but missed it, the same dish would likely come around in a little bit. You just had to be patient. If you can’t be patient in a Zen-filled Tokyo sushi restaurant, I don’t know where you can. Investing is similarly full of round trips and second chances that require patience and caution. Let me explain.

I often share how investing is not a one-off activity; you pick the perfect stock, it goes up 100 times, and you can quit your job and retire next week. It’s a lifelong practice. The goal is to grow the capital and compound it at a respectable rate without exposing it to unnecessary and excessive risks. It’s a mindset, a framework that helps us make individual investment decisions.

Now and then, an opportunity appears that allegedly is impossible to miss, once in a lifetime opportunity to get on board or miss it forever. It’s a frequently used narrative by salesmen. “The inventory is tight, this model is in high demand, I know it’s not the color and the interior you like, but you just have to act on it quickly, or you’ll never get to own anything like it again” – I owned very few cars in my life, but I heard this tale more than once.

The way the stock market is presented by the media, with the blessing of the salesforce of many institutions profiting from frantic activity, is a place full of once in a lifetime opportunities that we can’t miss. Act now or regret it forever!

That’s not true.

Last year, the list of FOMO (fear of missing out) fueled ideas was the longest in a while. From cryptocurrencies, NFTs (non-fungible tokens), SPACs (Special Purpose Acquisition Companies), venture capital, tech companies – the big and older ones, and those profitless new ones as well, and more. Everything was going up! Even prices of used cars. I jokingly wrote at the time that something isn’t right if you can’t lose money on a used car. And if it’s not right, it’s bound to end.

From my own experience of two decades of professional investing, I place last year in a category of its own. I have never seen this level of delusion with promised upside that never came. It happened many times in various shapes and sizes, but last year should hold some award for the scale of it.

It wasn’t just that the investments failed to go up forever; their drops were eye-popping 90-95% down from their highs, even as much as 98%. Carvana, the online car dealer (which was losing money on an average sale), followed that path. It offered an incredible customer experience but hasn’t figured out unit economics.

Stocks had a great run in 2021, but for some even that wasn’t exciting enough. The catchphrase of the year must have been “alternative assets.” Wikipedia tells me it’s anything that’s not stocks, bonds, or cash, but it could be something as “enticing” as cryptocurrencies and NFTs.

Warren Buffett sometimes writes “Only when the tide goes out do you discover who’s been swimming naked.” The majority of those high-flying investment ideas evaporated, and some are still in the process of letting the hot air out.

There is more to it, though.

In that same way, the enthusiasm of 2021 brought to the center stage some obscure and lesser know alleged investments, the more legitimate investments also flew higher than usual. Many investors gave in to FOMO here as well. They bid up highly profitable big businesses to new highs in hopes of the promise of eternal growth.

Here I have in mind a large group of mostly tech companies that have been around for a while. They seemed not only immune from the pandemic-era economic woes, but actually somehow benefitted from the sudden shift in consumer behavior and business activity as we stayed at home, stopped going to restaurants, gave up on travel, shopped online, and binged on shows. They grew, and thrived, won market share, and enjoyed higher adoption rates. Many took a significant leap forward.

Their stock prices accounted for that and a lot more. Today, the situation is different. They’ve done a roundtrip and gave us a second chance at buying them. Their businesses can be 50%, 100% bigger than before COVID, while their stock prices are right where they were during the dreaded March 2020 market sell-off or lower.

Does it mean they can’t get cheaper? No, but they definitely look the most attractive they have in a very long time or ever as they look for their new normal.

We like to repeat Ben Graham’s (legendary investor) words that price is what you pay; value is what you get. If we are getting a lot more, but we are paying the same price or lower, we are definitely looking, giving them serious consideration or even buying already.

Not all investments that made a roundtrip are worth considering, but among the many, a few offer us a second chance to own them, not for a brief flash in the pan this time, but for the long run.

All noise aside: “alternative assets,” once-in-a-lifetime opportunities, and more, it’s slow and steady that wins the race. “The fast and furious” part of the investment world is the land we completely avoided (ignored, to be honest) the last two years despite strong opinions that we are missing something.

Today, we are looking around among the dusty debris and finding some real golden nuggets that belong in our long-term patient-disciplined portfolios. They’ve been on a roundtrip and give us a second chance to own them, just like in that Tokyo sushi place, a small plate of the chef’s creations that went all around but belonged right in front of us.

All we had to do then and now was to wait!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/8/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Long Shelf Life

Amid this year’s market’s ups and downs, a friend asked me if I was watching the daily market news. I said that I was not. The daily media reports often share extreme views, and the more dramatic they are, the more airtime they get. He was intrigued and curious about how I knew what to do then. I said that we rely on our research, which leads to insights with long shelf life. We can’t find those in the daily news. Let me explain.

There is no shortage of information, data points, and opinions. I think that at no point in time could more people easily reach a bigger audience in less time than today. Everyone with a smartphone is a journalist these days. Our attention span has never been shorter. We swipe, click, and refresh our little smartphone screens with every blink of an eye. We have developed cat-like reflexes browsing through thousands of pictures, headlines, and comments instantly.

As disciplined, patient investors, we don’t gain much from this fast-speed news and data flow. We see ourselves more as business owners. We are curious about the long-term direction of the investments we make. What matters to us most are insights with long shelf lives. I came across this term on various occasions. I found it to be the perfect description of what we do.

Suppose you were to place insights on a scale from the short-lived ones, perishable to the ones with very long lives. In that case, I’d start with a momentary stock sell-off in the early hours of the day and end with a business we own establishing a long-lasting leading market share at the other. If you turn on the news, you’ll see a few dozen opinions about a sudden stock price move. It’s exciting and gets the viewers’ attention but adds no value to our process.

It’s fairly easy to discount and ignore the truly short-lived noise; it’s a little harder to get beyond that to longer-lasting insights. The true success lies in distilling the insights with long shelf lives. These insights will be true 5-10-15 years from now or even longer. A big part of the investment news attention is around quarterly earnings. Are they better than expected or worse? The stock prices react on the day the earnings get reported. The price rises or drops, and someone on TV has a comment or two about it.

We follow quarterly earnings, too, but our goal is very different. We focus on recurring insights — big underlying trends. We want to understand if the management is frank with us, do they underpromise and overdeliver or the opposite. We’d rather have them tell us how it is. On calls with management, we always emphasize that we have no interest in quarterly beats or misses; we want to know where the business could be in 5-10-15 years. We basically ask about long shelf life insights. Are we still on course, no matter how much noise a particular quarterly earnings report brings?

The real challenge in analyzing the insights is the change. Even if we find something that was true for a hundred years, change might come and turn our long-lasting insight obsolete and irrelevant. Kodak ruled the world of photography for a century. It was even exploring digital photography before many others, yet it couldn’t preserve its business model and leading market position when the change happened. The film camera disappeared from shelves and pockets forever.

The kind of insights we look for and the kind of tests we put them through are not something you can find in a newsflash report with a few buzzwords with a well-timed commercial that follows. Those are the insights we find looking closer, asking questions, and conducting our own research.

Investors’ interest in long shelf life insights is fading, while the affinity for perishable news flashes has never been higher. This leads to more focus on short-term returns, which takes the attention away from 5-10-15 years, and more toward the next few weeks and months. It’s a peculiar chicken and egg phenomenon. There is no room for long-shelf insights in an investment process focused on monthly returns. The fewer people care to look beyond the next quarterly earnings, the more long-term opportunities there are for investors like us.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/9/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Is The Market Wrong?

A stock investor friend asked me that recently. There is much more to it than a simple yes or no answer. He wasn’t looking for a simple answer but wanted to spark an interesting conversation. I did my best to answer it, and here is what I said.

I assume the question refers to the US stock market. The S&P 500, a commonly used index that contains 503 stocks of large-cap companies traded on the American stock exchanges, has been down 30%+ in the first half of 2020, up 100% right after, down 25% since then (Source: Bloomberg). So, it’s not 500 stocks in the index, but 503, and these are US-listed companies but not necessarily US headquartered; some operate out of Ireland, Israel, Switzerland, or the Dutch Caribbean. Others might be US headquartered but generate most of their profits outside of the country. To keep it simple, let’s assume it’s the US stock market we have in mind.

When I hear a question, especially one like this one, I wonder how it came about. Anyone asking if the market is wrong hopes to be somehow “right.” It implies they are not exactly happy with the market’s “opinion.” Finally, we may enter the good vs. bad territory. Is it a good or a bad market to invest in, and if so, for whom?

What is the market anyway? We often write that the stock market is an aggregation of buyers and sellers of stocks. The ownership changes, stocks remain what they have always been, participation in real-world businesses. They have products or services; they generate sales and hopefully earn a profit.

Let’s imagine for a minute that the stock market stopped operations tomorrow, and no one could buy or sell shares, but their value would remain unchanged. You’d still hold the same percentage ownership in real business as the day before. There would be no available price quote for a moment. I say a moment because a free market economy can’t tolerate a void of that kind. The minute a buyer and seller appear, a market is reborn again, and a price gets established. The value never ceases to exist; the price might not always be available. Food for thought.

What is the stock market, though? Many have tried to capture the market as a whole and created a variety of indices. They are a peculiar invention. They don’t represent the “whole market”; they don’t even tell you the total market price of all the stocks they contain either. Taken out of context, the index level of 3,000 or 30,000 is relatively meaningless. The Dow Jones Industrial Average is almost 30,000, S&P 500 at 3,600, and Nasdaq at 10,500. Is it good or bad? Right or wrong?

The media might closely follow every downtick and uptick in the market and each stock. Even the “tick,” the smallest possible move in a security price, isn’t set in stone. Only twenty years ago, a minimum tick was 1/16th of a dollar or 6.25 cents, and it’s a cent today. Larger ticks apparently decrease trading activity and raise trading costs.

Nasdaq’s market price was around $20 trillion last year, S&P 500 $35 trillion, and The Dow Jones Industrial Average $10 trillion (Source: Wikipedia). Indices are created based on a collection of rules. They can be equal-weighted, market capitalization-weighted, the sum of the stock prices, and more. Still, whichever way they are put together, the largest index discussed above, the S&P 500, captures only about 1/3 of the market capitalization of all US publicly traded companies.

Is the market wrong? Are we implying it’s too low or too high, or maybe we are claiming that it’s “moving” in the wrong direction? Which one is right? Which one is wrong? I’m thinking of road traffic here; we seem to fall short of an agreement, too, as some grew up driving on the left, some on the right side of the road.

I’m left-handed; you could say that I’m a born contrarian, and what feels “right” to most literally feels “wrong” to me. It has proven a crucial skill and a helpful mindset in navigating the markets, though. I naturally zig when others zag. I don’t always go against the crowd, but I do prefer to have a different perspective than most.

Is this market wrong, though? The feeling that you are up “against” the market, it’s a lot like being up against the weather. It reminds me of a Scandinavian saying that there is no bad weather, just bad clothing. If it’s cold outside, you dress for it. If it’s warm, you do the opposite. If it’s a high-rising, overheated market, we act differently than when it’s a beaten-down, cooler market. In the first one, we trim, sell, and wait; in the latter, we are likely slowly or not so slowly buying up stocks.

Mr. Market allegory created by Benjamin Graham (the father of value investing, the legendary investor, and the author) sums it up best, though. He described Mr. Market as a fickle investor who goes from being pessimistic to optimistic. One day Mr. Market is desperate to sell stocks at very low prices; another day eager to buy at very high prices. Mr. Market won’t make us do anything, call us right or wrong. Mr. Market has a price to offer, and it’s up to us to decide whether we like it.

What if the market isn’t right or wrong, good or bad, it just is, and we, investors, have a choice, do we buy, sell or wait? The end goal is to grow the capital at a respectable rate over the long run without taking excessive risks. We can let Mr. Market work for us, not against us, and leave the judgments to others.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/25/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Consistency

When the market takes a seemingly unexpected turn in either direction, we often get familiar phone calls from clients. They tell us: “We know what you are doing (whether it’s buying, selling, or waiting at the time); we just wanted to hear your voice and wish you good luck.” There are no surprises; we value consistency in what we do, and so do our clients. Let me explain.

Consistency doesn’t mean to us the same returns year after year. Consistency means “steady adherence to principles, patterns of action.”

In our writing and conversations, you might have noticed certain unchanged principles. They are set in stone. The markets go up and down, policies change and shift, and corporate earnings rise and fall, but the underlying philosophy behind our investment style and business practice remains the same. That’s what gives us and our clients peace of mind.

The actual makeup of the portfolios will evolve and change to represent the best investment opportunities we see at a given time. Our stock selection, research process, and buying policy remain the same. We look for quality businesses with promising prospects that we can buy at attractive prices.

Over the decades, the list consisted of companies with tangible products like car parts, coffee makers, or candy to intangible ones selling software solutions to individuals and businesses, allowing them to communicate, work, find entertainment, and more.

We never limit our investment universe to any particular industry, and there have been just a few industries we chose to avoid deliberately. Still, if an opportunity arises and our research can back it, we are happy to pursue it.

Our consistency relies on a very disciplined, thoughtful investment approach that allows us to avoid the fads of the day. It is easier said than done, though. We do our best to be open-minded and optimistic yet rational. With every new initial public offering, we take a look and give new companies a chance. We might not buy them the day they are first listed, but if they are unique and promising, we’ll keep an eye on them until the price is right.

We are happy to correct our earlier assumptions, too. Needless to say, everything from bicycles, electricity, cars, laptops, and more were once considered short-lived fads, yet they proved to be a permanent fixture of our lives. We don’t want to miss out on less obvious opportunities, either. For us, the best telltale is profitability. A venture with no path to profitability is of no interest to us as investors and shareholders.

Bull markets and bear markets are part of every investor’s life. Late bull markets are times when many fail to talk themselves out of buying overpriced stocks that regularly drop the most not long after. We usually don’t have much difficulty waiting on the sidelines and letting market silliness unravel. In a bear market, many fail to talk themselves into buying even when prices are low. Here, we act gradually and decisively and start buying when stocks look attractive.

Investing is something we do day in and day out. Even if we are not actively buying and selling, we are reading, researching, testing our assumptions, and preparing for opportunities ahead. Our clients make money not when we buy and sell but when what we hold grows in value. It happens in three possible ways: a small business becomes bigger, a temporarily troubled business recovers and undervalued stocks become fairly valued. Ideally, we’d like to see all three occur together; that’s where the upside can be the biggest.

We also sell our holdings now and then, and we are equally consistent on that front, too. I’m often reminded how little attention investors give to a healthy selling discipline. It pays off both in bull and bear markets when hard choices must be made. It’s no different than a gardener weeding the garden. It’s an essential part of the process.

When the markets hit speed bumps at times, we appreciate that our clients already know what to expect. They know what we are looking for, researching, and possibly even buying when almost everyone else freezes and panics.

Investing is a challenging yet exciting and rewarding journey; the principles we follow tell us what, how, and when to do. That consistency allows us to keep a steady course no matter what the markets send our way. We are always ready, and you know where we stand.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/13/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Best Time is Now

What’s the best time to start investing? The best time is always now.

Sitting under a tree this summer, hiding from the heat of the sun, you might have thought about the best time to plant a tree. Or, like I did, quietly said thank you to whoever planted it decades or centuries ago. A Chinese proverb tells us that the best time to plant a tree was twenty years ago, and the second best is now. Investing is the same.

We have seen big market rallies and significant corrections in the last two and half years. We saw interest rates fall to zero and quickly rise again. We saw demand for many goods and services evaporate, then come back with great force and look for a new normal more recently.

It’s no wonder we got asked more often than usual if it’s a good time to invest. We love that question!

We see investing as a lifelong pursuit and, in the case of many of our clients, a multigenerational pursuit. Not unlike planting and growing trees! Whether you invest on your own or with the help and guidance of a professional, it’s important to see investing as something one can do a year in and year out.

It’s true that in some years, potential new investments look more compelling than in other years, but showing up every day and looking is the only way to find out what to buy and when to buy.

When we buy stocks, we intend to hold them for a long time, ideally forever, if possible. That’s similar to planting a fruit-bearing tree. I’m thinking of olive trees that can live for hundreds or even thousands of years and bear fruit for most of their life.

Investing isn’t just buying and selling stocks or bonds; it’s also tending to current investments. We spent a good amount of time watching what we hold. Again, not unlike a good gardener. Not all investments prove to be as long-lasting and productive as olive trees, and we need to part with them sooner.

With stocks, it doesn’t pay to be too quick to judge. Some investments may take a while to start to perform and make a positive contribution to the portfolios. Again, it’s not that different from a fruit-bearing tree that may take years until the first harvest and even longer for the best harvest.

At the same time, in investing, the first price move up may invite anxious holders to start selling prematurely. We prefer to wait and take our time as even bigger gains may be ahead. Patience is very hard to practice when investing, but the payoff makes it all worth it in the end.

The outcomes aren’t often linear or regular. A stock that hasn’t moved in a while may start its sudden ascend out of the blue. It’s rare to see a clear upward trending line in investing; leaps and bounds are more likely.

There is a certain discomfort included in this lifelong pursuit. The best opportunities appear when others panic. These might prove to be the most difficult times for anyone to consider buying stocks, yet given the lower prices, it might be the best time. On the other hand, the worst investments can be made when others succumb to euphoria. Again, these might be hard moments that will test the most disciplined investors.

What’s most important, though, is to see investing not as something you do now and then, when it’s easy and pleasant, it’s rather a permanent ongoing activity, a choice.

Anyone who follows our frequently mentioned mantra: earn, save, invest, eventually realizes that once idle capital accumulates, it’s worth putting it to work. That’s what investing really is – making your money work for you.

Sudden wealth through inheritance or a liquidity event can thrust an individual or a family into the world of investing with little preparation but not much choice to opt out.

As a civilization, we have a longer history planting trees than buying stocks, but the principles are the same. Next time you are enjoying the shade of an old tree, think of investing and remember that the best time to start is now.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 9/27/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

First Half 2022 Review

Never a dull moment — that’s the best way to describe the last two and half years in public equity investing. We’ve had a flavor of a late bull market (early 2020), a panicked pandemic sell-off (spring 2020), a quick market recovery (2020-21), followed by yet another correction (late 2021 to summer 2022).

It feels like a very long journey, yet in some ways, we are exactly where we started. Interest rates, 10-year treasury rate, and unemployment rate are all back to pre-pandemic levels; many stocks erased the pandemic gains, too.

S&P 500 and Nasdaq in mid-June were a mere 10% above the pre-pandemic early 2020 high, while the Dow Jones was almost exactly where it was 2.5 years ago (Source: Bloomberg).

As much as in 2021, we saw many stocks trade close to their multi-year highs, today in mid-2022, it’s not the case. Some securities rose year-to-date; some came under pressure, while others experienced a big 80-95% drop. Volatility returned to the market and produced what we found to be a refreshing variety of outcomes for stocks.

There are many more potential investment ideas worth considering than in two and a half years.

Inflation

Some statistics may suggest that the last 2.5 years didn’t happen, but one metric stands out. It is definitely not where we are used to seeing it – inflation. US Bureau of Labor Statistics reported that the US inflation rate reached 9.1% in June, the highest read in 40 years (November 1981). It was driven by energy, which rose 40% y/y, but food alone increased 10% as well. All items less food and energy were up a little under 6%.

Inflation might be more difficult for weaker, low-margin businesses, where costs represent a higher portion of sales; these are businesses we tend to avoid. All in all, inflation is a tidal wave that affects everyone, consumers, businesses, and governments. If left unchecked, it can be a very disruptive force.

It’s no surprise that the Federal Reserve and other central banks around the globe finally took notice and started raising rates.

Monetary easing and fiscal help of the last two years propped up the demand but didn’t do much for the supply constraints – some long-term in nature, some caused by pandemic dislocations. We believe higher rates should eventually be able to curtail demand to match up with supply and ease the inflationary pressures.

We also witnessed foreign exchange shifts with the dollar strengthening against the euro (reaching parity for the first time in twenty years), the pound, the yen, and emerging market currencies, with Turkey and Argentina dropping the most. This has further implications, especially for countries relying on imports and dollar-denominated debt.

Why is the dollar the strongest in a generation? There might be many reasons: 1) The US is in better shape than other parts of the world 2) the dollar, which is one side of 90% of foreign exchange transactions globally, is considered a safe haven in uncertain times 3) the Fed has been moving aggressively with interest rate hikes compared to other big, developed economies.

The stronger dollar might be a mixed blessing for US companies, especially those with big international sales.

More opportunities ahead

We have been browsing and researching closely more stocks than we have in a while. Among the growing group of stocks whose prices are almost exactly where they were 2.5 years ago, we see bigger, better businesses than before Covid. Those companies, though, trade at the lowest valuations we have seen in years or ever. We get a lot more, but we pay a lot less. It doesn’t mean they won’t get any cheaper, but it means there are many more stocks worth considering than 6-12-18 months ago. There is definitely more to look at and consider, even if we proceed slowly.

Two tech worlds

The previous darlings of the market, many of them broadly defined tech stocks, got divided into very distinct groups. The first consists of large, more mature, established, and profitable companies, and the other are newer, formerly exciting, but still unproven, and money-losing growth stories. If Facebook (or Meta) could represent the former, Peloton or Carvana could be a proxy for the latter. Both groups came under pressure, but the first dropped in price by some 35% on average, the latter closer to 80-95%.

Looking for a new normal

Beyond the ups and downs, it seems that everyone is looking for a new normal. Supply and demand have been out of whack at both extremes. There was the moment we had all the supply but no demand – hotel rooms and airplane seats in 2020; later, last year, we also had all demand and limited supply – in homes, cars, and more. Businesses tried to catch up with demand and look for it in new places. Sales and ad spending moved online, and consumers migrated from formerly busy metropolitan downtowns to the suburbs, and even rural areas as sales and services moved online.

How much of what we saw was a permanent shift, and how much was a temporary phenomenon soon to fade away from memory? We are yet to see. Some companies saw record growth, followed by a decline in demand. We saw oil prices at $60 (pre-pandemic), then at $20 in March 2020, and $110 in May 2022. The conflict in Europe further exaggerated the pandemic’s ups and downs.

Long-term Goals

Our long-term goal remains the same for all the assets we manage. We intend to both preserve and grow the capital over time. We seek to double our clients’ wealth every 5-15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual rate of return over the long run, but we would like to accomplish it without exposing the portfolios to the risk of a permanent loss of capital. Of course, performance cannot be guaranteed, and past performance is not indicative of future results.

Our strategy can be described as a long-term patient contrarian. All securities are selected through an in-house research process. Our investment horizon for each individual holding is usually 3-5 years.

We intend to hold between 30-60 stocks, mostly US equities, but we may invest in foreign securities as well. We don’t use any leverage; we don’t own any derivatives. We may supplement the strategy with exchange-traded funds (some of them may use leverage or derivatives).

We don’t have a predefined portfolio composition target. We may hold cash at times, but we prefer to own businesses, and when the opportunities abound and prices are right, we will likely be close to fully invested.

What we wrote before applies today: “as much as we pay attention to the overall market trends, we like to look at our performance independently from the benchmark. As long as the businesses we own report improving fundamentals, and the market eventually prices them accordingly, we are happy.”

The Fed and the Market

After two long years of a zero rate policy, the Fed swiftly (four hikes since March) brought the rates back to where they were right before the pandemic. Why not slower, why not earlier? We may continue to wonder; the point is they eventually had to climb higher from a clearly unsustainable pandemic zero level.

As much as we can argue whether low or high rates are better, it’s the speed of change that’s been disorienting for many. More so because they are rising from nothing to something, thus the cost of borrowing can go up many times over very suddenly.

The policy shift is a balancing act between maintaining growth and employment while keeping inflation in check.

Interest rates, or cost of money, is one of many inputs we believe are worth watching while investing. We have found that rising rates are the biggest strain for the most vulnerable, weak companies, which we tend to avoid anyway. That’s not all, though. The higher cost of money seems to create a tidal wave that affects the entire economy and affects businesses, consumers, and governments.

What we have witnessed these last six months is an adjustment, a correction in behavior given the higher cost of borrowing. We think it’s refreshing and might help purge some questionable investment options that have appeared over the last two years. With zero rates, everything goes; with higher rates, there is a natural hurdle rate.

We wouldn’t give rising rates all the credit here, but they did play a role together with slower economic growth and inflation in shifting the investor and consumer sentiment from overly optimistic to definitely much more cautious or even pessimistic.

It’s a backdrop to our individual investment choices, and we don’t let the tail wag the dog here, but we are definitely watching the new direction of the monetary policy (or a resumption of the pre-pandemic trend?), and the reactions to it among both businesses and consumers.

The Market and the Economy

As much as the Fed might be making waves in both the stock market and the economy, we also like to remind ourselves that the market is not the economy, and the economy is not the market. The economy represents all the economic activity; the market represents all the listed public traded companies.

The economy goes through its ups and downs, corporate earnings respond to it, and the stock market attempts to price in both the good and the bad ahead. In some ways, the market tries to predict the future. In March of 2020, the major indices lost about 1/3 of their price (Source: Bloomberg); months later, the economy had a short-term reading of about 1/3 decline year-over-year (Source: Bureau of Economic Analysis). At that point, though, the market was already on the rise.

One could wonder if the stock market is a good leading indicator. It would be too simple if it was. A famous economist, Paul Samuelson, once said: “the stock market had predicted nine out of the last five economic recessions.” He was right about that. The market tends to panic too many times to be a reliable indicator. Those panics, though, offer buying opportunities.

The economy is slowing down after accelerating in late 2020 and 2021. We went from a hard stop (in Q1 2020 US Real GDP dropped 5.1%, and 31.2% in Q2) to full speed (up 33.3% in Q3 2020, and 4-7% the next five quarters) to looking for the new normal (Q1 2022 and Q2 2022 down 1.6% and down 0.9%). (Source: Bureau of Economic Analysis).

It’s been a very wide range of economic growth in those last two and a half years; down 30% and up 30% are clear outliers and remind us of the shocks caused by the pandemic and the policies that followed. The high single-digit growth rate we saw through most of 2021 was also a reflection of elevated demand. It was a matter of time when we might see a regression to the historical average, or a 2-3%, which is what we saw through most of the previous decade.

We are watching the current economic activity with great curiosity and, even more so, corporate earnings. We believe they should give us a better idea of sustainable supply and demand beyond the last two years. As we mentioned earlier, let’s remember that many businesses are coming out of this period a lot bigger, better, and stronger than before, and they have our attention.

What’s ahead?

We believe the US economy is still the biggest, healthiest, and most diversified in the world. Given its depth, size, and liquidity, the US stock market seems to remain the most appealing home for the most innovative, new companies, even if they originated in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, or South America. At the same time, US companies are global and benefit from long-term growth and prosperity around the world. They operate under US laws, follow US disclosure requirements, and promote a shareholder-friendly culture, making them appealing investment choices for us. We are optimistic about the US, and the US business, while near-term, we remain cautious about the stock market as a whole. We are happy with our stock portfolio of selected, vetted, well-researched businesses.

What do we expect going forward? We build the portfolio for any possible scenario, and our goal always is to be the least wrong with our investment choices. Given the level of uncertainty from inflation, economic slowdown, interest rates to new policies, and now also, the Ukraine-Russia conflict, we are not surprised to see renewed volatility in the markets, and volatility can be a friend of a disciplined, patient investor.

Performance

In a rising market, everyone wants to be fully invested; in a falling market, everyone hopes to be completely out of the market. We always proceed with caution. We might have lagged in the second half of the 2021 market rally, but our stock selection has paid off so far in 2022. We often say that what we don’t own matters as much as what we do own.

We kept a steady course when we saw FOMO-driven speculative spirits took over the markets last year.

We have been happy with the holdings we bought, and their performance shows that stock selection mostly met or even exceeded our expectations.

We remain optimistic about the long-term growth prospects of the US and the world economy.

The last two and half years have been a whirlwind of euphoria and despair. I think it’s fair to say that we have lived through two decades of economic history in two and half years.

If one can look beyond the noise, we see many companies gain share and get stronger. We saw the adoption rate of technology in work, business, and education take a massive leap. We saw consumers change their behavior and rethink where and how they want to spend time and money.

Slow and steady wins the race remains our mantra as we look ahead toward new investment opportunities.  

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/18/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Ode to the Market (and Speculators)

I had an inspiring call with a young investor recently. I’m always open to taking a call with anyone curious about investing. I’m still as passionate about investing as I was two decades ago. If anything, I find more reasons to be. Our call made me think that the stock market no matter how volatile, imperfect, or disturbed it seems; it’s a truly beautiful invention – let me explain.

I enjoy those calls because I get to relive the moment when I picked up my first investing book, and I could never look at stocks the same way. It’s One Up on Wall Street by Peter Lynch. Mr. Lynch shared many ideas in his volume, yet one struck a chord with me the most. He said — stocks are small pieces of businesses. Yes, they have a few letter symbols and prices, but what’s truly exciting about them is the business they represent. I had a few dozen finance professors until then at various universities — they showed me lots of theories, academic research and more. Still, none said what Mr. Lynch said so simply – stocks are small pieces of businesses!

My best guess is that they were painfully burnt by the dot-com bubble, where they likely lost their savings and openly disdained any talk of the stock market in class. It’s a casino where no one can win – that’s what they told me. As a contrarian at heart, you won’t be surprised that this was exactly the field of inquiry I chose.

I loved the idea that anyone can buy shares of any publicly traded company. The stock market doesn’t ask or care who you are – young or old, rich or poor, where you came from, where you are going. I oversimplify here; not all public markets might be open to foreign investors, and there might be some hurdles to clear, but a US investor can buy any US stock with even a small amount of money, and any other investor can do so in their domestic market, and likely in the US market, too. They can thus become a shareholder like any other shareholder all the way to the CEO or founder of such a company. For me, it was an earthshattering discovery then, and it still gets me talking about stocks today!

The moment I buy a share, I become partners with those who started it, if they are still around, and with anyone else around the world who, for one reason or another, believes that this company can do well and wants to be a part of its success. It’s quite a blessing that we get to do that!

The stock market is a place where those shares are traded. It used to be a physical place, where shares were traded in a physical form with trade tickets written and exchanged and share certificates getting moved in boxes from place to place. I visited the New York Stock Exchange on a few occasions, but on my first visit, I saw the last of paper tickets and floor traders – an end of an era. It’s all digital now, but the concept remains the same. Each share still is a small piece of a real business.

In that market, though, anyone is welcome, and people join for various reasons; some want to hold their shares for a day or mere minutes, others for years, and some don’t want ever to sell, and choose to pass them on to the next generation or a favorite charity. The choice is yours.

The time horizon of the participants though splits the stock market enthusiasts into at least two groups: speculators and investors. In my mind, the first one represents those who care more about the price action and less about the underlying business. The latter, the opposite, they are all about the business and have little care or worry about any short-term price action. They know they own something – a profit-making business.

Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, famously said: “In the short run, the market is a voting machine, but in the long run, it is a weighing machine.” As you can guess, the speculators do the voting; the investors do the weighing. I’m under the impression that the market activity is sometimes dominated by the former or the latter, and hence the market as a whole can resemble a voting machine or a weighing machine.

I would add that these are the moments of either extreme euphoria or extreme panic when the speculators take the lead. They seemingly don’t care to know what they hold, or they do know it’s really worthless in the long run; hence their interest and commitment are relatively fleeting. They usually leave as quickly as they came. Investors are the ones that stay. They never really leave. They hold the companies they like for the long run and don’t get easily spooked by market sell-offs. They also equally strongly resist joining any madness at the market top. Slow and steady would be the best way I would describe them.

The market itself continues to impress me, and I’ve been watching it for a quarter of a century and as a professional participant and investor in my own name, and our clients’ names, for almost two decades.

There are times when speculators create an overhyped market in almost anything, including profitless companies without a sustainable business model. These are companies that simply give away $100 bills charging $50 and think that somehow they can pave their path to success with ever bigger losses. Venture capital firms made a bet on them and managed to take them public, where speculators bid them up even higher. It happened last year, and it happened dozens of times before in the history of the market. Remember, though, speculators are not here to stay. All they care about is a rising price. The moment it falls, they run.

Time after time, I have witnessed companies with no real business-to-show-for see their prices rise. Also, time after time, I noticed that the very same market patiently allows speculators to dance away, only to see them panic and sell.

Who is left? Investors. They weigh; they don’t vote. They already knew those companies are worth 5 cents on the dollar at best, possibly zero.

Last year in November, a myriad of companies, from sporting equipment to online car dealerships, and more, with no real, sustainable profit-making businesses, traded at eye-popping valuations. It was the time of fear of missing out; you only live once, suspension of disbelief – anything goes!

Over half a year later, the market spoke again, and those companies finally trade exactly where they should — 90% down or lower. How much is a profitless business with no path to profitably worth? We think, and we know – zero, short of a miracle turnaround; hence, the market gives them 5 or 10 cents on the previous dollar, still just in case something unlikely saves them. Remember, not all speculators ever leave; some haven’t had enough pain and still hold on with hope. I sometimes think that those 95% losers end up at the bottom of someone’s portfolio, and they just forget to sell it, and if they all did it, the stock would be right where it belonged from the beginning – zero.

Looking back at this remarkable half a year, I want to share this Ode to the market. Speculators, inflation, interest rate hikes, talking heads on TV, none of it matters. The market, in the end, plays the same role it did when Ben Graham watched it with great admiration a century ago, devoted his life to his study, and inspired generations of others who followed.

All this to say, the market will do its job despite all the noise and disturbance, and so will we. We look for quality businesses, just as Peter Lynch told us, hold them, and let the speculators come and go. If anything, their rollercoaster ride of emotions allows us to buy stocks at even lower prices and sell them at even higher prices than if the whole market was full of level-headed, calm, and collected investors.

Thank you, Dear Market, and Thank you, Speculators.

 

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/4/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Brewster’s Millions

What have your summer reads been? I read a cheeky novel from a hundred years ago. It tells a story of a man who inherits a million dollars from his grandfather, only to find out that he has to spend and lose it within one year, and become penniless to inherit seven million from his uncle instead. Between excessive spending and poor investments, he learns a lot in the process; I know I have reading his story. It dawned on me that this hundred-year-old novel by George Barr McCutcheon — Brewster’s Millions may hide keys to successful wealth preservation.

In today’s money, Monty Brewster’s inheritance would be equivalent to $30 million and $200 million dollars. These are very respectable amounts, and $30 million wouldn’t seem easy to spend or lose. The spending challenge mentioned in the novel was not about acquiring homes and assets but actually wasting it away throwing parties, hosting dinners, traveling the world, and more.

The last two years might have been very disorienting for many investors. For a while, everything was going up. One could make money in stocks, even those with no profit or no business, cryptocurrencies, NFTs (non-fungible tokens), home prices were rising, and even used cars got more expensive and sometimes more valuable than new ones! You could make money even if you didn’t want to!

If you can’t lose money buying a used car, it’s game over. Cars have always been the epitome of a money-losing purchases.

Last year’s experience of easy money in anything from stocks to digital assets and used cars is actually not that different from Monty Brewster’s experience with poor investment choices, which led at first to even more money, not less. He learned that sometimes it might be really hard to lose money, at least in the short-term.

There are at least three lessons from Brewster’s story:

  • There is no amount of money that can’t be lost.
  • Saving can be a challenge at all wealth and income levels.
  • Acting as if a second larger inheritance was around the corner might not be a good idea.

The novel taught me that there is no amount of money that can’t be lost.

Monty’s $1 million ($30 million in today’s money) gets quickly dwarfed by a multi-billion dollar fortune lost by a seasoned hedge fund manager last year. Bill Hwang made ever more audacious speculative bets and managed to lose $20 billion in two days. Monty needed a whole year to part with $1 million. Mr. Hwang took two days, and he was not the only one. Eike Batista, a Brazilian billionaire, went from hoping to become the richest person in the world to losing all — $35 billion in a year between 2012-2014. That’s a thousand times as much as Monty struggled to waste away. Both Mr. Hwang, and Mr. Batista combined highly risky speculations with a lot of borrowed money. It’s an explosive combination that can turn billions into nothing. Since Monty’s times a century ago, people have invented many more ways to make and lose money, from derivatives to digital assets, and more.

Brewster’s tale showed me again how saving is a real challenge no matter how much wealth or income we have at our disposal.

Monty embarked on very expensive international trips. That was before budget airplanes took us around the globe. Travel was still a domain of well-to-do individuals who had both means and time. Europe wasn’t a quick overnight redeye flight away but a long sail away. As incomes and wealth rise, our appetites follow. We think that we need and want more. It might be less of a surprise that 60% of Americans live paycheck to paycheck, but it is a bit shocking that one out of three of those making $250,000 does so too. Monty’s spending habits grew into his new wealth, and income level as they do for us all sometimes.

I noticed another theme from the book. I see how when we receive a lump sum in our lives; we often assume that another one is right around the corner.

Some might act as if that first big amount was just a trial, a time to learn the ropes, and there will be a chance to take the second one much more seriously. We know well the tale of the Vanderbilts, once the richest family in the country. It took only one generation of excessive spending and poor investment choices to part with most of the fortune. Lottery winners follow a similar path. “According to the National Endowment for Financial Education, about 70 percent of people who win a lottery or receive a large windfall go bankrupt within a few years.” While professional athletes, after an often short but very lucrative career, often go broke, a staggering 78% of them in three years into retirement.

The first lesson reminds me of something we write about quite often. There are certain risks that are not worth taking. Warren Buffett explains: “Never risk what you have and need for what we don’t have and don’t need.” It may take a pause and wake-up call to realize that there are risks that nobody, even the richest, can afford to accept.

The second lesson has been a polite reminder of a phenomenon I have witnessed over the years. It’s referred to as lifestyle inflation. We trade what we have for something better. It makes the escape from paycheck to paycheck life almost impossible, and it follows us all the way to the top of earning levels. It may take a real deliberate approach to let spending fall back and decouple from rising income and wealth.

Last but definitely not least. Monty was fortunate enough to have $7 million follow his first $1 million. After a year of intense practice in money-losing, he was a lot more ready for the second inheritance. In life, it may usually be one single life-changing wealth moment with no second chances. We often share how the fortunes that we care for represent the money that our clients don’t immediately need, but most of all, money they can’t afford to lose.

A large inheritance, a big pay at a company, a liquidity event for the founders or a family nest egg saved away over the years, they follow the same logic. It would make sense to take a small portion, spend, and lose all of it, commit all the possible mistakes, and walk away ready for the bigger pie.

In life, it’s rarely that simple, though. Brewster’s uncle wanted to make a point by adding a twist to his inheritance. The uncle tried to settle an old score. He didn’t like the grandfather who disapproved of Brewster’s parent’s marriage. The family feud aside, this experience taught Brewster how to handle a large lump sum. He was much more prepared for his uncle’s fortune.

Does it really take losing it all to learn how to keep it? Is it only then that we appreciate how to grow and preserve what we have? We, at Sicart, think we could do the second best, learn from other people’s mistakes, and keep our own mistakes small enough not to matter in the long run.

Monty Brewster’s tale reminded me of some ages-old wisdom:

  • there are risks not worth taking,
  • saving takes effort, and
  • let’s treat the first fortune as the only one coming.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/7/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Where is the Bottom?

We’ve had days and weeks recently when stock prices only pointed downwards. The major US indices fell some 20%-33% from their highs recorded late last year. It’s no surprise that we are all wondering where the bottom could be. Let’s see what we can find out.

When I hear about market indices and averages, I think of a lake I grew up visiting as a kid with my cousins. Our grandpa would warn us at times. He’d say that one can drown even in a lake only inches deep on average. He said so because that particular lake had seemingly never-ending vast ankle-deep shallows, but then there was an old river valley in the middle. It had steep walls and dropped to 20 feet or more. As kids, we were curious and found the edge of it many times. The water there was cold, and you could feel the current that could take you out to the middle of the lake like a feather.

On average, it might have been a shallow lake, but it was not the complete picture. The same the markets might go up or down at times, but it hardly ever is all we should know.

The indices can comprise anything from 30 to thousands of stocks. They are constructed in various ways, and their composition is subject to change. They are manmade, not god-given. Their daily price and movement may give some idea of the market’s general direction, but it’s an imperfect picture.

As you remember, we don’t manage our portfolios to any particular index. We prefer to hold 30-60 well-selected companies, each with its own specific story. They are not immune to market gyrations, but given that they tend to have strong balance sheets and sustainable earnings power, they usually march to their own beat. They might fall behind when the broad market rises quickly, but they may hold their ground better when the market drops. They are slow and steady rather than fast and furious.

The fast and furious stocks drove the markets higher in 2020-2021. Many had little profit to show for. Their valuations expanded, and their stock prices reached what we thought were eye-popping levels. They seemed to promise growth beyond anyone’s imagination. These are tales we heard before, and we had our suspicions that eventually, the reversal to the mean will bring them back in line and closer to reality – Has that happened already?

The Profitless Tech UBS stock basket dropped from 100 to 60 in March 2020; then it rose to 220 by early 2021; it hovered at 200 through most of 2021, only to take a nosedive back to 60 most recently, a 72% drop. It looks like a big air bubble that inflated and burst right after, only to be back to square one.

UBS Profitless Tech

Source: UBS Profitless Tech

Another way to look at the fast and furious stocks of the last two years would be the valuation. The chart below shows a group of internet stocks that enjoyed what we thought was an incredible boost. The market was willing to pay 2x-4x as much for each dollar of their earnings as in previous years (see chart below). It felt to us like a paradigm shift. Somehow any previous models and assumptions seemed to not apply anymore, and those stocks deserved a much higher valuation. That bubble burst as well.

Source: Altimeter.

Is all the air out? In some pockets of the market, maybe, but then looking at other hyped-up “assets” of the last two years, we might think there is more air to let out.

Out of curiosity, we looked at the total value of cryptocurrencies. These new assets with no profits, no revenue, and not much to show for other than a digital record also enjoyed a heyday. The tracked value of all cryptocurrencies touched $3 trillion last year. That’s a ten-fold increase from the levels recorded in the prior years. $2 trillion of that value vanished already, with little under one trillion remaining. Some reversed their stance and argued that now cryptocurrencies are worth zero, if they are right, then that bubble hasn’t burst completely yet.

We often say that what we don’t own matters as much as what we do own, especially in a bear market. We had no interest in cryptocurrencies and no interest in profitless technology companies either. We still don’t.

Where is the bottom? If the biggest critics of cryptocurrencies are right and they are indeed worthless assets, the bottom is a trillion dollars away; they are 2/3 of the way there. For profitless tech and internet stocks, we reached a bottom that those stocks reached before both in prices and valuations (see earlier charts). Is it THE bottom? We are yet to see.

There might be more air left in various market segments; there might be more market volatility all around as businesses, consumers and governments learn to operate with higher inflation, rising interest rates, and economic slowdown or a recession.

As much as tech stocks led this market correction, there are big swaths of the market that held up just fine. A good proxy for them could be a high dividend yield index or ETF (exchange trade fund) that track quality businesses with dividend income. Those stocks have been rangebound and seemingly barely moved since May 2021. Looking at their YTD performance, they are still down, but only some 9%, which is much less than any previously hot flying stocks.

High Dividend Yielding Stocks

Source: Bloomberg, Vanguard High Dividend Yield / FTSE High Dividend Yield.

We look for clues in the earnings release, not daily price actions. We worry less about earnings beats or misses in a particular quarter. We are more focused on long-term sustainable growth and profits.

We never knew where the bottom of the lake was as kids, we might not know exactly where the bottom of the market is today, but we are very encouraged to see renewed skepticism among investors. We think it’s a healthy break from last year’s euphoria and sell-offs create buying opportunities for patient and disciplined investors. As we wait and search for the bottom, we expect to find plenty of new holdings among stocks that are being thrown out like the proverbial baby with the bathwater. They could make a very respectable contribution to our portfolios’ performance in the next few years. We proceed slowly and gradually, though, as always.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/15/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

UBS Profitless Tech basket tracks the performance of emerging high-growth tech and tech-enabled companies which have yet to complete a full year with positive earnings. The basket has been optimized for liquidity with initial weights capped at 4%. Created on May 18, 2020 – rebalanced and reconstituted annually.

Vanguard High Dividend Yield ETF tracks the FTSE High Dividend Yield Index. The index selects high-dividend-paying US companies, excluding REITS, and weights them by market cap.

Hot or Cold

Have you ever used those old-school hot and cold faucets? Some older hotels may still have separate faucets, one with scorching hot water and the other with bone-chilling cold water. If you burn your fingers in one, you can at least cool them down in the other. A happy middle would be preferable, but it’s not always available. The stock market sentiment seems to have only two options, too: hot or cold, and rarely something in between. Let me explain.

Time after time, it’s fascinating to watch how the market sentiment swings from despair to euphoria and back. The last two years took investors on a real rollercoaster ride of emotions. In February 2020, I attended a conference in Florida. Companies presenting shared their peak results and looked forward to even better results ahead. Coronavirus was a distant problem far away on the other side of the globe. The bottom seemed to have fallen out only a month later, and the stock market took a 32% dive.

Doom and gloom forecasters took the stage on TV, spreading chilling predictions. The market started to recover, though. The S&P 500 rose as high as 40% above the pre-pandemic high. A very impressive feat as the world worked its way out of lockdowns and stay-at-home orders. The market euphoria fed on the consumer excitement or vice versa. Many shopped for anything from grills and pool equipment to new cars and houses. It felt like a now or never moment for both investors and buyers. We heard the mantra: you only live once, and the fear of missing out overtook many.

Quality stocks rose, but also companies with no profits or hardly any revenue. If that wasn’t enough, digital assets with neither profits nor revenue rose in price, including cryptocurrencies and NFTs (non-fungible tokens). Some of them represented as little as funny digital images of a colorful roll of toilet paper. One could find it amusing since that household staple in its physical form became quite a hot commodity in the middle of the pandemic. There was no cloud in sight, and the market reached new highs getting hotter by the minute. Yet something stopped again.

Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, wrote about Mr. Market. This imaginary character resembles a manic depressive with extreme mood swings wanting to buy or sell. Sometimes he is optimistic, other times pessimistic, switching from hot to cold and back at a moment’s notice. Benjamin Graham explained how Mr. Market might be knocking on our door with an offer, it could be high or low, but it’s up to us to decide when and how we act on it.

The last six months might have felt like a cooling period. Stocks fell from their highs, especially those with extremely high valuations and little or no profit. Then digital assets experienced more cold shoulder treatment from earlier enthused investors. We saw some collapses and crashes in crypto markets.

It may all seem disorienting and disturbing, but all noise and temperature swings aside, what drives stock prices, in the long run, is the underlying value. The value comes from the earnings power of a business. How much money is left after all costs are covered – the profit. Outside the stock exchange, if you were to buy a business, a pizza restaurant, or local cleaners, you would look at the last five years of profit history. You’d want to know if those profits are sustainable or if they are growing. You’d be curious to know if the customer base is fairly loyal, too. Finally, the cost structure would be equally interesting to understand. What does it cost to run this business?

The daily, weekly, or even monthly price gyrations aside, the stock market follows the same logic as purchasing local cleaners. We remind ourselves of that every time an overheated market reaches new highs or an overchilled market drops to new lows. The fundamentals, the profits are all that matter.

Those fundamentals are somewhere in between the two extremes; Mr. Market might be jumping up and down, but it’s up to us to decide how and when we act on it. There are times to sell, raise cash, wait, and there are times to buy and put more capital to work. We don’t have to precisely call the markets’ tops and bottoms. We don’t believe anyone can do it. We can do what’s second best, and gradually sell toward the top and gradually buy toward the bottom while carefully watching the fundamentals rather than daily prices.

That’s exactly what we have been doing for the last two years and the previous decades. We believe that slow and steady wins the race. Mr. Market used to go from hot to cold a hundred years ago when Benjamin Graham sat in his Manhattan office, and it does today.

Graham famously wrote: “Business conditions may change, corporations and securities may change, and financial institutions and regulations may change, human nature remains essentially the same.” This was true back in 1922 when railroad era companies like American Locomotive (the leader in steam engines on wheels) still belonged to the Dow Jones Average, and it is today with Apple Inc. (one of the leaders in smartphones) in the index.

Hot or cold, optimistic or pessimistic, euphoria or despair, we keep a steady course, and we hear Graham’s words: “Investing isn’t about beating others at their game. It’s about controlling yourself at your own game.”

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/25/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Against Our Nature

I walked into a snake pit. It was among the more memorable moments of the last two years. On one of our early pandemic hikes in the Appalachian Mountains, my wife Megan and I found six rattlesnakes basking in the sun. They blended in so well, and we were blinded by the sun. Despite that, it only took my brain an instant to register a snake-looking shape, and my body froze, my heart started pounding, and my breathing sped up. It was a true fight or flight, a life or death moment. A million years of evolutionary conditioning jolted me away from imminent danger into safety. It’s part of our nature. Yet, in investing, we have to go against our nature and deeply ingrained instincts, time after time. Why is that? Let me explain.

Investing is a fascinating yet peculiar pursuit. When our gut tells us to hide, the best buying opportunities likely abound. When the fear of missing out overtakes us, and we feel that we should chase a hot stock at any price, it might be the time to wait and pass. As the stock market resumed a rollercoaster ride in the last few months, it’s a good moment to revisit our instincts and see where they serve us and when they can get us in trouble.

For those investors who gave in to their instincts, it’s been a very trying time. Those who panicked and sold all in March 2020 missed out on one of the fastest market recoveries. Others who surrendered to the fear of missing out and bought the hottest stocks in November 2021 saw dramatic losses in the next six months.

Whenever I’m in a forest, I often think about how I am here today because of my countless ancestors that jumped and ran when they saw a threatening shape in the bushes. It’s a natural response in moments of imminent danger.

In investing, though, that eternal logic is flipped on its head and confuses many repeatedly. Let’s explore it a bit more.

How do you think one can make money owning stocks? We want to buy them low and sell them high while we potentially collect dividends in between.

Our nature would make us sell at the bottom, though, and buy at the top — the exact opposite. Selling at the bottom resembles running away from the noise in the bushes; we do it out of fear. Buying at the top may feel like joining a happy celebration that you don’t want to miss out on. This kind of buying and selling happens in the elusive comfort of the crowd, with others right by your side, which is also an environment in which we usually feel safe. It’s all appropriate behavior almost everywhere, but in stock investing.

Why would a good, healthy, growing businesses ever sell at a low, attractive price? Most often than not, it actually trades at a full price or happens to be overpriced.

The best buying opportunities arise when investors panic and sell. They react as I did to a snake pit. They jump and leap in the opposite direction. The crowd runs one way, yet a handful of calm, collected, disciplined, and deliberate investors quietly buy.

Not every falling stock is an opportunity; it would be too easy! Only sometimes can some of them be promising buy candidates for discerning stock pickers. It’s that very time when we go against our nature, and thus, against the crowd, we make the biggest strides in our investing pursuits.

In times of enthusiasm and euphoria, we let the crowd run wild while we quietly step aside and wait. Not giving in to the fear of missing out when others happily bid up stocks to unreal levels is indispensable in successful stock investing.

Needless to say that some of our everyday responses to our primal instincts might be disproportionate anyway. When somebody cuts us off on the highway, when an ATM swallows our card, when we miss a plane, our brain and body respond as if it was a fight or flight moment, but it usually isn’t. It’s a healthy revelation that it’s not all a life or death experience.

Even more so in investing, though, it’s helpful to pause, catch a deep breath, and give it some serious thought. It helps to realize that we might need to go against our nature and the crowd, override our instincts, and do exactly what Warren Buffett suggests: “Be fearful when others are greedy. Be greedy when others are fearful.”

And when we go on a hike in the woods, we still watch where we step.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/18/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The True Cost of Things

I was on a video call last week. We were using someone’s else link, and 40 minutes into our conversation, we were cut off. My host realized that his free video calling plan only allows limited use per call. I know he upgraded to a paid plan since, but that experience reminded me of a more significant phenomenon. We are quickly learning the true cost of many services we use, and it has important consequences for how we invest. Let me explain.

As investors, we have an opportunity to get to know many businesses all around us, especially if they are already publicly traded. I’m often positively surprised by the extent of disclosure of public companies. I imagine few people have the time, the interest, or the need to read it, but if you are serious about your investments, there is plenty to learn.

One phenomenon that we observed over the last ten or maybe even twenty years is the birth of freebies in the internet world. We all know well the free samples we can get at a local supermarket, anything from gourmet cheese to a slice of fresh fruit. The internet changed a lot how we can access a variety of services. The cost to add an incremental user dropped substantially.

The funding coming from venture capital firms allowed many companies to enjoy a large audience without charging a dollar for the service provided. It was all done in the name of fast growth and with the hopes of reaching scale, adoption rate, or stickiness that will allow the company to start charging something down the road. With expanding services and user base, the costs usually run up, while insufficient revenue makes turning a substantial profit difficult.

With the proliferation of smartphones, we saw an even bigger growth in the number of services we use. There are apps for almost anything from cooking to dating, banking, communication, and more. We have seen many specialized professional apps helping doctors, engineers, lawyers, investment professionals, etc.

As consumers, we got used to getting almost everything for free. We don’t feel like paying for our email, messenger, online searches, weather reports, news, entertainment and more. In some cases, companies discovered a workaround. They reinvented an old solution used by media companies before, from newspapers to radio and television. The service might seem free, but it’s the consumers’ attention that’s auctioned off to the highest bidder and sold as advertising space. This path proved highly profitable for a handful of tech giants.

Not everyone successfully followed, and many others try to charge for premium services and introduce many levels of service, enticing users to pay up. Researching many companies in that space as potential investment targets, we noticed how difficult it could be to introduce a paid service. It’s even a more significant challenge to pass through price increases to existing paying customers.

The other troubled model we observed included offering proverbial $100 bills for $50. With flawed unit economics, no matter how big and how fast a business grows, there is no path to profitability. We saw challenges at some meal kit companies that shipped ready-to-use ingredients to our homes. As consumers, we took advantage of those offerings; as investors, we stood away. There was also a real estate company disguised as a tech unicorn locking in overpriced long-term leases only to turn around and rent back office space with no commitment and at a usually much lower price.

With billions of VC funding, a lot of magic is possible for a brief period of time. The start-up founders have been praised for growth at any cost, and consumers were enticed to believe that we can get not only free lunch but also a free ride, free office, free music, and more. Some investors might lose sight of what’s real with all the smoke and mirrors.

Something has changed recently, though. It might have overlapped with the pandemic shifts in consumer behavior. We think it probably accelerated a change that was bound to happen eventually anyway.

Among the winning companies, we witnessed big leaps in the adoption rates of a variety of online services, from streaming to video calling and more. The importance and relevance of those offerings in the eyes of consumers must have changed as well. How do we know? We saw several service price increases in the last two years.

Some might argue that this renewed pricing power comes under the guise of general inflation. Everything is more expensive, so it’s easier to accept price increases for our favorite streaming service or work essential video calling app.

Maybe it’s the inflationary environment; maybe it’s the scale, the importance, the adoption rate. Perhaps it’s all of the above. In the end, it’s the result that matters, and we are seeing how customers are starting to embrace what we like to call the true cost of things. They might be reluctant to pay or pay up – old habits die hard. Still, with this new phenomenon, some companies finally have a chance to enjoy higher revenues and improved profitability.

Others might have failed the test and will fade away or need to change course dramatically. Venture capital firms grew again a bit more reluctant to fund growth at any cost — as they do every so often.

From an investment perspective, we see the potential for improved earnings and real, sustainable upside in many current and future businesses that offer valued services and discover a lasting pricing power. We are keeping an eye on them, and we intend to seize all opportunities that may arise as consumers reluctantly discover the true cost of things.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/28/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

When the Appetite for Risk Disappears

It was 2010, and I was sitting at an IPO (initial public offering) lunch in Manhattan shortly after the 2008-2009 financial crisis. This was one of the companies going public soon after a dry spell of the previous two years. It had a big market share, highly profitable business, a strong balance sheet, a growth story to share, and most of all, a very reasonable valuation. You’d think it was a stockpicker’s dream. The interest was tepid at best, though. Investors seemed to have lost all their earlier appetite for risk and… returns for that matter. Reminiscing about that IPO, and looking at the last two years, and especially the abrupt year-to-date investor hesitation both in public and private markets, I started thinking about the ups and downs of the infamous – appetite for risk. What is it? Why does it matter?  

Here at Sicart Associates, we have a habit of following some more interesting IPOs, and we’ve had a record number of them in the last two years. We always have a great appetite for returns but no appetite and rather limited tolerance for risk, especially unnecessary risk. We know well that there is no such thing as free lunch in investing, though. There is a level of risk we are willing to accept, but only if the returns more than compensate us for it.

IPOs are usually younger companies that became big enough and hopefully mature enough to have their shares offered to the general public. As a matter of fact, almost all companies we have bought year-to-date weren’t even public at the time of the earlier mentioned IPO lunch. They have all grown to become well-established leaders in their respective industries. The recent investors’ risk aversion offered some compelling buying opportunities for us.

In our opinion, some IPOs may be too expensive or not compelling enough at first. Down the road, when the enthusiasm fades, price comes down to earth, and the business solidifies, they may become investable from our perspective. We take the time to get to know them, and we wait for an opportunity to buy them. It’s not rare to see a once-hot IPO trade at half the price or a fraction of the valuation only a few short years after its initial listing.

That particular 2010 post-financial crisis IPO caught our attention. We ended up owning it later on. After a bit of a rollercoaster ride, it got acquired at a large premium by one of the major players in the industry. They were willing to pay almost ten times the price the company was listed at only eight years later — was the appetite for risk back up again?

What was striking about that IPO lunch was the difficulty faced by a quality business finding interest among public investors only two years after the 2007 hot IPO market. It was also only a decade after the dot-com bubble when a company didn’t need to have an actual business or a dollar of sales and could still fetch a multi-billion dollar valuation. The appetite for risk tends to go from hot to cold and back.

In May 2007, CNN reported, “Risk abounds in hot IPO market.” Thirty companies a month would get listed at the time. Levels of debt and profitability were secondary. The bull market was strong. House flipping was a quick path to riches. The appetite for risk was high.

If we were to compare 1999 with 2007, the former seemed to have reached an even higher level of risk appetite. Interest rates were cut, and the capital gain tax was reduced – talking about pouring gasoline on the fire. The Internet browser was invented, and the dot-com bubble was getting hotter and hotter. It was the era of price-per-eye ball valuations and massive growth in the use of the Internet. Lycos, a web search engine and portal, was the fastest company to go from inception to IPO (2 short years) and reached a $12 billion valuation in 2000, only to sell for $36 million ten years later. Sales and profits didn’t matter, and the life of dot-com companies was measured by its burn rate. In other words, how quickly the company will burn through the capital, it raised. That money went to Super Bowl ads, high-end office chairs, and more.

Nasdaq Composite rose 400% between 1995 and 2000, only to fall 78% in the next two years. Overnight, the epitome of risk appetite — venture capital became no longer available, and only a handful of dot-com stocks with more conservative management and credible businesses survived, among them Amazon.com.

It’s worth noting that Amazon survived, but still, its price dropped some 90%. Jeff Bezos, at the time, opened his annual letter to shareholders with a single yet powerful word: “OUCH!” One of my grad school finance professors must have been among those who lost their shirts buying Amazon shares at the peak because we never heard the end of his criticism of this online everything shop.

There were other heavily bruised dot-com survivors. Priceline lost a digit and fell from $94 to $4, only to rise from the ashes and become a big player in the online travel world as Booking.com in the following two decades.

Now, the Internet changed the way we live, work, do business, educate, inform, communicate, and even meet future spouses – there is no doubt about it. So many new opportunities, efficiencies, and connections became possible, but also so many businesses became less relevant, shrunk, and had to reposition or vanish.

Innovation has been changing the world from the invention of the wheel to railroads, phones, cars, radios, computers, the Internet, and more. When investing in innovation gets disconnected from fundamentals and disciplined investment process, it may prove to be an all-risk, and no return or all loss proposition, though.

One could argue that the dot-com and 2007 IPO participants were rational buyers, speculators rather than investors. Someone explained to me once the housing bubble era rationale, which may as well apply to any bubble-era speculation. Those flipping homes had a thirty-day investment horizon. They wanted to sell the property higher before the first mortgage payment was due. Similarly, some or many IPO buyers in the bubble era days might have wished they  got in and got out quickly enough to book a profit and avoid the downfall.

It reminds me of a hot potato game, where players toss an object around while the music is playing, and whoever holds it when the music stops losses.

History shows that the music usually stops when the proverbial appetite for risk peaks. It’s impossible to tell at the time but easier to pinpoint looking back.

The “hot potato” speculators sleep with a thumb on the “sale” button. We do the exact opposite. We say that we’d be happy to hold what we own even if the stock exchange choose to close for a few months or years.

The last two years of pandemic investing have been ones for the books. We had a big market sell-off, a rally, and a more recent mild correction. With interest rates at zero (only rising lately), lots of fiscal and monetary help, COVID-driven distortions in supply and demand, the appetite for risk flourished on many levels from many hot IPOs (in 2021, there were 2-4 times as many IPOs as in most previous years), meme stocks, to SPACs (special purpose acquisition corporation) to cryptocurrencies, NFTs and more. Some even argued that the pandemic turned more people into thrill-seeking digital speculators looking for excitement in gamified stock trading apps.

When the appetite for risk goes up, investors not only seem to care less about the sales and profits of the investments they buy, but they also are willing to accept less liquidity in their investments. They are willing to lock in the uncertainty for many years, investing in exotic-sounding private deals and adventurous real estate investments. The term “alternative investments” gets thrown around yet again. Suddenly, a whole swath of allegedly new investment assets appears that would otherwise be of no interest to any discerning investor. Talking heads on TV proclaim the rising appetite for risk among investors.

It’s impossible to tell what the rest of 2022 will look like. What we do know for sure though is that there are always some quality businesses out there joining the ranks of publicly traded stocks. They are offering valued services or goods and figured out a way to turn a profit. They have a long runway ahead of them and a loyal and expanding customer base. The key to success is figuring out the price we are willing to pay and the patience and discipline to hold them long-term.

Warren Buffett once said that it is wise for investors to be “fearful when others are greedy, and greedy when others are fearful.” At times for most investors — no amount of risk and uncertainty is too much to accept; other times, no amount of risk and uncertainty is small enough to stomach.

We like to share that we always have a great appetite for returns but no appetite, and rather limited tolerance for risk, especially unnecessary risk. This investment approach allows us to identify and capture the long-term upside of good businesses and avoid the downfall and pain of highly risky investments. It doesn’t mean we will avoid drawdowns and volatility. We accept it. We know there is no free lunch in investing.

We remember well that the appetite for risk comes and goes leaving behind painful losses for some and buying opportunities for others — slow and steady wins the race.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/6/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Reflections on the Shape of Stock Market Bottoms

Bob Farrell, the iconic one-time investment strategist at Merrill Lynch, formulated Ten Basic Rules of Investing, which have since become a “must” reference for students of the stock market. One of these pronouncements stated that “Exponential rapidly rising or falling markets usually go further than you think, but they do not correct by going sideways.”

Recently I resolved to test this observation against my recollection of stock market bottoms I have personally experienced. My partner Bogumil Baranowski, more digitally adept than I, helped with the images in this article. It turns out that while Farrell’s rules constitute a useful warning, they cannot really help anticipate the exact shape of bottoms. Here are a few examples that stick in my mind…

[Please note that, for graphic quality, we have charted weekly prices. This eliminates the drama of the last few days of a bottom, which can be more prominent, especially when declines end in selling climaxes.]

1969-1970: Recession as a Surprise

Source: Bloomberg.

The economic recession of 1970 was relatively mild and affected mostly the domestic sectors of the economy. Still, the stock market reacted rather emotionally, coming as it did after the “roaring 1960s” and at a time when economists and politicians had begun to believe that we had conquered the economic cycle. The V-shaped stock market bottom was relatively clean and responded well to traditional stimuli. The S&P 500 Index recovered to its 1969 high about one and a half years later.

1972-1974: The Double-Bottom Stock Market

This was my first hands-on experience of a bubble blowing up and then bursting. A small number of large, successful companies had weathered the 1970 recession quite well. Many were diversified internationally and exhibited growth characteristics that seemed independent of the traditional U.S. economic cycle. They wound up being labeled the “Nifty Fifty” and were heavily promoted by banks’ wealth departments as one-decision, recession-resistant stocks that investors would never need to sell. As expected, their valuations in terms of price/earnings (P/E) ratios skyrocketed but in time the bubble burst, as they always do. It took the S&P 500 more than four years to match its 1972 high, while several of the Nifty Fifty stocks took much longer to recover. Some never did.

Source: Bloomberg.

After a major adjustment to much lower valuations, the market touched a double bottom in the following September and December. Even the stocks which had not participated in the bubble eventually reached record-low P/E ratios. Meanwhile, the materials-related companies that had been boosted by the first whiff of inflation also came back to earth (together with their earnings) as a result of the subsequent global economic recession.

1980-1982: One Long Recession, but in Two Acts

Source: Bloomberg.

By 1980, inflation had become a growing concern, and early, timid efforts to tame it had threatened to cause a fairly typical but still-mild recession. But in 1979, two situations had occurred that would exacerbate these tendencies. First came the fall of the Shah of Iran, a major oil producer. That incident triggered the second oil shock in recent memory, following upon the 1960 creation of OPEC, and Paul Volcker’s nomination to the chairmanship of the Federal Reserve. Volcker undertook to break the back of exponentially-rising prices – even at the cost of a deep recession.

The second oil shock triggered a capital spending boom in energy-related sectors, which appeared in aggregate economic figures as the beginning of a recovery. However, Volcker’s muscular monetary policies soon threw the economy back onto a recessionary path.

In the 6 months between January and July 1980, the U.S. GDP declined 2.2%. But, after the energy-related growth bump in the 16 months between January 1981 and November 1982, the GDP lost another 2.7%. At the time, it appeared to me as one long recession, during which interest rates reached historic highs, and the stock market’s P/E ratio again touched its historical, single-digit low of late 1974.

My memory of the 1980-1982 decline is one of an excruciating wait that felt like an elongated  U-shaped bottom if one when values were steadily appearing at unhoped-for prices. In the midst of the decline, I sent a letter to our clients entitled: “Happiness is a dull portfolio” – a statement that was vindicated a year later, after the recovery got underway.

1987: A One-Day Bear Market, No Recession but Eventually Everything Suffered

Source: Bloomberg.

Throughout the early months of 1987, the economy gave signs of weakening while stock market valuations became increasingly stretched. I had just launched the Tocqueville fund and was very reluctant to invest the inflow of cash, instead of maintaining significant reserves. After a few months, some shareholders, many of whom I knew personally, began to complain that they were not participating in the ebullient stock market. I finally gave up and invested a significant portion of the liquid reserves.

Then, on what has come to be known as Black Monday (October 19, 1987), the Dow Jones Industrials Average of the stock market lost almost 23% in hours! Nassim Taleb, author of the well-known book The Black Swan (Random House, 2007) had not yet written: “It is far easier to figure out if something is fragile than to predict the occurrence of an event that may harm it.” So most investors were taken by surprise. The wave of selling was such that the “tape” was hours late, and actual stock prices would not be known for many hours, sometimes days. Once final prices were printed, however, it looked like the Fund’s portfolio had held up quite well, and I thought we were geniuses. But with further reflection, another explanation became clear:

When investors must sell in a panic (whether for psychological reasons or because of margin calls if they bought on credit), they sell what they can offload most easily. That usually means the more liquid shares of the larger companies.

Our Fund had been mostly invested in shares of smaller or medium-sized companies, which were below the radars of those panicked investors. As a result, these shares survived the first selling wave quite well. In the following weeks, however, this segment of the market played catch up (or down, rather), and by the end of the year, our Fund had declined almost as much as the stocks making up the index. The market did not recoup its 1987 loss until mid-1989.

2000-2001: The Dot.Comedy

Source: Bloomberg.

The 1990s were a period of intense speculation in the segments of the market linked more or less closely with the nascent Internet. By the end of the decade, companies with a .com suffix, real or implied, with or without earnings, were selling at valuations never before imagined.

We found it be fairly easy to escape the carnage that ensued: the likes of AOL and shares of other companies promising to change the world through the Internet eventually collapsed. Like the Nifty Fifty in the 1970s, they did not reclaim their 2000 highs until several (7, in this case) years later – for those that survived. But, if you resisted the clamor of clients wanting to “participate” and avoided these fanciful investments, your portfolios performed fairly satisfactorily through the entire cycle.

2007-2009: Generalized Junkyard

The advent of what became known as The Great Recession vindicated Hyman Minsky’s hypothesis that “stability breeds instability,” usually through increasing risk acceptance, financial leverage, and speculation.

In the years leading to 2007, real estate speculation had reached new highs, with banks and other financial intermediaries entering into “sub-prime” financing. Some of the less ethical even encouraged mortgage borrowers to lie about their financial condition. By 2008, the speculative bubble and associated Ponzi-like schemes collapsed, causing major bankruptcies and necessitating the bailout of some major financial institutions.

 

Source: Bloomberg.

There had been some scary financial accidents before (for instance, Long -Term Capital Management’s collapse in the late 1990s). However, in my memory, this was the first time that a financial crisis prompted an economic recession that engulfed every sector of the market and the economy into its downward spiral. It may well be the prototype for future crises and recessions.

After recovering to its 2007 high in 6 years, the stock market responded well to monetary and budgetary stimulus in the following decade, up to the early 2020s. But the economic recovery was uneven and hesitant, both domestically and globally.

Geopolitics and De-Globalization

Just as the global economy was beginning to recover from various COVID waves, Russia invaded Ukraine, further aggravating supply chain problems and threatening both an acceleration of inflation and, more recently, a serious economic slowdown.

In the last few decades, financial crises and resulting economic recessions have tended to originate at the periphery of the larger economies. This phenomenon began with the Asian crisis of 1997, which started with the relatively unobserved Thai currency, the bhat.

The globalization trend that has characterized the widespread post-WWII boom has benefitted the world economy by spreading growth to previously under-developed economies and lowering costs (through imports or offshoring) for developed economies. However, in the wake of the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the hardening of U.S. relations with China, it seems probable that this trend will reverse to one degree or another. Most countries will attempt to become more self-sufficient as regards important resources or strategic products. This scenario implies slower growth of the global economy.

Another scenario that concerns me involves the continued strength of the U.S. dollar coupled with a return of U.S. interest rates to more “normal” (higher) levels. On the surface, such a combination may seem counterintuitive. Raising rates to combat an economy’s inflationary tendencies should eventually slow down that economy and raise the specter of recession, which normally should weaken the country’s currency.

However, we live in a complex and paradoxical environment. Financial and currency markets have been unusually volatile, and the U.S. dollar has behaved as a haven currency, continuously edging up in value as many other currencies have tended to weaken. If this trend persists despite an opposite prognosticator consensus, we may temporarily experience a combination of higher rates and a strong dollar. Many developing countries and other stressed foreign borrowers have borrowed in U.S. dollars at floating interest rates. They would then face the double whammy of higher currency and interest repayments.

As I mentioned earlier, financial crises in recent years have tended to originate at the periphery of major economies, where transparency is elusive, the role of the U.S. Federal Reserve more diluted, and the size of consequences is often difficult to anticipate. It seems like a good time to prepare for the unexpected and look for signs of stress in the less-monitored areas of the globe.

François Sicart – 4/4/2022

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

Second Half 2021 & YTD 2022 Review

Two Years Behind Us

If we look back at 2020 and 2021, stock investments have had clear turning points. Until late February 2020, it looked like yet another decent year ahead with strong fundamentals and peak economic performance. Some could say that it was too good to be true for too long. That’s why we entered 2020 with a fairly cautious stance.

We took advantage of the buying opportunities presented by the March 2020 sell-off. We enjoyed the stock price and business recovery of our holdings through the end of 2021.

That period though was not all smooth sailing for investors. In the first half of 2021, we saw high-flying growth stocks take a break from the rally, only to catch up in the second half of 2021.

As we kept up with our holdings and considered future potential buys, carefully studying each earnings report, we started to notice a shift around summer 2021. We witnessed more disappointment among enthused investors. This new phenomenon continued through the end of the year and further into 2022.

As we are putting the finishing touches on our update (3/2022), the market seems to have hit a temporary invisible wall. It doesn’t mean that there are no compelling opportunities to add to our portfolio, quite the contrary. The renewed volatility already drove down the prices of a good number of potentially interesting companies.

We decided to act and gradually buy some new holdings.

With the latest COVID wave mostly behind us, we are witnessing a quick shift in policies towards fewer restrictions. If that direction continues, we believe businesses, consumers, and workers can hope for some new normal ahead. That’s something we are yet to see and define as we move past the last two very unusual years.

We wrote last time, “although we have seen some unexpected stock market heroes in the last year and a half, it has been one of the most challenging times to navigate.” Late 2021 and early 2022 might have been a refreshing pause in the rally that proverbially lifted all boats. The path forward may not be that obvious. We are always keeping a steady course, and we aspire to be the least wrong. We remain prepared no matter which scenarios play out in the end.

Long-term Goals

Our long-term goal remains the same for all the assets we manage. We intend to both preserve and grow the capital over time. We seek to double our clients’ wealth every 5-15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual rate of return over the long run, but we would like to accomplish it without exposing the portfolios to the risk of a permanent loss of capital. Of course, performance cannot be guaranteed, and past performance is not indicative of future results.

Our strategy can be described as a long-term patient contrarian. All securities are selected through an in-house research process. Our investment horizon for each individual holding is usually 3-5 years.

We intend to hold between 30-60 stocks, mostly US equities, but we may invest in foreign securities as well. We don’t use any leverage; we don’t own any derivatives. We may supplement the strategy with exchange-traded funds (some of them may use leverage or derivatives).

We don’t have a predefined portfolio composition target. We may hold cash at times, but we prefer to own businesses, and when the opportunities abound and prices are right, we will likely be close to fully invested.

The second half of 2021

In the first quarter of 2021, we saw a rally in small-cap stocks, while large caps, and especially technology stocks, hesitated. In the second quarter and through the second half of the year, small caps traded sideways, while large caps and technology stocks steadily rose.

Around summer, though, as earnings started to come in, we noticed a peculiar shift. There was a growing number of companies that benefited from strong fundamentals and price momentum earlier in the pandemic but were facing some headwinds now.

In many cases, investor enthusiasm pushed the stock prices ahead of fundamentals. The consumer demand remained elevated, but year-over-year comparisons were less impressive. The market proved to be unforgiving to some of those stocks. It created several buying opportunities for us.

It also set the stage for what we saw late in 2021 and early 2022. The market started to cool off from the earlier rally. We witnessed some record-setting daily big drops in a number of stocks that were market darlings only a few short months earlier.

In our mind, it was a sign of the fundamentals prevailing yet again. The actual earnings power mattered more than promises of growth and the excitement of rising price momentum.

We are yet to see if it’s a long-lasting pause in the market rally or a chance for more pockets of weakness in various market segments. As long-term holders and patient, disciplined buyers, we always welcome price volatility and panicked selling.

Finally, it’s worth noting that the market valuations came down. As earnings rose, the stock prices dropped. It’s too early to say that the market as a whole looks compelling, but we believe there are definitely more opportunities around than in a while.

What we wrote last time applies today: “as much as we pay attention to the overall market trends, we like to look at our performance independently from the benchmark. As long as the businesses we own report improving fundamentals, and the market eventually prices them accordingly, we are happy.”

Interest rates on the rise

Things finally got interesting on the interest rate front.

Last time, we mentioned the staggering fiscal and monetary help that came unleashed when the pandemic hit. We also added how the Fed’s monetary support never paused. Later in 2021, the Fed started to get ready to back away a bit. The inflation fears set the stage for some potential interest rate hikes going forward.

1-year treasury rate spiked in late 2021 to over 1%, it was around 0% for most 2020 and 2021, and for reference reached over 2.50% in mid-2019, after a steady but slow 5 year-long rise from near zero territory between 2009 and 2015.

1% may feel like not a lot, but when we take into account that it was at 0.05% in May 2021, that’s a 20x higher cost of borrowing for one year for the US treasury and everyone else, too.

The closer we navigate around zero, the smaller changes can make bigger waves in the cost of credit and asset prices.

The 1-month treasury rate remained close to zero, but the 3-month rate spiked from almost zero to 0.35%.

The tide seems to be turning just as US inflation reached 7.48% based on a 12-month change in CPI (February 2022). That’s a level US consumers and businesses haven’t seen since the early 1980s.

As much as we consider ourselves bottom-up stock pickers, we pay close attention to the macro environment we operate in, and both inflation and rising rates have been on our minds lately.

Supply, demand, inflation

In the first half of 2021, we saw supply chain constraints, demand recovery, and inflation gathering speed.

In the second half, supply chain issues continued, but in some segments, we started to see normalization. The demand continued to evolve, too. In some cases (cleaning products among them), it remained elevated but hasn’t grown year over year as much it did in the previous year.

Businesses also faced input cost increases from commodity to labor.

Pricing power came to the forefront of our attention. Can the businesses raise prices, and will the consumer accept it? We’ve been paying more for anything from a basic grocery basket to rent and movie streaming at home.

Inflation has an impact on consumer psychology. When it reaches a certain level, it starts to affect the shopping decisions. Consumers may accelerate some purchases or choose to forego others completely.

We are yet to see how many of the recent challenges are long-lasting and how many will pass as the supply and demand find a new firm footing beyond the pandemic years. The same applies to inflation.

 What’s ahead?

The US economy is still the biggest, healthiest, most diversified in the world. Given its depth, size, and liquidity, the US stock market seems to remain the most appealing home for the most innovative, new companies, even if they originated in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, or South America. At the same time, US companies are global and benefit from long-term growth and prosperity around the world. They operate under US laws, follow US disclosure requirements, and promote a shareholder-friendly culture, making them appealing investment choices for us. We are optimistic about the US, and the US business, while near-term, we remain cautious about the stock market as a whole. We are happy with our stock portfolio of selected, vetted, well-researched businesses.

What do we expect going forward? We build the portfolio for any possible scenario, and our goal always is to be the least wrong with our investment choices. Given the level of uncertainty from inflation, interest rates to new policies, and now also, the Ukraine-Russia conflict, we are not surprised to see renewed volatility in the markets, and volatility can be a friend of a disciplined, patient investor.

What could we have done differently?

In a rising market, everyone wants to be fully invested; in a falling market, everyone hopes to be completely out of the market. We always proceed with caution. We might have lagged in the second half of the 2021 market rally, but our stock selection has paid off so far in 2022 (3/2022). We often say that what we don’t own matters as much as what we do own.

As much as at times last year we looked back and thought that we wished we had been more invested right away after the 2020 sell-off, we found some redemption in early 2022; we are glad today that we kept our steady course through 2021 and haven’t given in to FOMO (fear of missing out).

We have been happy with the holdings we bought, and their performance shows that stock selection mostly met or even exceeded our expectations.

We remain optimistic about the long-term growth prospects of the US and the world economy. 2020-2022 markets reminded us how challenging and unpredictable the markets could be. They convinced us further that patience and caution are the best way forward.

Happy Investing! |  Bogumil Baranowski | Published: 3/16/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Can We All Be Contrarians?

The major US indexes sold off in the last few weeks. This inspired a whole range of reactions. Many panicked, some froze, and others quickly acted and bought selected stocks. The last group is usually smaller and follows Warren Buffett’s famous wise words: “be fearful when others are greedy and be greedy when others are fearful.” If we define a contrarian as someone who tends to go against the crowd, I start to wonder if we all can be contrarians at the same time? Can we?

When I was growing up in the 1990s Poland, you had to save to buy anything from a TV to a car. Friends and family could help, but consumer credit wasn’t readily available. I recall that interest rates were high, inflation was roaring, and uncertainty abounded. Interestingly enough, that is a set of circumstances that most US investors, especially those my age, have never experienced personally. However, they might be getting a very subtle taste of it these days.

Years have passed, today’s Poland and even more so the US have definitely different shopping habits than those I grew accustomed to. The motto is: buy now and pay later. More and more goods from small items to cars are available through monthly payments. Cars are available through various financing methods; many don’t even give you the actual ownership of the vehicle. What’s more, it seems it would take an excellent knack for numbers and a robust financial calculator to figure out the actual total cost to enjoy that car over the next few years.

My cautious view on consumer credit shared by the majority when I was a kid has become a contrarian view in today’s world. Was everyone a contrarian then, and a few are today?

Maybe what we do as money managers, investment advisors, investors is less about being contrarian and wisely and selectively opposing the views of the majority, but rather about keeping our principles permanent no matter how much the world around us gets lured by greed and tormented by fear.

A calm, collected, disciplined approach of evaluating businesses based on their fundamentals and buying based on value can be applied in the midst of a market euphoria as it is in the darkest moments of a market crash.

The same investment principles might have led us to buy an underappreciated railroad stock some 150 years ago, a promising retailer 50 years ago, and an asset-light cloud-based high, margin technology-driven company today. The principles remain the same.

What we do is as important and as simple as what  Morgan Housel (a prolific financial writer and author of The Psychology of Money) described recently as “Outperforming by merely ‘doing the average thing when everyone else around you is losing their mind.’”

I recently took a closer look at a company that we have known for years. It’s a stable, high free cash flow business that got caught in the pandemic rollercoaster ride of rising demand, input cost inflation, and supply chain headaches. What intrigued me the most were the clear and wise principles that frame and shape the management’s decisions. All I need is a few years’ worth of annual reports and financials, and an evening or two later, I can tell you the vivid story of the business and present it as a clear series of choices the leadership made.

Over the last decade or two, many companies like this one have taken advantage of low-interest rates and credit availability. They decided to borrow to pay excessive dividends and conduct share buybacks at very high prices. It’s all usually done in the name of a quick rise in per-share profits and the stock price. Short-term stockholders applaud and get a quick boost, while the company is left with debt and very few options to maneuver in times of distress.

This company continued to follow the same principles that many others followed not long ago. Because it remained set on its course, it suddenly found itself as a contrarian. Again, it’s not that it choose an opposing view to others, but rather the others made choices that are at odds with the ones of this particular company.

When the US stock indexes came under pressure in January 2022, we watched how our holdings performed. We realized again, what we often shared before – sometimes what we don’t own matters as much or more as what we do own. Our portfolios of 30-60 stocks aspire to weather the market storms better than the broad market indexes. Is it always the case? No, but it often makes enough of a difference and allows us to sleep better.

With prices of many stocks falling, we immediately started searching for buying opportunities. We looked at the fundamentals, the actual earning power of a business, and the newly discounted prices that we would need to pay. The indexes were down 10-15% or so. The true treasures appeared among stocks down 40%-60%, not just in the previous four weeks but also in the last few months.

Many of them were down for likely the right reasons, but we believe some look disproportionately punished by the negative investor sentiment that started to prevail. As many of our clients rightly assumed, we went shopping. We gradually and cautiously acted on the new opportunities that appeared right in front of us.

Does a 10-15% sell-off mean there won’t be another one sometime soon? – No, but the panicked sellers left enough buying opportunities behind that we couldn’t ignore them. Will the prices get even more attractive in the future? – Maybe, but that’s why we buy some and leave room to add earlier. It’s been our practice for years.

Were we contrarians buying in the sell-off? Judging by the majority view that led to the sell-off, we held an opposing view, maybe even a minority view. Among the like-minded investors, we were all contrarians, though. After a number of phones calls and emails with friends and colleagues who share the same investment principles, we discovered that others were looking and shopping, too. We hold the same timeless principles in that particular group of disciplined investors (no matter how small it’s become), and we are definitely all contrarians!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/3/2022

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

New Year’s Resolutions

As 2021 is coming to an end, and a brand new 2022 is right around the corner, many of us start to think about New Year’s Resolutions. What do we want to accomplish next year and beyond? Traditionally many look for ambitious goals: make that many dollars, lose that many pounds, read the many books by year-end, and more. In life and investing, success often comes not from a lofty goal with a fixed deadline but rather the process built on helpful habits that lead to favorable outcomes. Let me explain.

The three most popular New Year’s Resolutions cover healthier eating, more exercise, and saving money. Right after better food and more physical activity, our attention falls on money.

In my book, Outsmarting the Crowd, I write about the mantra – earn, save, invest. I explain how the money will grow over time if you underspend your income and invest what’s left. The opposite is true as well; if you outspend your income over a lifetime, there is only excess debt and financial stress waiting for you on your journey.

This is a well-known truth, the same as the need for a better diet and more exercise. Those truths can be seen as almost trivial. It doesn’t make following them any easier, though. The challenge lies in creating little repeatable habits that build the right process.

This year, I enjoyed reading three great books on habits: The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg, Atomic Habits by James Clear, and Tiny Habits by BJ Fogg. Maybe I was thinking ahead of my New Year’s Resolutions; perhaps I noticed how my daily habits, routines changed since the pandemic sent many of us home last year. Whatever the reason, each taught me something new about the habits in our lives.

If there is one important lesson that they all have in common is to make the desired habit as easy and as repeatable as possible. If it’s an exercise routine, let’s make our journey from bed to the walking, running, or hiking trail as simple as possible. If it’s saving money, let’s automate it and forget it. Taking the pain points out of the process was the biggest revelation. Somehow, I thought that the more ambitious, the harder the habit, the better, but that’s not a good place to start. There will be days and months when we just don’t feel like doing whatever we intended to do; making the hurdle as low as possible is key.

It reminds me of companies that never want to break their dividend-paying record, and in leaner years, they cut the dividend to a single cent. It may be nothing, but it allows them to keep the habit. When the profits recover, there is no question whether they should resume the dividend or not, the dividend policy is in place, and now it’s all about raising it from that single cent. That’s how we can think of earning, saving, and investing. As long a cent trickles in, the habit is alive.

There might be days when no stock looks appealing and worth buying, yet, we still show up, read, research, cultivate the habit, keep the process going because the best opportunity might be right around the corner. If we are not looking, we won’t find it.

As tempting as it may seem to find ambitious goalposts and fix them at a particular point in time, it may not serve us well either in investing or in life.

When I think of my New Year’s Resolutions, I focus on habits that build the process that can lead to favorable outcomes: healthier, happier, more prosperous life. Most of all, I wonder how we can make them as easy as a single-cent dividend –a small deposit into the bank of wellness, well-being and wealth.

It keeps the good habits alive and compounding!

Happy Holidays! Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/23/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Immune to Ridicule

In the early years of my investing career, one particular stock attracted the most ridicule. I remember how various junior analysts would mention it to the more senior analysts and portfolio managers. It was the epitome of a bad idea, a fad, a laughing stock even. My contrarian bone must have been already developing at the time. Somewhere in the back of my mind, I thought, what if they are wrong?

From a near bankruptcy over a decade ago, the business persevered. The stock rose from $8 in March 2020 to $170 today and reached a $10 billion valuation (Source: Bloomberg). It’s not a tech company; it didn’t give us a self-driving car, a miracle drug, or a comfortable ride to Mars. It sells the same product it started with 20 years ago. The business not only made a comeback but grew and turned a nice profit, too. Some even believe that a former alleged fad gained a cult following of sorts, and if that wasn’t enough, the brand became a premium brand.

What’s amusing about investing is that you rarely know when the story is really over, and the least likely heroes offer the biggest payoffs.

What happened? The big operational changes from three years ago paid off and helped them navigate through a tumultuous pandemic reality. What’s more, that very pandemic lifestyle shift brought more people to the brand and the product. Comfortable ugly shoes were apparently precisely what we needed the last two years! Who would have thought?

What stock is it? Crocs! – a company famous for its bright-colored rubber clogs. I have never owned a pair, but I owned and recommended other shoe brand stocks in the past. Some have done well, some struggled. I’ve always had an affinity for consumer products and services, and I knew that finding a genuinely lasting niche in that space was quite a feat for any company that tried.

Crocs became a definition of a fad in the eyes of many investors. The company experienced quick success, a hot IPO with a fast-rising stock, not unlike many other recent hot IPOs. They couldn’t keep up with the demand and expanded aggressively. The 2008/2009 recession brought an end to it. In the first years on the stock exchange, its price rose five times; it lost almost 99% in the following two. It was a $1+ stock flirting with bankruptcy.

I remember walking past their Manhattan store, wondering how much longer they would be around. Customers seemed to have fallen out of love with their products as quickly as they initially embraced them. This is nothing unheard of, especially in shoes, apparel, or any other consumer product categories.

That’s what we call a fad. Fads come and go. Some companies can be too quickly dismissed as fads, while others can be mistakenly taken for having a cult following, while they turn out to be short-lived fads.

From an investment perspective, it’s a dangerous territory that could also be full of great potential and opportunities. Any analyst trying to recommend Crocs when it was a $1 stock would have been ridiculed. The company wasn’t out of the woods five or even ten years after the 2008/2009 recession, and it only closed its manufacturing and rethought its retail footprint in 2018. It was a treacherous path of many attempted revivals.

When March 2020 came with the abrupt market sell-off, Crocs’ stock price dropped below $10, still 1/6th of the 2007 record high price (Source: Bloomberg). The brand and the company weren’t on my radar, and I still remembered it as one of the most ridiculed stocks ideas I have ever heard of.

Many years have passed, I almost forgot about it. Only recently, I came across it on three different occasions. First, I saw a few people wear their shoes, and then someone mentioned it in a newsletter as an unlikely turnaround story. Finally, I read a headline about this unexpected pandemic winner. I took a fresh look, and I was intrigued by it, but more as an investment case study that could offer some great lessons rather than an actionable stock pick.

I have never owned Crocs, and as a firm, we never invested in it either; we have no immediate intention to invest in it now either. There is nothing contrarian about it anymore, but it didn’t stop us from learning something from this experience.

Reading up on Crocs and its remarkable, even unbelievable journey, I thought of those days over a decade ago when seasoned investors ridiculed the stock and fashion aficionados ridiculed the shoes. I’ll think twice next time I hear someone laugh at an investment idea or product.

There might be some surprising winners where few dare or care to look for the simple reason of being ridiculed for it! Being more immune to ridicule is an excellent lesson for any stock picker young, and seasoned. Over the years, we owned many stocks that at times earned us some smiles. We trusted our judgment, though, and pursued some unlikely stock picks. Next time you see a stock in your portfolio that makes you smile or even laugh think of Crocs – we might just be on to something.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/9/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

False Defeats and False Victories

Aren’t stocks a lot like heroes in novels we read? Six years ago, when I was putting the finishing touches on my first book: “Outsmarting the Crowd,” my UK-based editor, with a great affinity for novels, told me how much we can learn from works of fiction. Our conversation renewed my interest in novels, stories, and specifically how they are structured. Whether it’s a recent Hollywood production or a 5,000-year-old myth, the hero celebrates false victories and faces false defeats, very much like any investment we research. Let me explain.

I imagine not everyone has ever read an accounting or finance manual, I don’t blame you, but I’d guess that everyone has read a novel in their life. To me, annual company filings with balance sheets and management discussions read just like a novel. An imperfect hero embarks on a journey of growth and transformation, and I’m sure to see both ups and downs on the way. If I’m not careful enough, I could be misled by false defeats and false victories.

Each hero worth our attention will experience some mishaps on the way; in novels, it could be a heartbreak, a lost battle, a natural disaster, in investing a few weaker quarters, a product recall, an economic recession, and more. What keeps us reading or following the hero is the hope that the fortune will turn in their favor. Equally, we may be fooled by a false victory. It may seem that our hero is getting ahead, winning the battle, finding a safe way out of trouble, only to be sent back into the worst turmoil.

It’s the unlikely and the imperfect hero with an almost impossible victory that makes the best story and, I believe, the best investment.

I have never read a novel where a perfect hero lived a perfect life, and only good things happened to them. I also have never seen a perfect stock, with a perfect rise, and success, with no mishaps on the way.

When I got my first New York investment job, one of the things I did was pull up the end-of-the-day trade sheets. It was a long list of trades done by all portfolio managers during the day. They might have seemed dry and uninteresting to many, but they were the treasure trove to me. I was a junior analyst eager to learn, and there is no better way than to learn than from those who have been investing for decades.

I was curious about what they were buying, but I was especially intrigued by the stocks they were selling. Some of those holdings did very well, and I was curious when they were purchased and why. My fellow portfolio managers often accommodated my youthful curiosity, and I was almost always the only one asking them to share the story behind those sell decisions.

I’d also study the price and valuation of those stocks over the years. I found it very intriguing that even the best holdings traded in a wide range. There were times when one could buy them 50% off. These were the imperfect heroes facing their false defeats and celebrating false victories.

The two best examples I can think of that are a false defeat on one hand and a false victory are Apple in the 1990s and WeWork in 2019.

Apple and WeWork are both extremes. Apple went from a near demise to being the highest-priced company in the US, and WeWork went from a seemingly invincible success story to an almost bankrupt company all in a matter of months. Most companies we study fall somewhere in between those two ends of a wide range.

When Steve Jobs returned to Apple in the 1990s, the company was in real trouble, quickly running out of cash. The innovation lagged, and the competition dominated the market. Apple’s survival wasn’t obvious, and recovery didn’t seem likely, but the company started to collect victories from an iPod to iPhone, iPad, and more over the next few years. It surprised us many times over. Its near-death experience of the 1990s proved to be a false defeat. The following quarter of a century has been a path of massive transformation. I’m not aware of a more unlikely turnaround in business history.

When WeWork failed to convince investors to participate in its highly hyped-up IPO, this almost $50 billion company experienced a harsh reality check. Its unprofitable business ran out of support among investors, and it turned out to be not a tech company, but a money losing real estate company. The market refused to fund its growth at all cost and with no regard for profits. WeWork’s false victory turned out to be a very real defeat.

Apple looked like a terrible investment the last few years before Steve Jobs returned. WeWork seemed to be a great investment all the way until the market called the bluff on its meteoric rise. Those two examples also show how hard it is to measure our heroes on their journey, and falsely celebrate investment successes, and unnecessarily wallow over investment failures. The story of either of the companies isn’t over yet. WeWork just managed to go public recently; Apple continues to launch new versions of its products.

Anyone that tries to gauge our investment hero’s journey based on a monthly performance misses the point. We need to keep a long-term picture in mind and see where the growth and the transformation of the business are taking us. Are the odds in our favor that our holdings will be bigger and better a few years down the road or not? That’s the question we try to answer. Whether they will get there after half a dozen or two dozen of false defeats becomes irrelevant in the grand scheme of things.

Studying heroes of novels we read and businesses we research, we find patterns that repeat through cycles and ages. The works of fiction provide a very enjoyable entertainment, businesses, on the other hand, they may offer money-making opportunities for disciplined and patient investors.

Investing could be described as collecting heroes for our portfolios. We accept that they are imperfect; we know well that they will experience victories and defeats on their journey. We do our best to take advantage of the false defeats and not get fooled by false victories. Maybe my editor was right, and we can learn a lot about investing reading works of fiction and looking for unlikely heroes when and where few dare or care to look?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/11/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Time Traveler’s Portfolio

With almost every other tech billionaire building a space rocket these days, it dawned on me that time travel compared to space travel remains still completely undiscovered. There is no cryptocurrency, SPAC (special purpose acquisition company), VC fund (venture capital), or ETF (exchange-traded fund) that invests in time travel (that I know of). Not yet, at least.

If I were a physicist, I’d be curious what kind of laws of physics we need to bend to make it happen. If I were an engineer, I’d be researching durable and light materials to build a time machine. Since I’m an investor, it should be no surprise that I’d like to know what kind of portfolio I’d take with me on this journey!

Humanity has shared tales of time travel from ancient Hindu, Buddhist or Japanese myths to more recent Washington Iriving’s 1819 Rip Van Winkle or H.G. Wells’ 1895 The Time Machine or the Hollywood’s Back to the Future 1980s Trilogy and more.

It’s already the fall of 2021; we are a few months short of two years with a global pandemic impacting our lives, economies, and investments. With debt ceiling talks, trillion-dollar spending plans, new taxes, inflation, political shifts worldwide, climate change, COVID variants, and more, uncertainty abounds. It might be a good time to zoom away with a time machine, and take a longer-term view forward and back, and see if we can make wiser decisions about what’s right in front of us: today.

Time travel can potentially have both directions. Physicists still seem to be arguing which direction is more likely. To sharpen our investment thinking, in our discussions, we sometimes indulge in mental experiments. We like to take some ideas to their logical limits, which can reveal something new about our approach. Time traveler’s portfolio serves that purpose.

If we were going back to the past, what kind of investments would we take with us? Stocks, gold, cash, real estate, let’s even consider cryptocurrencies for a minute. If we go back a hundred years or more so, five hundred years, whatever skills we acquired in this life might have no value in the past. Even a farmer or a writer trained in today’s technology and language might have difficulty finding gainful employment at our new destination. Bringing a small fortune, a nest egg with us, makes a lot of sense.

We’d be ready to dismiss cryptocurrencies in a heartbeat, they weren’t around yet, and they would be of no value to anyone. Real estate, let’s say we can take a timeless property title with us back; it could potentially work and serve as shelter or source of income. If it’s a high-tech online retailers’ warehouse, though, it would need to be repurposed.

What about cash? If we ignore the fact that future dates are printed on today’s money and choose a currency that’s been around unchanged long enough to matter still, we could be ok or even better off. Today’s dollars are worth a fraction of 1921 dollars. In other words, each dollar today would buy around 15x as much a hundred years ago. If we travel further back, before the current dollar, we might have trouble finding takers for our cash, though.

Stocks are promising but tricky. The successful ones tend to grow in value over time, which means that if we take today’s shares with us back in time, they’d be worth a lot less. Who would want to buy today’s Apple shares and bring them back to the day when Steve Jobs only started his company? We could be creative and take some shares of companies that experienced a past success but faced a slow demise more recently. This way, we’d buy their shares cheaply today and be able to sell them for much more in the past. That’s an arbitrage worth considering. We might have to make a few stops on the way and pick up Kodak or Polaroid on the way. Neither is around anymore, but both experienced their glory at some point.

What about gold? Interestingly enough, we might be able to travel to almost anytime in the past, at least the last few millennia, and do just fine with gold. Whether it’s the Middle Ages, Ancient Greece or Rome or Babylonian or Egyptian times, few would say no to gold, and that’s food for thought.

What about the future? If we were to transport ourselves a hundred years to 2121 or a thousand years to 3021, what portfolio would we’d take with us? When I think of cryptocurrencies, I think about how technology changes quickly. I picture myself with a VHS cassette and a floppy disk in my time machine, neither would be very handy today. Will the same happen to cryptocurrencies? Something new and better will replace them? Or will they be long forgotten as a short-lived phenomenon of the past? I’d think twice about taking this bet.

Real estate is peculiar when it comes to the future. I always thought that if I buy a house, a mall, or a warehouse, I still have one home, one mall, one warehouse after a hundred years. They don’t mushroom over time the way corporate profits can. Hopefully, I kept my purchasing power in the process while paying property taxes and maintaining the asset. With real estate, best case, it’s still around and usable a hundred years later. Having said that, traveling around Europe over the years, and parts of the US, too, I have seen so much formerly valuable, desirable, coveted real estate that’s abandoned, forgotten, and unusable today – ghostly structures of past manufacturing plants or castles among them.

If not crypto, not real estate, what about cash? We know how paper currencies of today are built to lose value over time. Inflation slowly or not so slowly erodes our dollars’ purchasing power, euros, and hundreds of currencies that aren’t with us anymore. We are also running the risk that the currency we take with us will no longer be used once we arrive at our destination. My grandparent’s house had a drawer full of paper money that turned worthless over time. Poland changed currencies many times over. French francs, Italian lira, Spanish peseta aren’t around anymore. Picking the right paper money might be challenging, and hoping it maintains much of its purchasing power over a hundred or a thousand years might be wishful thinking.

What about stocks? No matter how we pay for services or goods, businesses will provide those and charge for them. They may come and go and reinvent themselves in between.

Isn’t it interesting that we can make better assumptions about the future by looking back? There is a mutual fund that bought 30 stocks in 1935 and hasn’t bought anything new since. The businesses they owned, merged, sold, had spin-offs; in other words, they transformed, but the wealth invested in them continued and grew. This fund is a bit of an extreme, and stock investing doesn’t get more passive than that. If we were to travel to the future, it would be great to have someone keep an eye on our holdings, an investment firm that values longevity and continuity over generations. Our fortune, nest egg, would be in good hands, waiting for us at our future destination.

What about gold? It has a millennia-long track record of keeping purchasing power over time; the odds are it will continue in the future. A bar of gold has technologically made no progress in 5,000 years. The edges might be sharper, but a bar of gold is a bar of gold and will be very much the same bar of gold 5,000 years from now.

Lastly, we don’t have to pick one asset to take on our past or future trip. We can have a collection of assets. Going back in time, we might want to bring gold, very selected stocks, and wisely chosen cash. Going forward in time, we’d want stocks, gold, or even better, an investment philosophy perpetuating portfolio over time, and on longer trips into the future, we’d pass on cash and very reluctantly consider real estate.

I know; it’s just a mental experiment. I used to think that interest rates could be only positive; there is no room in economic theory for negative rates. The idea itself undermines the very foundation of money, capitalism, investment. Why would I pay someone to borrow money from me? Yet, that’s exactly what anyone buying negative-yielding bonds today is doing. Our central bankers are defying the laws of economics or common sense, for that matter. Why wouldn’t we one day defy some laws of physics and jet back and forth in time? When the day comes, you’ll know what kind of portfolio you’d want to bring with you. And with this fresh perspective of a time traveler, maybe we can make wiser choices right here, right now – today.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/28/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Fall in Love with the Process

What leads to success in investing? Many might think it’s setting lofty goals with precise deadlines. Some might believe it’s all about regularly beating market benchmarks, and others might focus on their portfolios’ daily, weekly, or monthly returns. The real secret, though, is to fall in love with the process. Let me explain.

Investing might look exciting from the outside, especially seen through unlikely sudden success stories embellished by gifted journalists. First-time, next-door investor buys a handful of exciting stocks and turns a small nest egg into an eye-popping fortune in no time – we have all heard a version of it more than once.

Investing is indeed intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying, but day-to-day, it’s a process.

The process takes care, discipline, and patience. If there were one word to describe investing, I’d choose reading. If you asked me how I spent my days, I’d say I read. I don’t just read 9 to 5; I read all the time; any moment I find, I read. You’d be as likely to see me with an annual report of one of our holdings as a book about Artificial Intelligence or the Bronze Age warfare.

I read books, articles, studies, research, anything that I think can shed more light on possible investment opportunities out there, and anything that helps me better frame my worldview of where our investments operate.

There are three things I’m looking for. First, I want to know what kind of businesses I’d like to own. Second, I find the right price that I’m willing to pay. Third, I need to have a good understanding of the broader context in which the business operates.

The three aspects of the process can be continuously improved. The more businesses I learn about, the better I understand what makes them succeed or fail. The long history of stock prices I looked at, the better I can get at buying a business at the right time. Finally, the more open I keep my eyes to bigger shifts and trends at work, the fewer surprises my investments will face, and the more opportunities I will be able to identify.

When the time is right, we use this knowledge to buy, sell or decide to hold a particular investment. The buying and selling activity is a small fraction of the process. Outside of reading, the word that describes best what we do is – holding. We make money not by buying or selling stocks but by holding them. Small businesses become big, undervalued become relatively valued or overvalued. Finally, temporarily troubled holdings get back on track. We get rewarded for patiently holding what we own.

It’s equally important to identify and correct mistakes, but we take rare actions to get back on track. Nobody has perfect knowledge about the future, and the success or failure of our holdings happens right there – in the unknowable future. We can make the best-educated assumption about what’s to come, but we never know for sure, no matter how much we read and learn.

Since we are focused on reading and holding, we are less likely to make abrupt changes in the portfolio. We can be very decisive and act quickly when the opportunity arises, but otherwise, we remain still. In other words, we are less likely to panic when the prices fall, and we are less likely to follow any euphoria either. We stand firmly behind the process.

We often mention that what we don’t own and what we don’t do matters as much or sometimes more than what we own and what we do. Warren Buffett often reminds us of the rules of investing: “Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget Rule No. 1.” We believe that our list of don’ts has saved us from many losses over the years.

We have come this far in our discussion, and I haven’t mentioned goals, outcomes, returns. I think that goals are helpful. They might keep us motivated when the process tests our resolve. They also remind us of where we are going. Having a precise deadline for the investment goals can endanger the process, though. If someone asked me how they could double their money in 3 weeks, I wouldn’t be able to help. If we make the horizon longer and even better set a wide range, the process we follow can help us get there. We like to say that we seek to double the capital every 5 to 15 years, which is a 5% to 15% return annually.

We are even further with our discussion, and I still haven’t mentioned benchmarks, indices. The media these days reports minute-to-minute movements in major indices. They represent the majority of the US stock market and intend to show if the markets are doing better or worse versus yesterday or even just earlier today. I often explain to our interns (who come armed with difficult questions) that even if benchmarks and indices were never invented, tracked, and reported, we would continue the process that works and makes sense for us. In other words, the S&P 500 or the Dow Jones are no guideposts on our journey. If the index operators announced tomorrow that they discontinue their benchmarks, it would make no difference to what we do.

We talked about investing as an exciting pursuit. Interestingly enough, the best opportunities happen when investing seems the least exciting, and the stocks are priced as if they were untouchable. Individual stocks and the whole market goes through cycles. For a patient investor, there are times when one can buy quality businesses at incredibly low prices.

It’s a historical extreme, but worth remembering – in 1979, Business Week ran an article titled “The Death of Equities.” We read there how only the elderly remained invested, while the younger demographic left. It must have been a polar opposite of today’s market sentiment. The 1970s’ inflation and market volatility ravaged investments at the time, and few were left interested in stocks. BusinessWeek concluded: “Today, the old attitude of buying solid stocks as a cornerstone for one’s life savings and retirement has simply disappeared.” This prophecy couldn’t have been more wrong. This unglamorous moment marked the beginning of the longest bull market in history.

Falling in love with the process helps in investing. To us, the process means reading and holding with a rare occasional deliberate action. If market benchmarks were discontinued and the media declared stocks dead again, we’d go on. Technologies may change, stocks, and currencies may come and go, but stock investing will continue as long as there are customers with needs and wants and businesses eager to fulfill them. We’ll be here ready to buy their shares while reading and holding in the meantime.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Penny Wise, Pound Foolish

Pennies, cents, pounds, dollars, euros – it’s sometimes curious how we think of money. A while ago, I remember someone sharing with me a tale of old Wall Street. With a lot of self-made fortunes, many investors tended to be penny-wise but at times pound foolish. The smaller amounts were easier to relate to, they felt familiar, and the larger ones were so disproportionately big that the right penny habits didn’t capture them. Doesn’t it happen to us all now and then?

As simple as it may seem, it would be ideal to be wise with both pennies and pounds. Maybe even wiser with pounds than pennies? Who would know it better than the famous billionaire investor who literally turned his childhood newspaper route cents into over a hundred billion dollars in various holdings? I can’t help but think of his story of not selling his Berkshire Hathaway shares back in 1964 because the price was a few pennies short of what he expected.

Berkshire was a terrible business, as Buffett admits in his letter: “Berkshire – Past, Present and Future.” It was meant to be a short-term holding, and only about 7% was owned by Buffett Partnership. Because Berkshire’s CEO purchase offer short-changed Buffett with an eighth of a point, which in old Wall Street speak meant 12.5 cents (at some point, it was the smallest amount a stock could change in price), Buffett ended up buying more of Berkshire. He writes: “I became the dog who caught the car.” Berkshire’s textile business became a very costly distraction for the following 18 years, when the mills were finally closed.

All this trouble for 12.5 cents! Buffett called it a “monumentally stupid decision.” Penny wise, but pound foolish.

I get asked now and then about budgeting and tracking your expenses. I am a big fan. How can we start to be wise with dollars if we haven’t figured out the pennies, I always wonder? That’s the only way to get a grip of your spending, no matter where your monthly budget falls. I credit my grandma for instilling in me the importance of pennies and cents. I can see how they add up and grow. Buffett’s longtime business partner, Charlie Munger, said that the first $100,000 is the difficult part of building wealth. He advised: “I don’t care what you have to do—if it means walking everywhere and not eating anything that wasn’t purchased with a coupon, find a way to get your hands on $100,000.” In the book on Munger “Damn Right”, we read: “Making the first million was the next big hurdle. To do that, a person must consistently underspend his income.”

Before we get to bigger numbers, it seems that a million is what we can all agree on. It’s one with six zeroes. When we leave the cents, the dollars, everything gets a lot more confusing.

What’s a trillion dollars? How many zeroes is that? Apparently, we can’t even agree on that! As defined on the short scale, a trillion is one million million (ten to the twelfth power or one with twelve zeros). That’s what we use both in American and British English. Continental Europe, where I received most of my education, a million million is “only” a billion. I bet that U.S. policymakers would be relieved if they knew that their trillion-dollar spending plans translate as “only” billion-dollar plans in the long scale. Let’s not share it with them. On the other hand, the half a dozen trillion-dollar tech companies that we have in the U.S. today would be rather sad to lose their gilded status and be referred to as “mere” billion-dollar companies (again!). Speaking of billions, some may still remember a failed libel lawsuit filed by a famous billionaire over being called only a millionaire.

I remember watching an interview with a Brazilian billionaire Eike Batista who made a fortune in oil, gas, and mining. He expected to be the richest person in the world in no time. With lots of leverage, gigantic speculative bets, he got as high as the eighth spot on the world’s richest list. A year later (about a decade ago), he was reported to have a negative one billion net worth down from $35 billion. His experience made me realize that there is no amount of money that can’t be lost.

Bill Hwang from Archegos Capital, or as the media described him, “the greatest trader you have never heard of” managed to lose $20 billion in two days only earlier this year. His net worth might have seemed as “liquid as a government stimulus check,” as Bloomberg wrote, but was used to build a $100 billion portfolio with borrowed money. The market turned, and the highly leveraged trade quickly went south.

Both former billionaires openly shared on many occasions how they grew up in modest circumstances—both knew well how to count pennies. Neither of the two investors was in dire need of quick gains anymore, though. Warren Buffett reminds us often that: “It’s insane to risk what you have to get something you don’t need.” We learn from another investor, and author Vitaliy Katsenelson that “You cannot use logic and reason with a person who wants to get rich fast.”

When we make small spending decisions, we seem to be well versed in the amounts we are dealing with. We all saved a few dollars on groceries here and there. We are all probably guilty of driving an extra mile to buy gas 10 cents cheaper. We all might have gotten offended when we saw a cup of coffee priced a few nickels higher than we are used to. It gets a little tricky when the amounts get bigger. We buy cars looking at the monthly payment, or we buy homes looking at the monthly mortgage. We forget to look up and see the full price tag or the million-dollar mortgage behind it – the true cost.

I see how investment decisions can be taken with equally insufficient care. Highly speculative derivatives are bought for cents per contract but amount to million-dollar losses taking away a lifetime of savings. Big, quick, abrupt choices are made with large amounts only because they seem harder to embrace, and the true risk escapes our imagination.

In the last year and a half of market and economic recovery, we have witnessed a more than usual size and frequency of riskier behavior. Hard-earned savings have been spent and invested in less careful ways at times, and if that wasn’t enough, they were supplemented with borrowing.

We all probably have been more than once penny wise and a touch pound foolish at some point, but the same way Buffett looked back and learned from his mistakes, maybe we all can get a bit wiser when our cents turn into dollars. It would be ideal to be wise with both small and large amounts.  Maybe even wiser with the larger ones. If we treat our dollars with the same care and patience that we treat our cents, we’d be better off in the end; at least, that’s what I plan to do!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 9/23/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Blessings Of Mentorship

I recently received a very kind email from our this year’s intern, Joshua. His experience was different than that of many of his predecessors that we hosted over the years. He was our remote intern working from his home. His words of appreciation for what he had learned with us made me think of my mentors, who blessed me with their generosity over the last two decades.

It was a little over 16 years ago; I just got my first Manhattan investment job. I was to shadow a seasoned investment advisor whose regular articles I had been reading for a while. I settled in at my desk; I had my computer and phone set up; I was eager and ready to start. The catch was that my boss and mentor was about to leave town for a while: “Welcome aboard. Email me, call me, I’m off.” – he said with a smile as he jetted out the front door after my welcome lunch earlier that week. That’s how I started my long apprenticeship with our dear François Sicart all those years ago.

I soon learned that some 35 years earlier, he benefited from a great mentorship. He learned from Mr. Christian Humann and his senior partners, who, on the other hand, gained their experience in the last years of the 1920s historic bull market and hard years of the Great Depression post the 1929 market crash.

Here I was in early 2005, excited and grateful for the opportunity. I had no way of knowing at the time, but I’m well aware now that I was about to embark on a life-changing 16 year-long mentorship that inspired a fulfilling career in the world of family wealth investing.

In his absence, Patsy Jaganath took me under her wings. I had a lot to learn beyond the dry academic investment theory that I acquired until that point and the historical knowledge I devoured reading every possible investment book I could find. Soon after, I got to know Allen Huang, who gained his experience under the tutelage of an avid stock picker, and Mr. Sicart’s earlier partner, Jean-Pierre Conreur.

I feel blessed that I’m still able to rely on their wisdom and experience. Five years ago, the four of us became equal partners in our shared venture – Sicart Associates, a boutique investment firm. We have been fortunate enough to have Diandra Ramsammy help run the office from the start, and Delphine Chevalier has continued to help us navigate the time zones from Paris. Soon after that, a good friend, and a co-worker from our earlier careers, Doug Rankin, joined us as a portfolio manager.

Looking back over those many years, I think of the importance of mentorship. My mentors haven’t always been close or around. These unique “remote” mentorships gave me both an opportunity to learn and the independence to grow on my own. With Mr. Sicart’s blessing, I met Mr. James (Jay) E. Hughes, Jr., who has spent his career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance.

Although Mr. Hughes and I have rarely been in the same place at the same time, with the help of video calls, we have held regular monthly conversations for many years now. Mr. Sicart shared with me his lessons in navigating the markets while managing family fortunes over half a century. Mr. Hughes opened my eyes to a particular role we can aspire to have in the lives of families we are blessed to work with.

Some mentors have been in my life for many years, while others made a lasting impression at the moment in time, but whose impact still shapes my thinking and actions.

In college, professor Jacek Grzywacz taught me the foundations of finance and banking. He was also my thesis supervisor when I was getting my master’s degree. I wrote about the future of the euro versus the dollar; he quizzed me about the three C’s of credit: capacity, character, and collateral.

The summer between my Warsaw education, and my Paris graduate program, during a summer school in Prague, Czech Republic, I met an American economist, professor Peter Boettke. My class was a bit unusual. It consisted almost entirely of students from the former Soviet Bloc. We all had fresh memories of the failings of a state-owned, controlled command economy. Professor Boettke was an expert on the topic and a follower of the Austrian School of Economics — the exact opposite of the Soviet socialist economic thought. He didn’t have to convince us that a free market economy produces superior outcomes. I greatly appreciated his sharp, clear mind and the ability to defend his arguments in a playful yet convincing way. I often think of him writing my articles these days.

I met many great professors in my French grad school. Many of them had spent decades pursuing careers in New York City and came back to run or start businesses in Paris while teaching at my school. I found their transatlantic perspective very intriguing. I thought that they had a way of combining European sensibilities with the American entrepreneurial spirit. They knew how to find patterns, answers, logic in an increasingly complex world. I trust that some of their wisdom and experience rubbed off on me.

There were many mentors and inspiring people I met since then; some gave me an idea, a direction, some pointed me toward new opportunities. In New York City, I met Eric Rock, and Max Alvarez, who introduced me to the world of public speaking. In California, I got to know Flora Wong, a very passionate TEDx host. I had a memorable conversation over lunch at a mountaintop restaurant with Guy Spier (renowned author and value investor). I had an unforgettable time visiting Tony Deden (another prominent investor) in Zurich and sharing a meal with his team. Shortly before the 2008 housing bubble burst, I was fortunate enough to attend an intimate investor meeting hosted by Mohnish Pabrai (an inspiring investor, author, and philanthropist). The list goes on.

I don’t know if you choose your mentors or they choose you; I think it might be a little bit of both.

With remote work reshaping our office life these days, I wouldn’t despair that we can’t have daily lunches with our mentors. A good number of my mentors have been remote for most of my career. I am grateful for the role they have played in my life. I believe that if you keep an open mind, stay curious; anyone can find generous minds out there that will be more than happy to impart their wisdom to you.

I try to play my part. Over the years, I greatly enjoyed many conversations with interns who joined us every year for a few months. They come from various corners of the world and bring their own unique perspective. Even this peculiar year, when we are still figuring out the post-COVID work models, we hosted a remote intern, Joshua, who I mentioned earlier. We had our regular Zooms. He was learning by doing, tackling new investment questions each week. I trust I gave him enough independence to figure it out on his now and enough guidance to keep him on the right path, the same way my mentors have done for me over the years, and I intend to do for decades to come.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/25/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

2021 First Half Review

A Year Like No Other

When we discussed 2020, we emphasized the importance of patience and timing. We started 2020 with a cautious stance. Our patience paid off when in March 2020, we witnessed one of the fastest market corrections on record. We acted quickly and deployed capital buying securities available at multi-year low prices. It was a brief but hugely attractive window of opportunity for disciplined investors. We have been reaping benefits since.

In the last year and a half, the equity markets have recovered, so has the economy. We also have seen signs of inflation. With big vaccination programs in the US, Europe, and increasingly around the world, we saw a wave of more relaxed rules and restrictions, which sped up the business recovery.

This is not the whole story, though. International travel is still subdued, Delta variant fears are still looming, while a large portion of the population remains unvaccinated. At the same time, uncertainty remains elevated, and consumer confidence recovery took a pause.

Although we have seen some unexpected stock market heroes in the last year and a half, it has been one of the most challenging times to navigate. The path forward doesn’t look that obvious either. We are keeping a steady course, and as always, we aspire to be the least wrong. We remain prepared no matter which scenarios play out in the end.

Long-term Goals

Our long-term goal remains the same for all the assets we manage. We intend to both preserve and grow the capital over time. We seek to double our clients’ wealth every 5-15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual rate of return over the long run, but we would like to accomplish it without exposing the portfolios to the risk of a permanent loss of capital.

Our strategy can be described as a long-term patient contrarian. All securities are selected through an in-house research process. Our investment horizon for each individual holding is usually 3-5 years.

We intend to hold between 30-60 stocks, mostly US equities, but we may invest in foreign securities as well. We don’t use any leverage; we don’t own any derivatives. We may supplement the strategy with exchange-traded funds.

We don’t have a predefined portfolio composition target. We may hold cash at times, but we prefer to own businesses, and when the opportunities abound and prices are right, we will likely be close to fully invested.

The first half of 2021

After a whirlwind of a year, the first half of 2021 could be seen as two distinct quarters. The first quarter or even the first five months showed some hesitation among the high-flying tech stocks, which had a great run in 2020. Their businesses proved to be less exposed to lockdowns than the more traditional economy. The rest of the equities had a chance to catch up, especially smaller companies and those considered value rather than growth. The latter months of the first half of the year gave Nasdaq, the tech index, an opportunity to catch up. The hare became the tortoise only to hop forward again.

As much as it is intriguing to watch the various segments of the market fall behind and play catch up, it’s been much more interesting for us to watch earnings as companies have reported more quarters of improvement and recovery. As investors, we pay attention to the fundamentals while we patiently wait to see the market appreciate promising trends. We believe that it is the fundamentals that matter in the end. On this front, we were happy to see that many of our holdings not only recovered but also exceeded the metrics from before the pandemic.

As much as we pay attention to the overall market trends, we like to look at our performance independently from the benchmark. As long as the businesses we own report improving fundamentals, and the market eventually prices them accordingly, we are happy.

The Fed came to the rescue… and never left!

Discussing 2020, we emphasized the unprecedented rescue that came from the Federal Reserve. The US stock market dropped some 30% in March 2020, which actually matched the lowest read in the economic activity during the pandemic. In other words, the market made a fairly accurate estimate of the impact of COVID lockdowns.

The policymakers didn’t stand still. The Fed added trillions to its balance sheet lowering the cost of borrowing and providing additional liquidity. It led to asset appreciation all around from stocks, real estate to even used cars. The Fed’s generous policy facilitated the numerous multi-trillion government spending plans. The shortage of yield in a near-zero rate environment fired up investors’ appetite for risk. It invited a record stock and debt issuance among US companies. It’s the most unusual phenomenon given that with higher risk, higher uncertainty, one would expect risk aversion, and caution.

As much as the Fed’s intervention in 2020 could be explained by an unprecedented economic debacle, it’s a lot harder to understand why a year and half later, the Fed is still keeping the proverbial pedal to the metal. The monthly asset purchases conducted by the Fed continue. Only now, we are hearing some signs of a possible shift in policy as the market distortions become more blatant and harder to ignore. The red-hot U.S. housing market has been one of the side effects of a low-rate environment.

Fiscal stimulus with trillion-dollar spending plans hasn’t slowed down either. At least for now, both monetary and fiscal policies seem to ignore the economic and market recovery and inflationary pressures.

Supply, demand, inflation

Price stability or low inflation has been a goal of central bankers ever since the hyperinflation era in Europe of the 1920s. Then later the 1970s in the US brought renewed inflation headaches, which brought back monetary discipline. In the last fifty years, though, both in the US, and Western Europe, inflation has become an almost forgotten boogeyman. It was less the case for those who grew up in Eastern Europe or South America and witnessed the havoc wreaked by inflation in their economies, savings, and asset prices.

In the first half of 2021, the US recorded the highest levels of inflation in decades (with a 4.9% read). Prices rose, and in some cases, as in, for example, the used car market, they jumped so high that old cars were selling at the same prices as new cars. It’s impossible to analyze these renewed inflation fears without a context. Economics 101 teaches us about supply and demand and the level of prices. The last year and a half, and possibly more so 2021, have been a time of pandemic-related supply constraints, on one side, and demand propped up by monetary and fiscal policies and boosted by post-pandemic “you only live once” spending habits. With a lot of money chasing fewer goods, it was a matter of time when we saw prices rise.

We find it helpful to distinguish two sources of inflation. The first one might be indeed short-lived, but the bigger inflation tailwind might be here to stay. Once the supply and demand normalize, frenzied used cars and home buying calm down; we’ll see what a sustainable price level could be. The bigger issue is the overhang of the massive multi-trillion dollar spend and print policies of 2020-2021, which builds on earlier crisis responses from over a decade ago. If those never slow down, pause or reverse, there isn’t much that can help us escape inflation in the long run. That is just the nature of any print and spend policies ever tried by humanity since we embraced the concept of money and debt five millennia ago.

If policymakers experience a sudden change of heart, the Fed could slow down asset purchases or even clear its balance sheet, while the Federal government could normalize its spending. If that were to happen, it is not unlikely to even see some deflation.

We try to keep an open mind and remain flexible with our investment choices, watching the outcomes of these gargantuan policy moves.

What’s ahead?

The US economy is still the biggest, healthiest, most diversified in the world. Given its depth, size, and liquidity, the US stock market remains the most appealing home for the most innovative, new companies, even if they originated in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, or South America. At the same time, US companies are global and benefit from long-term growth and prosperity around the world. They operate under US laws, follow US disclosure requirements, and promote a shareholder-friendly culture, making them appealing investment choices. We are optimistic about the US, and the US business, while near-term, we remain cautious about the stock market as a whole. We are happy with our stock portfolio of selected, vetted, well-researched businesses.

What do we expect going forward? We build the portfolio for any possible scenario, and our goal always is to be the least wrong with our investment choices. Given the level of uncertainty from inflation, interest rates to new policies coming from the new US administration to ongoing COVID health, and economic risks, we’d be surprised to see no renewed volatility in the markets. We always welcome small and large shake-ups of that nature since they offer compelling buying opportunities.

What could we have done differently?

In a rising market, everyone wants to be fully invested; in a falling market, everyone hopes to be completely out of the market. We acted quickly in March, April 2020; we added a number of holdings since. It’s an impossible task but had we known that the monetary and fiscal response would be so big, and so long-lasting that we would experience the quickest economic and market recovery on record, we would have rather been 100% invested. With worldwide lockdowns, and no vaccine in sight, we operated with the visibility that we had, and it’s unlikely we would have been more aggressive at the time.

We have been happy with all the holdings we bought, and their performance shows that stock selection met or even exceeded our expectations.

We remain optimistic about the long-term growth prospects of the US and the world economy. 2020-2021 markets reminded us how challenging and unpredictable the markets could be. They convinced us further that patience and caution is the best way to forward.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 8/2/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Words Do Matter

I remember standing in front of Casino de Monte-Carlo in Monaco when I was a kid. I enjoyed looking at some of the cars parked in front of it. I have visited this sovereign city-state three times since. I like the windy roads, the vistas, the weather. I don’t recall ever being inside a casino in my life, though. I have never gambled in one, but I consider myself a lifelong investor, a stock picker, a business owner. It worries me how much the vocabulary, the words around investing, start to sound like something one would overhear among roulette players or slot machine enthusiasts. I believe that words do matter, and the more investing sounds like gambling, the more unwanted trouble you may get yourself into.

Casino de Monte-Carlo is almost 160 years old. It was opened to help save the ruling family House of Grimaldi from bankruptcy after losing tax revenue from nearby towns. You could say that they made a fairly sure bet since the house always wins. It has, in this case, too. The idea turned out to be a success, and the casino served as the primary source of income for the Grimaldis and the Monaco economy until recently. Its name was even borrowed to label a class of computational algorithms – Monte Carlo methods.

We know well that many patrons of casinos have gone bankrupt looking for quick riches. We even know that there were casinos that have gone bankrupt. It had more to do with poor management combined with economic recessions rather than an unfavorable outcome of any game of chance. The casino is a business, though, and any business can’t be mismanaged and fail.

The stock market, or more precisely a stock exchange, used to be a physical place where buyers and sellers came to exchange ownership of shares of companies. Shares are pieces of businesses, not just tickers with prices. They represent participation in an actual operating company. The company can be offering services or goods to customers.  They do it to earn a profit and enrich their shareholders in the process. Today, we still have buildings that house or housed stock exchanges. The actual trading happens almost anywhere, and it’s virtual. How stocks change hands is really secondary. The nature of the stock exchange might have evolved from physical to virtual, but its role remains the same: a place to buy and sell stocks.

An investor buys shares of companies because they want to become an owner of the businesses that those shares represent. It’s no different than buying 20% of a local restaurant, laundromat, or gas station. Stock ownership allows us to build a collection of businesses. They could be local and operate in the same state or country where we live or be global and have operations worldwide. An investor’s success is correlated with the success of the business. An investor could be seen as a modern-day tycoon, just like Carnegie or Rockefeller. You don’t need billions or trillions to own pieces of great businesses out there; a smaller amount will do.

To me, the best test, whether one is an investor or a gambler, starts and ends with a simple question. Would you be comfortable holding what you own for at least a few years without being able to see a price quote or sell your shares? An investor carefully follows the fundamentals of the business. He or she wants to know if the company delivers profitable growth or is getting closer to that path. This means that each sale of a service or a good comes with a profit. If I own a growing, successful gas station in a promising neighborhood with healthy sustainable traffic, and I have a manager running the operations who finds new creative ways to monetize the location with other services, coffee, food, car wash, etc., I don’t need to know how much I would get for my 20% participation every minute of the day. As long as I know I haven’t overpaid for this business, I remain a happy holder, an investor.

We see our investment capital as money that our clients and we don’t need (at the moment) and money that our client and we can’t afford to lose. That sets a very particular framework for risks we are willing to tolerate and rewards that we choose to accept. Because the capital is not needed to cover any near-term expenses, it can be committed to a longer-term investment. At the same time, the capital may be hard, if not impossible, to replace; thus, we choose to avoid the risk of a permanent loss in any individual investment.

By eliminating large swaths of the stock universe, we lower the odds of coming across real lemons. We don’t buy companies with lots of debt, companies in fast decline, companies with questionable managements, and more. We often mention that what we buy matters as much as what we would never buy.

Some stock gamblers may chase those very lemons with hopes that they will turn less sour in a heartbeat, but they rarely do.

A stock gambler lives and breathes every stock price movement. They believe that the price is everything. It tells them whether they are wrong or right about their bet every minute of the day. This perspective turns the stock market into a casino, a ticker into numbers on a roulette table. With that mindset, it’s almost unnecessary to even know what they represent.

For stock gamblers, the money placed on bets is not only the money they do need but often money they don’t even have. It may feel new, but the phenomenon is as old as the stock market itself. There always those seeking quick riches with borrowed money-making quick bets on coin toss like gambles.   Today, we see a record level of margin debt. That’s borrowed money used to buy stocks. It jumped over 70% year-over-year alone, and it’s approaching a trillion dollars quickly.

Gambling has its appeal to some, and stock market gambling is no different than other gambling. Last year’s study showed that among those who traded for only one day, about 30% made a profit after fees. I imagine that very few leave the casino after a winning streak, and very few end their day trading gambles either. That’s enough success to invite more cohorts of gamblers. The study explained further that for those who traded daily for more than 300 days, 97% lost money.

Some argue that COVID-related restrictions led to a shortage of gambling opportunities and brought gamblers to the stock market. That might be the case. Unfortunately, it’s not just the new breed of stock market enthusiasts that are reshaping the investing vocabulary. I notice how the media is embracing it as well. I recently read how a very reputable, old investment research firm offers help identifying the next best bets on the new undiscovered meme stocks. These are stocks that have experienced an increase in trading not due to the company’s performance but social media hype. That’s a firm that made its name providing detailed business fundamentals for investors for decades now. Few can resist, and the gamble is on.

Investing takes both skills and luck, but with caution, experience, discipline, and patience, and most of all, with a long-term investment horizon, skills start to matter more than luck. I see our good fortune as a bonus rather than the reason for our success. A well-researched, well-chosen, well-bought stock can prove to go up much more than what we expected. We welcome those surprises, but we don’t leave our investment success to chance.

There is a method, there is a process, and the words we choose matter.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/1/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Trouble with Thematic Investing

Now, and then you might hear about all kinds of themes out there. Baby boomers are retiring – how to invest. Automation and robotics – how to invest. Climate change – how to invest. Each time we learn about some newly discovered theme, it seems compelling to chase it and ride the wave of alleged investment opportunities that may follow. Is it really a good investment policy, though?

At times, the question of thematic investing comes up in our conversations with clients. After the portfolio review and the discussion of some new investment ideas, they might be curious about work from home as a theme, for example, and want to know if we invest in it and how.

A few months ago, a big player in thematic investing closed its doors after ten years. They are not the only ones in that space, but they caught my attention a while ago. With serious backing from major financial firms, they wanted to offer investors an opportunity to create their own themes or used predefined themes to build investment portfolios. You could put 30% of your capital in baby boomers retiring, 30% in automation, 30% in climate change, and to spice it up 10% in our vices, for example. One of the more intriguing themes they followed was investing in brands with the most likes on social media.

I watched their approach carefully. I’m always curious about new ideas, new strategies, and theme investing is a theme (or a fad?) in itself. It tends to come back in various shapes and forms now and then. Speaking of vices earlier, I thought what this company offered satisfied the temptation among investors to discover or capture new and old themes out there. Apparently, despite massive financial backing, marketing exposure, and hundreds of millions raised in venture capital funding, it still failed to attract enough theme seekers.

They are not the only ones. I recently read about a theme that’s a mouthful to say: it’s a renewable energy theme that captures the decarbonization opportunity of cryptocurrencies—lots of big words. Cryptocurrencies have been a theme for a while on their own, but the tide seems to be turning for now. Even Elon Musk himself recently experienced a sudden change of heart when it comes to cryptocurrencies. He apparently only now discovered how much energy is consumed by Bitcoin and lost interest in it with a single tweet. By the way, that’s how suddenly most themes (or rather fads) start and end historically. It’s never obvious whether a particular theme is a truly long-lasting tailwind to a certain industry or just a fad that will go away with a single tweet.

Elon Musk wrote on May 12, 2021: “Tesla has suspended vehicle purchases using Bitcoin. We are concerned about rapidly increasing usage of fossil fuels for Bitcoin mining and transaction, especially coal, which has the worst emissions of any fuel.” While, only two months earlier, Tesla started to accept Bitcoin as payment.

Interestingly enough, Bitcoin lost about 50% of its value in dollar terms between those two tweets. If Tesla were to honor its Bitcoin price from March in May, it’d be getting only half the amount in US dollars.

Bitcoin volatility aside, Tesla’s brief infatuation with Bitcoin made me wonder: can themes cancel each other out? If you buy a Tesla with hopes to promote renewable energy but pay with Bitcoin and contribute to its carbon footprint, what’s the outcome? Mostly positive or mostly negative?

Forbes explained in a May article: “it’s Bitcoin’s decentralized structure that drives its huge carbon emissions footprint,” and what’s more, Bitcoin transaction take upwards of 10 minutes, while “other digital transactions, like those powered by Visa, take less than a second and use roughly 1/500,000 the energy because they rely on a centralized authority to verify transactions.”

If that’s the case, isn’t investing in renewable energy in the name of decarbonization of cryptocurrency an attempt to solve a problem that we don’t need to have? The very problem that was supposed to be actually a solution to other aches could be in itself so much worse than what we are already using today.

At least, that appears to be the case today.

Thematic investing has its challenges. Themes can apparently be built on top of other themes just like the one mentioned above. What gets totally lost in the conversation is the underlying business. Does it even make sense? Does it provide a needed service that others are willing to pay for? Can it generate profitable sales in the process?

This brings me to an explanation of how we invest. Theme or no theme, we look for a business that has good fundamentals. It grows its sales, and currently or in the foreseeable future can earn respectable profits. We want to understand its market potential and competitive advantage. Once we have that established, we think of the right price to pay for it. Even the greatest opportunity may prove to be a disappointing investment if we pay too high of a price.

In other words, what we do is start with the fundamentals of the business. Then we can see if there are any tailwinds worth considering. If we find out that our potential investment target may benefit from baby boomers retiring and increased interest in renewable energy, that’s a bonus. We don’t let the tailwinds alone tell us where to go, though. It could take us deep into some unfriendly financial mangroves, and we wouldn’t want that.

The challenge with thematic investing is that investors’ interest fades quicker than many expect; what’s more, few pay any attention to the fundamentals behind the businesses, and it’s the fundamentals that always prevail. When we find a good, growing, profitable business bought at the right price, it’s likely to turn out to be a good investment. A theme may play a role, but it’s more of a bonus than a reason in itself.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/17/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

It’s Always the Right Time

I remember getting introduced to a new client a while back. I was a novice portfolio manager. I was looking forward to our meeting, but I faced a bit of a challenge. I wanted to impress him with some new investment ideas that we could use right away. The stock market was reaching multi-year highs, everything looked pricey, and I had no immediate stocks I wanted to buy. The meeting went very well despite that, a nice lunch followed it, and I learned a lesson that day that I’ll never forget. It’s always the right time to start investing. Let me explain.

Whenever the stock market runs up as it has in the last twelve months, I get asked a similar question. Is this the right time to start investing, or should I wait? This question makes me think of the Chinese proverb: “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” Investing works the same way. We all wish we started a long time ago, but if we haven’t, today is the day!

Now and then, we get introduced by one of our existing clients to potential new clients. We always welcome the opportunity to help. It sometimes happens that they might be joining us when the stock market offers little in terms of immediately buyable new opportunities.

Today, the stock market levels might feel elevated, and the obvious investment opportunities might be scarce. There are always businesses out there that we respect and like, but the prices quoted by the market aren’t always compelling. The risks appear too high and the rewards too slim. In that case, we simply wait.

When I met our new client, I was in the early stages of transitioning from being an analyst to a portfolio manager. This growth path opens a world of opportunities but comes with great responsibility as well. The questions and challenges go far beyond whether this stock is a good buy or not. It encompasses a greater vision for the investment portfolio, its purpose, and how this particular stock can fit in the picture. The goal is to keep and grow wealth over the long run. We might be risk-averse and cautious, but we act quickly when compelling opportunities arise.

This new role of a portfolio manager requires a good amount of empathy and listening. It’s that moment when an investor learns that stock investment doesn’t exist in some financial void. It’s someone’s life savings or inheritance that are put at a calculated risk to harvest the rewards down the road. Since it’s someone’s capital, it’s essential to take into account the client’s preferences, and most of all, the risk tolerance.

I find that part very fulfilling. It closes the loop in my mind between picking an investment and seeing what role it can play in someone’s life, what difference it can make.

The new client that I was introduced to as a novice portfolio manager came with an existing portfolio. He had some legacy stock positions. When we spoke, he took the time to walk me through the history of the portfolio and shared the stories behind all holdings with me. He was willing to sell some of them, others he wanted to keep for the long run.

I remember our first meeting. We talked on the phone a few times, but it was that in-person meeting that I recall vividly. It was a winter day; I arrived early at a restaurant. When he joined me, we exchanged pleasantries and embarked on a long conversation about his career and investment preferences, and I started to see what kind of risk tolerance he had.

There was not a single stock I could say that we had to buy right away at that particular moment. Instead, I shared with him half a dozen companies that I was researching, but I mentioned that none were at the price I’m willing to pay.

I really liked that he respected it and said: “when the time is right, find room in the portfolio and start buying them.”

Over the coming few years, several things happened. We had a chance to get to know each other and share many long phone calls, dinners, and lunches. He allowed me to indulge in my investment curiosity. At times, on top of many more recognizable core positions, we’d buy some well-researched, very promising, but lesser-known stocks. He’d often say: “Tell me more about it; what do they do?”

I was always impressed how he remembered the stories, the businesses, the pivotal moments. I’d even get praise now and then when he’d notice that a particular investment finally got the attention of the general public. He’d reach out right away to tell me: “Look, look, you found it three years ago, and they are writing about it now.” He’d add: “I wasn’t sure about that one, but you were so convincing!”

I remember he called me “deliberate in my actions” more than once. It took me a minute to see that it was a compliment and what he meant by it. Everything I did with the portfolio had a good reason and specific goal. It was always clear to me why a certain stock comes or goes or how big of a position we feel comfortable holding. I think “deliberate” sums it up well.

These days, when the question if it’s the right time to start, comes up, I immediately think of this relationship, this client. When we met for the first time, I had no new ideas for him, the stock market was high, and opportunities were few. We took the time to get know each other, and soon enough, the portfolio filled up with many new ideas.

Similar stories repeated many times over the years, including early 2020 when the market offered limited immediate stock picks, followed by one of the best investment windows in years. We had new clients join us when there was almost nothing new to buy, but in a matter of weeks, we found more ideas than we had seen in years.

My mentor and partner, François Sicart, often reminds me that what we do is much more than investing. Our practice is all about building and nurturing relationships, and it’s always the right time for that!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/10/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Long Stories and Three Lessons

If you aren’t yet signed up for our newsletter but would like to do so, please fill out a short form here.

Catching up with friends and family recently, I noticed how there are no short and simple stories that cover the last 15 months. Any small question could be prefaced with “it’s a long story.” Some of us stayed put, some of us relocated. Some continued to travel to work; others turned our homes into offices. We’ve all seen many COVID peaks and a variety of responses to them. Though it’s been a long 15 months, with many long stories, there are at least three lessons that stood out.

The first big lesson — a surprise is just that, a surprise, and even the most informed people with a bird’s eye view of the world can miss it. Even if they see trouble ahead, it might be too difficult to acknowledge it and even more difficult to act on it. Only 2-3 weeks before the first series of lockdowns in the US, I was at a weeklong conference in Florida. I spent entire days with CEOs of the largest global consumer goods companies in the world. I heard no bells go off, no red flags; it was business as usual with an occasional mention of a virus in China.

Interestingly enough, I caught a glimpse of what’s to come after checking in with a few friends in Italy toward the end of my conference. I saw the news about COVID spread in Italy and towns under lockdowns, and I figured it was worth investigating further. Despite what I heard at the conference, I told Megan that maybe this is a bigger deal than what I believed it was. Looking back and appreciating the magnitude of the potential surprise was one of the most eye-opening life and professional experiences for me.

The second lesson, and it’s a lesson that I’ve been learning all my life – never underestimate the power of the government response. Looking at the stock market in March 2020 and watching the 30% or so decline, we knew that it’s not forever. Our team quickly assembled a list of stocks we wanted to buy, and we acted on it. We were getting quality businesses at bargain prices. I must confess this was one of the more exciting moments in my investment career. As I shared with many of you, I felt that the stocks were coming my way, and I didn’t have to chase them anymore.

That recovery could have taken a year or five years or more, but the monetary and fiscal response fired up the stock prices and shot them up 25% (S&P 500) above the pre-pandemic peak. History will judge if it was too much for too long and what the long-term consequences could be. As investors, we do our best to play with the cards we were dealt, and that’s what we have done and intend to do going forward. Nonetheless, it’s interesting to pause and reflect on how we got here.

The third lesson has been around how connected the world has become. Obviously, it started with a virus that’s not visible to the human eye going on a world tour to the most remote places where you’d think no one goes. I remember reading a story of this lone backpacker strolling into some Himalayan village bringing the one and only COVID case with him.

It’s followed by the global supply chain that’s both impressive, also somewhat invisible, but most of all immensely fragile. We have seen overcrowded ports and Suez Canal obstruction this year. I actually stood at the edge of the Canal in my teenage years, and I thought what the whole world thought this March – a global trade ocean route connecting continents couldn’t possibly be this narrow!

Finally, we have seen the incredible reach of the government policies creating waves in the economy, prices, and supply and demand. With stimulus checks, and more so, lower cost of borrowing, we see a spike in demand. On the other hand, with business restrictions, we might expect a supply constraint. Higher demand and lower supply usually lead to shortages and higher prices. Do they last? We are yet to see.

If you add to that pent-up demand, “you only live once” post-pandemic shoppers’ mindset, some anxious buying frenzy, we might see shortages of anything from ketchup, chicken wings, to swimming pool chlorine, lumber, and homes in desirable suburbs, and mountain destinations. Do too many people want to have a backyard barbeque all at the same time?

In the early days of June 2021, the world seems to be telling many stories. The US is celebrating vaccination milestones; at the other end of the spectrum, Australia is pushing for local lockdowns to eradicate a handful of COVID cases. There is a wide range of tunes in between.

The stock market collapsed and recovered, the economy and the corporate earnings went through a rollercoaster ride. BBQs are happening; masks are coming off, there is more optimism in the air in more places. I certainly hope we get to enjoy a bit more normalcy soon.

It feels as if we have lived a lifetime in those 15 months. We all have many long stories to tell, and there might be some lessons there, too.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 6/3/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What Surfing Taught Me About Investing

It was over a year ago on a wintery New York day. I was all bundled up, ready to face the freezing weather. I was listening to an audiobook on my daily commute — Yvon Chouinard’s – “Let my people go surfing.” The book discussed much more than surfing, but surfing seemed like a pleasant topic to read about on a chilly day. At the time, I had never surfed in my life, and I had no way of knowing that later that year, I’ll be chasing waves and learning something new about myself, and investing in the process!

Yvon Chouinard is a legendary climber, businessman, environmentalist, and founder of Patagonia, Inc. – an American outdoor clothing company. Patagonia, known for its environmental focus, is a privately held company that seems to live by the motto that small is beautiful. Their clothing is pricey, but it’s meant to last. Despite great success, Chouinard still calls himself a reluctant businessman.

As the title of the book implies, Chouinard also has a unique take on the work and life balance. It’s not unexpected since, in many fields, he’s often been ahead of his time. When surfing conditions are good, he’d rather see his employees catching waves than sitting at the desk. He wants them to be excited about work, and if the ocean is calling them, there is no reason to stop them.

With the same awe as Captain Cook some three centuries ago, I admired surfers from afar on many occasions. They seem to have harnessed an unruly force and have fun with it.  Despite my affinity for the ocean, until recently, I had never tried surfing. I spent a fair amount of time sailing and scuba diving. I enjoy both sides of the surface of the sea, but I never knew the feeling of gliding on it.

Not long ago, Megan and I took the leap and tried surfing. From the first session, we enjoyed every moment of it. It felt more like permission to learn rather than a claim of any proficiency of the sport. The more we surfed, though, the more surfing reminded me of investing, and the more investing felt like surfing.

Surfing is also one of the very few things we have been able to do without wearing face masks and using hand sanitizer. As long as we don’t break any local curfews while keeping an eye on the tides and rip currents, we are in the clear. It’s also been a perfect activity to social distance in the COVID era, or so I thought until local authorities banned it not long ago – fortunately only temporarily.

Charlie Munger (Warren Buffett’s business partner and a legendary investor) often shares how we should look for inspiration and mental models in other fields outside of investing. I’m not sure if he meant surfing. I’m finding out, though, how many of my investor friends caught the surfing bug, too. I don’t think all investors are surfers or vice versa, but somehow the two disciplines have a lot more in common than one would think!

The one thing that I learned at the very beginning of our surfing experience was that patience is key. Sets of good waves come in intervals, and it pays to wait for the right wave. The frequency of good waves depends on the tides, the weather, the winds, the particular break, or even the time of the year. The opportunities in investing come and go, and at times there might be hardly anything new available at attractive prices. In moments like that, the best we can do is keep waiting.

Surfers often say that surfing should be called paddling. An average surfing session includes 98% paddling, 2% surfing. In investing, we spend 98% of time researching, reading, learning, and 2% actually buying or selling. With the chest down on the board, the surfer works hard with both arms getting the board to move. The surfer paddles from the shore to the deeper water. He or she might also paddle around in search of a better position to catch the next wave.

It takes time and experience to be able to read the waves. There are no shortcuts here. Each surfer has to watch and commit to memory thousands of waves. Only then can one tell if it’s a good surfable wave and where the right position might be to catch it. This is no different than my early years as an analyst. I would either sit and read or join every possible meeting hosted by any of the senior analysts or portfolio managers. I instinctively knew that I had to see a thousand companies before I start to notice the patterns. A surfer never stops watching and memorizing the waves, and an investor keeps learning about companies in his or her investment universe.

There is a beginner’s luck in surfing as much as it exists in investing. During one of our early sessions, I happened to be at the right spot and the right time, and with a disproportionately little effort, I caught a spectacular ride or two. The ocean quickly reminded me that I’m a total newbie, and the following set of waves would wash me off the board or flip me upside down with no hesitation. Investing can do it to you, too. I often mention to my audiences how it pays to lose money on the first investment. I’d rather make small mistakes early on. It’s cheaper to learn that way and less painful while surfing!

As in investing, we can make mistakes; even the experienced surfers misjudge the waves. It takes experience to gracefully ditch a wave without falling off the board. It’s easier said than done. In investing, even with experience, research, and discipline, poor investment choices will happen. We often write about it and explain how you can’t eliminate all mistakes from your investment process. You can, though, minimize the damage done by any particular investment. When a well-chosen stock pick turns sour, it pays to sell quickly and move on. It saves money, time, and a few sleepless nights.

Every surfer learns about the infamous whitewash. It’s the area closer to the beach where the waves break. That’s where a gentle ripple turns into a powerful beast that will wash you off the board and likely drag you back closer to the shallows. For some reason, this experience reminds me of the times when your particular investment, whole portfolio, or investment style is temporarily out of favor. It takes persistence and stamina to keep paddling. There is no surfing without the “purgatory” of a whitewash, and there is no investing without the times when your ideas and convictions get tested. If anything, both investing and surfing taught me never to give up and always keep going.

When I talk to audiences around the world, I like to ask who has ever owned a stock and made money holding it. I know that anyone who has seen their hundred dollars turn into two is hooked for life. The sensation of successfully catching a wave on a surfboard can be likened to the excitement of riding a bicycle for the first time. A moment earlier, you might have thought it’s impossible, and a moment later, you wonder why it took you any time at all to figure it out. The moment though, when you do catch and ride a wave, changes everything. A surfer is willing to wait forever, paddle for almost as long, only to get back up and surf again. Investors are no different. We are willing to put up with a lot and get tested relentlessly only to find that next promising opportunity.

Furthermore, surfers believe that surfing is not just a sport; it’s a way of life. To me, investing is not just a job; it’s more of a calling; it’s something I would do even if I had all the money in the world. There are many investors whose wealth exceeds anything they could possibly spend in a lifetime, yet they still keep at it. I love reading, learning, making sense of the world around me. I also believe that as much as little replaces the excitement of catching a wave, little can replace the thrill of finding an investment opportunity. I call it a treasure hunt for ideas.

Both in investing and surfing – you never stop learning, and ignorance can be dangerous. Waves are a wild, unpredictable, and powerful phenomenon. They can give you an unforgettable ride to the shore or toss you around like a feather. Investments are no different; they can make you rich and take it all away. It pays to respect the forces we are dealing with.

***

Why are there so many surfers among investors? I think we are already patient; we know it takes time to learn anything worth pursuing, we got humbled by our investment mistakes, and we see surfing as a practice that further reinforces our instincts. If that wasn’t enough, surfing is such an incredibly absorbing activity that I can’t possibly think about anything other than the wave right in front. I don’t know of any better practice of being in the moment and clearing your mind. Surfing has become my secret advantage. You might not know how many ideas came to me right after a surfing session. I’m convinced that when Yvon Chouinard wrote “Let my people go surfing,” he was on to something! I want to think that surfing makes me a better investor, and I might be a better surfer because I’m an investor.

Let’s keep paddling, my friends; better waves and better investment opportunities are ahead!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/26/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Importance of Slack

11.37am! That was the time of an apparently very important scheduled appointment in the early days of my career. As a junior stock analyst, I went to many meetings and visited so many office buildings around Manhattan that I could barely tell them apart. I thought that scheduled time was odd, to say the least. Apparently, it was the result of masterful scheduling efficiency. Living and working in New York City, I came across and embraced the ever-present affinity for efficiency, productivity, and busyness. Over time, I discovered that there are exceptions to that rule in life, business, and investing!

Warren Buffett sometimes humors his audience, saying how a day with a haircut on schedule is a busy day. Despite managing one of the largest investment vehicles in the world, he prides himself on having a lot of slack in his days. It’s his time to read and think. There aren’t many CEOs who would ever share anything like it with the public. Buffett does it with his usual disarming charm. I read many CEO and founder biographies over the years, and if they have anything in common it is the busyness of their everyday routines. Their every minute is accounted for. Only last week, I read an article praising an executive at a leading tech firm who holds 50-hours of meetings each week. How much time then is left to think?

As a junior analyst, I wasn’t the one to brag about any slack in my day. It was quite the opposite. Young research employees wanted to look as busy as possible. They would print stacks of papers, pile them up on their desks. Sticky notes would frame their multiple computer screens. There was hardly any slack in their day or even room for a cup of coffee on their desk. They didn’t discover anything new. They embraced a seemingly valuable life skill. Already thirty years ago, one of the leading Seinfeld’s characters (the 1990s American sitcom), George Costanza, shared his take on the importance of that particular life skill: looking busy at work.

I see now that even if with my desk setup, I might have been already more of a contrarian! My colleagues can attest how my desk looked different than most. I’d usually have a completely clean slate in front of me. I hardly ever had more than a single sheet of paper with a to-do list for the day. It’s still the case today, but it wasn’t always this way. There was a time when I misplaced some apparently important blue form under heaps of paper, and I thought that this was enough. That day, I scanned, filed, or shredded all. My desk never looked the same again.

I remember how now and then, someone would stop by, look around my office, and jokingly ask if I still work here. You could say that it may have backfired since I definitely got more than a fair share of last-minute requests and assignments at times. I didn’t mind; I think it actually helped me learn more and faster and try new things that my busier colleagues didn’t have the capacity for. I don’t know if this unconventional stance helped me get bigger raises or get promoted sooner. I did get my own office relatively early on. Maybe what you do, how well you do it, and NOT how busy you look matters more in the end?

I don’t think I had a name for it, and for a while, I don’t think I fully embraced the importance of it, but for lack of a better word, I have been a lifelong fan of slack in life, investing, and business. I credit Shane Parrish and his Farnam Street Blog post “Efficiency is the Enemy” for giving me the right term for my lifelong practice.

He explains: “Slack consists of excess resources. It might be time, money, people on a job, or even expectations. Slack is vital because it prevents us from getting locked into our current state, unable to respond or adapt because we just don’t have the capacity.” Shane Parrish’s inspiration for the article came from a 2002 book – Slack: Getting Past Burnout, Busywork, and the Myth of Total Efficiency by Tom DeMarco.

Slack is not idle or wasted time, money, or resources; it’s the extra capacity that can be quickly deployed when needed. When it does get used, it’s usually used better than it would have been otherwise.

In life, slack to me means those extra hours to regroup, go for a walk, or read a book. In times like that, we gain a new perspective, and fresh ideas come to mind. For Megan and me, one of the biggest life-changing decisions of 2020 was picking up, leaving our city apartment, and moving to the woods and now a quaint seaside town. It helped us sleep, and eat better, and create a healthier, more sustainable work environment. Our revelation came on an evening walk along the waterfront looking at Manhattan during those hectic March 2020 days. Two police officers escorted us out of a small green patch, where we’d sit on the bench sometimes. It turned out that the park was off-limits due to the pandemic. Then in an empty street, someone screamed out of the window to social distance. I responded, saying that we live together. That slack time one hour walk gave us an opportunity to brainstorm about what could be next.

I learned the importance of slack all around in my life. When I fly little planes, the number one thing I always check is the fuel level. I want to carry enough to get to my destination and back and still have ample slack if plans change halfway. Trust me; I don’t mind the extra weight. When I go scuba diving, I check how much air I have in the tank. I never time it to the last breath; I want extra air if something doesn’t go according to plan. I’m happy to carry a larger, heavier tank. When I sail, I want some slack, ideally some spare lines (ropes), extra water on board, full tank of diesel. This extra load might slow me down, but at least I know I’ll get there. In many pursuits, slack is an obvious requirement; it’s necessary and sometimes could be lifesaving, but it’s a forgotten ideal elsewhere.

You might have noticed that at work, I always like to have very few scheduled items on the agenda for the day and for the week. I like to have ample time to think and read, take or make an unexpected call or write or answer an email. It’s those moments when I can check in on a client, help with some urgent request, take a call with a prospective client or a potential new friend that someone introduced me to. In those seemingly slack times, I can spend a few hours fact-checking some investment idea that surfaced in our investment universe. Those are the times when I feel the most effective. These are the unplanned, unscheduled, flexible hours of the day. I’m never bored; there is no hour that passes unused; the question is, though – how it gets used.

Investment portfolios live by a similar rule. Some investors like to be fully invested with no wiggle room left. When I see a portfolio, even that has hardly any idle cash left, I immediately think of holdings we can easily liquidate and use as a source of cash to pursue even better investment opportunities when those arise. I see the portfolio as a nimble sailboat ready to take a different tack and adjust the direction when the circumstances change.

The businesses we invest in need to have sufficient slack in their resources. We like to see cash on the balance sheet, financial flexibility. We appreciate sufficient profitability levels that, even with a downturn, can sustain the business through tough times. The most vulnerable businesses are those that are using their balance sheet to the limits, their margins are razor-thin, and any hiccup in the business or the economy can derail them, and with them, their shareholders. Last year’s experience reminded us that companies with extra resources could actually grow, take market share, and strengthen in difficult times.

Slack is something we don’t talk about much; slack is something very few would dare to praise. I remember walking into a grocery store in March of last year and seeing empty shelves where cleaning supplies used to be. It made me realize how our whole life, investments, businesses, and the economic reality are managed the same way as that 11.37am appointment, literally to the last minute, to the last roll of toilet paper. Hiccups, opportunities, surprises happen. I think it’s a good time to find some extra slack in our life, investments, and businesses. Slack has a peculiar quality. The more of it you create, the more of it you’ll have. In those slack hours, I find ways to be more effective and save more time: learn a new tool, test new software, find a new investment opportunity.

Maybe not today or tomorrow, but hopefully soon enough, the term slacking will have a more positive ring to it! I certainly hope so. Until then, I intend to never run out of fuel in the sky, air underwater, or cash to invest when opportunities arise.

Happy Slacking, Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/20/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

I Changed My Mind

When I was a kid, I was not an adventurous eater. I was fascinated with Ancient Greece and Rome, though. My parents took me on an unforgettable trip to Turkey. That’s where many of the ancient seaports used to be, including Homer’s Troy. I learned that the Mediterranean Region has more to offer than history. Its cuisine wouldn’t be complete without olives. As much as I loved walking around the old ruins, I didn’t like the taste of this peculiar fruit. I changed my mind since. In the same way, my investment choices have evolved over time.

I think it’s fair to say that we all appreciate consistency, but we admire a nimble mind. One of the biggest powers of a human being and an investor is the ability and the courage to change one’s opinion. We value highly people with character, whose principles we know, and whose actions we trust, but within that framework, we know well that they still can change their mind. We actually hope they will if they need to.

I know that there are principles in life and investing that I hold dearly, and they will never change. The individual decisions have changed more than once, and I believe they’ll change again.

You have seen me say that I love what I do, and I’d do it even if I had all the money in the world. My take on the investor’s work evolved over time, though. I used to think that one needs at least two computer screens, a well-fitted suit, an office, power lunches, a commuter train ticket, and more to be an investor. I changed my mind about that a while ago. In my 2018 TEDx talk, I jokingly said that all an investor needs are flip-flops, a hammock, a book, and good Wi-Fi. My audience laughed. I was serious, though!

The 2020 remote work revolution proved that I wasn’t that far off after all. Peace, quiet, and lack of distractions, in other words, the right environment to think took precedence over a more  traditional investor’s work setup.

The last 12 months showed us something else, too. We realized that we need to be ready to be surprised both in life and investing. To me, it means that we hold on to our principles, but we let our minds stay nimble. It implied quick, decisive actions last year. It means a cautious but open mind this year and beyond.

Reading the news, keeping up with earnings reports, I see an array of uncertain variables pulling the narrative in many directions: from the trends in interest rates, consumer price changes, tax rate hikes, unemployment levels, economic activity to demand recovery, supply constraints, borrowing, spending, deficits, and more.

As tempting as it may seem, it could prove dangerous to build a portfolio around one single set of assumptions, rising interest rates, accelerating inflation, and sustainable demand recovery, for example. I’d call it a set in a stone portfolio or an auto-pilot portfolio.

As humanity seems to be gearing up for regular trips to Mars, I’m often reminded of the observation shared about the earlier flights to the Moon. The Apollo rocket was on the correct course only 7% of the time, while it required constant correction the rest of the time. It’s no different than an investment portfolio’s path.

I think this new accelerated investment reality will demand an ability to change our minds and change them quickly while following our investment principles. We are used to managing investment challenges. There are many stocks we sold and walked away from over the years when the business reality changed. There will be many investment choices that will run their course and need to be corrected.

We do our research, stay in tune, focused, but accept that we don’t know the future, and our investment choices may need to adapt to an ever-evolving business and economic backdrop.

Some investors don’t share their views or discuss specific holdings. This allows them to change their mind without anyone noticing. We prefer to share our current take on world affairs, and in client meetings, we are happy to discuss individual investments and asset allocation choices in greater detail. However, we always reserve the right to pivot in a different direction if we have to.

Between my culinary adventures and investing experience, I learned that it pays to be consistent all the time but be nimble where needed. A quarter of a century later, my tastes evolved, and I really like olives. As a matter of fact, last year, a few cans of olives made it to our pandemic stash next to pasta, rice, and some other essential goods. They traveled with us to the two cabins in the woods last spring and summer, but they are long gone since.

The asset allocation and the particular holdings may change over time; even how and where we work from has evolved, but the principles we abide by will remain the same. We treat the capital we manage as money our clients can’t afford to lose, we make investments based on value, we pay the least to get the most, and we remain contrarians at heart.

We changed our minds before, and we think the odds are we will again. We remain committed to our investment principles, but we intend to stay as nimble as the situation may require.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/13/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Noisy Distraction

It’s been a long while since I watched any financial news channel. That changed last week, though. I was sitting on a plane (still a rare occurrence these days). The screen in front of me was split to accommodate half a dozen talking heads. Stock quotes were running in multiple lines at the bottom and headlines on the right with some charts. I didn’t have the right headphones with me, and I couldn’t listen to it, but I felt that this silent screen was screaming at me, desperate for my attention.

From what I can tell, very few investment advisors don’t watch financial news, and even fewer will admit that they don’t. After today, you’ll know at least one. This experience reminded me of the importance of a self-imposed information diet, not just in investing but in life in general.

I have nothing against financial news channels. They can be good entertainment and an example of very creative use of the TV screen real estate.

In the midst of last year’s market crash in March, I got many calls and messages from friends and colleagues. They wanted to know if I’m watching the financial news and if I heard what this or the other talking head had to share with the public. It was a very uncertain time; the US stock market lost three years of gains in three weeks. Travel stopped. Toilet paper became a hot commodity. We couldn’t leave our homes, and the economy stood still for a moment.

I gave them all the same short but polite answer: “No, I’m not watching any news. My partners and I are going through a wish list of ideas and buying stocks every day. We see shares at 5-10 or even 20-year low prices. We are as busy as it gets.”

As disciplined contrarian investors, we live for moments like that. I didn’t want to lose a single minute watching any news; it was the time to stay focused, calm, collected, and act. There was nothing that any TV expert would say that would sway us in any other direction. I only wondered how those experts had the time to get on TV instead of doing what we were doing. We knew exactly what we wanted to buy, how much we were willing to pay, and we were on the phone with our brokers doing the work, not missing a single beat. This was the most opportune investment moment in a decade.

I couldn’t even hear the six talking heads on my small screen on my flight, but the headlines were loud and clear. Apparently, we were all bracing for earnings of some particular company reporting after the market close. I just settled in my chair, and I wasn’t planning to brace for anything until the pilot advised otherwise. The terminology used reminded me of a horse race, boxing match, football game, or a space rocket launch gone wrong. It alternated between allegedly unbelievably good news and unexpectedly terrible news all in no time.

Buy, sell, panic, cheer — all mixed together. I learned that there are some actionable trades to do in the morning and others in the afternoon, and there is halftime to regroup. I change my mind too, but I never have six opinions about the same thing in a single day. I had to buckle up and brace myself for an emotional rollercoaster that lasted only a few minutes until I turned off the screen, picked up my book, and enjoyed a quiet flight.

I was reading Bill Bryson’s – “The Body, A Guide for the Occupants.” I enjoyed his “Walk in the Woods,” where he shares his adventures on the Appalachian Trail. Megan and I hiked sections of the Trail last spring and summer.

This loud news experience was no surprise to me. It was more of a reminder of the importance of a self-imposed information diet. I mention it in many posts; I even gave talks about it to groups of investors over the years. In investing, the environment that one creates for oneself matters as much or more than skills, knowledge, and experience. It’s not enough to know what to do; it’s as important to be able to think for yourself and act on it.

For many years, running around New York City from the office to lunches, events, and back, I’d see those silent, loud, tiny screens everywhere from the elevators to conference rooms and even kitchens. One office building, I remember, had Disney cartoons for a change. That was refreshing.

When a friend asked me recently if I watched the financial news channel this morning, I said no. He asked if I am living under a rock. I guess you could say that I have lived under a rock for over a year now. Megan and I spent half of that time in the deep woods with great Wi-Fi but no opportunity to see an elevator TV screen and the second half wasn’t that much different with a quaint seaside town as a backdrop. I’ve had an incredible amount of time to read, write, and think, though, more than at any other point in my life.

William Deresiewicz, a former Yale professor and author of a thought-provoking manifesto “Excellent Sheep: The Miseducation of the American Elite and the Way to a Meaningful Life,” shared in a speech at West Point in October 2009: “Thinking means concentrating on one thing long enough to develop an idea about it. Not learning other people’s ideas, or memorizing a body of information, however much those may sometimes be useful.” “If you want others to follow, learn to be alone with your thoughts.” – he concluded.

I treasure my quiet thinking time with no news, noise, or distractions. I’m immediately reminded of Sir John Templeton, the legendary investor who moved from Manhattan to the Bahamas in the 1960s. He did just fine reading the Wall Street Journal that arrived a few days late on the island. He shared how being away from the noise helped his thinking and investment results.

I have a laptop; I get the news. I read a lot. I take a good number of calls each week, but I value my information diet, otherwise. In investing, patience and discipline can be developed and nurtured, but neither is infallible. I make my life easier, and tune out of big swaths of noise out there, so I can hear myself think. Never watching the financial news is just a small part of it. It makes for more enjoyable flights, helps my quality of sleep and (hopefully) improves my investment choices as well!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 5/6/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

We All Love a Good Deal

My investor education started in my grandma’s kitchen. Unpacking groceries, she would say: “It doesn’t have to be the cheapest thing you find, but it has to be good value.” I think we all instinctively know a good value in our everyday life, but we somehow forget it when it comes to investing our precious savings.

I recently saw a beautiful shiny luxury sports car parked in front of an outlet mall in Miami. Megan and I made a quick trip to run a few errands and buy some essentials. The sight of an expensive car in front of a bargain shopping destination made me think that we all really love a good deal. It’s not just me, a value-conscious shopper and investor, but everyone enjoys a good deal, even an owner of a luxury sports car.

Miami has its charm. I like that it’s on the water; it looks stunning from the sky. It has its high rises and neighborhoods. It’s not New York City, though many New Yorkers have found refuge and opportunity there for years, and especially the last 12 months, including some of our friends, who make us feel at home.

On one of those occasions, a few years ago, I was one of the keynote speakers at a family office conference in downtown Miami. At the time, we got to visit the Art Basel and try some tacos in trendy Wynwood, where you can see colorful street murals by artists from around the globe.

Outlet malls must be an American invention; I don’t remember anything like it growing up and studying in Europe. They seem to be a perfect place to shape the minds and instincts of value-conscious investors. You can find there the finest brands but at much lower prices. That’s exactly what we try to do when we buy stocks. We know well what kind of businesses we like, but we are very price-sensitive when it comes to purchases. We want to take the lowest risk with the highest possible reward. The lower the price we pay, and the higher the quality, the better, we believe, the odds of our investment turning into a success.

A shopper doesn’t want to overpay for the same pair of shoes or pants only to find out about a better deal from a friend over lunch or dinner another day. We somehow instinctively know how much a particular item is worth to us and how much we are willing to pay. Some stock market enthusiasts may be well-trained outlet mall shoppers, but when it comes to buying stocks, they seem to believe the higher the price, the better. How come the logic, the principles, the discipline get lost the minute we walk out of a store?

Every shoe store and luxury sports car dealership dream of the day when their shoes or cars sell like hot stocks. The higher, the quicker the price rises, the more buyers want the goods. It doesn’t happen, though. What if, instead of selling actual shoes and cars, they’d sell digital records of those shoes and cars. Silly right? But that’s what we are seeing these days in the investment world. If you overpay for shoes, at least you have something to wear on your next outlet trip. The digital asset itself, though, may prove to have no value or utility. If you buy and overpay for such an asset, the only way to get your money back is to find another gullible buyer.

This visit to Miami felt different. Masks, hand sanitizer, social distancing rule the day. A lot has changed, but one thing definitely remains the same – we all still like a good deal! I never got to meet these value-conscious, price-sensitive mystery luxury sports car owners with a true affinity for outlet mall deal shopping. I wish I had; I’d have a question or two. I certainly hope their stock portfolio matches their shopping habits. My grandma’s grocery shopping trips remind me that in outlet malls and investing, value is all that matters, and finally — not buying something is also always an option.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/28/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Phantom Losses & Neighbors Getting Rich

What are “phantom losses?” — In investing, we have gains and losses, but how many types of both are there? Last summer, I wrote a short article about two types of gains. Some recent conversations with clients, colleagues, and fellow investors made me realize that there are more than two types of losses. There are realized losses, unrealized losses, and apparently also “phantom losses.” I like to learn new things, and this was definitely a bit of a discovery. I felt compelled to share it with you, so here it is!

I don’t think you’ll find the term phantom losses in any investment manual, not in this context at least. It’s the best label I could find for this third category. Let’s start from the beginning, though, and examine the two more obvious, yet still at times, confusing types of losses: realized and unrealized losses.

Every stock we buy, we buy with an intention to make money. If we ever sell it, we’d like it to happen at a higher price than we paid. The world is too complex, the future too uncertain, and the information we can gather too imperfect to make every single investment a success. We know it, we accept it, and we prepare for it. The best we can do is minimize our losses, which helps us maximize our net gains. At all cost, we attempt to avoid a permanent loss when a particular holding turns out to be worth nothing. We call it avoiding zeros. In recent history, we have managed to avoid this unpleasant experience. We want to keep it that way.

What happens, though, when we make an investment, and the investment case doesn’t hold anymore. Enough might have changed in the meantime that we see low odds of the business regaining its footing and our purchase turning out to be profitable. In this situation, we decide to sell the position and realize a loss. It’s usually better to act quickly before too many fellow investors embrace the new, less attractive reality.

This is the kind of loss that we call a realized loss. The stock gets sold, and we move on. There might be some tax benefit of such a loss for the client, but that’s as much we can gain from it at this point, apart from a potential lesson for the future.

After we buy a stock, it may happen that the price drifts lower, and we are looking at unrealized or paper losses. We are waiting for a recovery, and the investment case is still valid. We don’t worry about a paper loss. We tend to look for companies whose stocks are down, cheap, and out of favor. Their prices might still be dropping for a while before we see any improvement. If anything, this offers an additional buying opportunity. That’s the very reason why we buy slowly and build the position over time. An exception to this approach would be last year’s March sell-off when we had a brief but very attractive buying window, and we had to act fast.

The first two types of losses are a part of our investment process, not all stocks will perform as expected, and we may have to sell them, or it could take our holdings a while to perform, and we may need to tolerate those paper losses for a bit.

Phantom losses are a category of their own. I think I was always aware of their existence, but I never paid too much attention to them, and I don’t expect it to change in the future. Either way, I believe it might be a good time to discuss them in more detail. With the stock market hovering close to all-time highs, there are possibly very few unrealized losses in the portfolios. The focus moves to everything that’s not in the portfolio. In times like this, market enthusiasts can be full of regrets. That’s the fear of missing out (FOMO) territory: “If only I bought this stock five years ago or even a month ago, then I would have had this much more today.”

There are many stocks and other investments that we never bought and never considered buying, but their prices rose. They might feel like a missed opportunity to some. These could also be stocks we considered and chose not to buy, but their prices rose, and finally stocks we decided to sell, but their prices rose even more.

The world of FOMO is big and has no limits. There is no better fuel for it than watching others get rich. J.P. Morgan, the legendary 19th Century Gilded Age banker, once said: “Nothing so undermines your financial judgment as the sight of your neighbor getting rich.”

As much as we are aware of phantom losses, they are outside of our immediate attention. There are thousands of stocks out there, there will always be many that go up for various reasons, but we would never feel comfortable holding them.

We continuously review our investment cases for stocks we bought, we hold, we sold, and we passed on, it helps us sharpen our approach, but we don’t waste much attention or energy on the opportunities we “missed out” on.

We keep it simple. We are happy as long as we can accomplish our investment goal within our chosen investable universe. Our goal is to keep and grow over the long run the family fortunes we manage. There is a lot we can do though to minimize even the phantom losses though. Our investable universe is not set in stone, and we have owned many companies that initially were outside of our original stock universe.

What’s more, we prefer to act gradually, both buying and selling stocks, but especially selling. This particular policy allows us to avoid leaving too much money on the table if a stock we own continues to rise beyond our expectations. We call this approach being a value buyer but a growth holder. We do our best to buy them right, but then we let the winners run.

Bottom-line: we focus on two types of gains, and losses, realized and unrealized. As much as we’d like to have all gains and no losses, that’s not the investment reality. We do our best to maximize the gains and minimize the losses. We know that regrets and the fear of missing out are a dangerous combination in investing and can make us blindly accept much higher risks for elusive rewards. Let’s remember, though, that phantom losses are just that — phantom, and watching our neighbors get rich might get in the way of our financial judgment.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/22/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs, and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector, or the markets generally.

Forever or For Now

When I think of forever versus for now, I can’t help but picture Bill Murray’s 1990s movie, “The Groundhog Day.” I learned over the years that this innocent comedy has proven to be quite controversial. Some either love it, others the opposite. His character, Phil, a Pittsburgh weatherman, has to endure a work trip to report on the groundhog tradition in the town of Punxsutawney. The groundhog appears, and its shadow predicts earlier or later spring. Phil’s least favorite day repeats every morning, though, and his tolerable “for now” seems to have become his increasingly unpleasant “forever.” In investing, it pays to be able to tell the difference between what could be forever and what’s just for now.

When we come across something we like, we want it to last forever. When we come across something we don’t like, we hope it’s just for now. Even when it comes to the experience of the last twelve months, there are many things we’d like to hold on to forever, and others we trust are just for now. Also, I realize that it’s hard to argue that anything is truly forever, but for the sake of this argument, let’s consider forever those phenomena that could possibly outlast us all.

When I watched “The Groundhog Day” growing up, I liked it a lot, but I thought it’s all Hollywood fiction. Not just the time loop trap, but the town and the groundhog tradition. Having stayed for three months in the Pennsylvania section of the Appalachian Mountains last year, I discovered that Punxsutawney really exists. It means the town of mosquitos in the Lenape language, Delaware Native American. The groundhog day tradition is still very much alive.

When we find a company whose business we like, we’d be very happy to see it grow and prosper forever. Warren Buffett sometimes shares how his favorite holding period is forever. This approach paid off in his career. His early purchases of Geico, American Express, or Coca-Cola grew to become multi-billion dollar holdings. On top of it, whoever bought his Berkshire Hathway shares when it was still a failing textile company, and held it till today, would have enjoyed an incredible rise in value.

The trouble is that in Bill Murray’s groundhog experience, in our lives, and in investing, few things, if anything at all, are forever. Even Warren Buffett sold his airline and bank holdings in the last twelve months and many others in years past. There is just too much change and too many surprises that affect long-term holdings. The 2020-2021 worldwide pandemic alone that led to lockdowns, the stock market correction, and a massive social and economic disruption might have changed the long-term outlook for many businesses and industries.

When it comes to Buffett’s holding forever approach, we still share the same philosophy. Each purchase we make, we assume we’ll hold forever, but we let the changing circumstance dictate what we actually have to do. I’ll point out that cyclical businesses escape that rule. There are good times and bad times to own them, and it pays to buy them and sell them, only to buy them again. The energy sector, in particular, has proven to belong to that category.

The opportunities, though, arise when the majority of investors see something unfavorable as bound to last forever, while it’s only for now. Over the years, we have come across many buying opportunities, when others assumed that some temporary challenges a business experiences would completely derail the future prospect of the said enterprise. Investors tend to have a very short-term investment horizon. If a particular company misses a few earnings estimates, has a failed product upgrade or a delayed launch, the stock market acts quickly to punish its stock price. It’s not rare that we see once market favorites trade 40-50-60% lower. That’s a buying opportunity for us. We are willing to take a long-term view and appreciate that it’s a passing hiccup; it’s only for now, while the forever looks much more promising.

At the same time, the market enthusiasts at times believe that the growth of a certain business or industry will not only last forever but also accelerate. This could lead to some fast-rising stock prices, which leave the underlying fundamentals, the actual value of the business far behind. That’s the kind of behavior that makes us increasingly cautious. We know that the big disconnect between the price reality is always just for now and doesn’t last forever. If we are holding a stock whose price rose much beyond what we believe to be its fair value, we tend to trim and intend to exit the position. It’s a risk aversion that can save us from a painful experience when the market wises up and corrects.

Alternating between forever, and for now, we can both find investment opportunities and identify potential investment trouble. Somehow the human mind likes to oscillate between the two, either seeing no hope when the challenges arise or seeing no trouble when enthusiasm abounds. Keeping a steady course and adapting to the reality in front of us can prove to be the best path to follow. Bill Murray’s character finally awoke from his time loop dream, so do investors each time, no matter if it’s fear or greed that dictates their momentary action.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Between Curiosity and Caution

Recently, Megan and I had the rare opportunity to join a research boat for a day and watch humpback whales from afar. We wore face masks, used hand sanitizer, had our temperature checked, and then social distanced. COVID realities aside, we got to see a mother and a calf, a male whale breaching again and again, and a pod of whales doing circles around the bay sometimes heading straight towards the boat only to dive under us at the very last moment. We had close encounters with big sea life before, but this one was in a category of its own. Witnessing the mother and a little one made me think of the curiosity and caution that guide us in life and investing.

On the back of my two books, I share how I’d like to swim with humpback whales one day. This was as close as I have gotten to realizing that dream. The female whale we saw hardly came up to the surface, but she was comfortable enough with our presence that she let the calf come up to catch some air. The researchers on the boat told us how the adult whales can stay underwater longer, while the newborns have to come up for air every few minutes.

The little ones want to play, and they are very curious about the world around them; everything is new and exciting. They are unaware of the risks and dangers. The mother, though, is much more cautious and keeps an eye out for any threat to her offspring. There is an incredible level of communication, acceptance, and trust that develops between them and us that allows us to get a little closer and witness those magnificent sea mammals.

When I first got into investing, I was more curious than cautious. Luckily enough, my early mistakes weren’t too costly. I spent many hours reading books and listening to stories of my senior co-workers. I instinctively wanted to know about the worst of times. I remember asking my partner and mentor François Sicart how he knew not to invest in Enron (which went bankrupt twenty years ago after an accounting scandal of historic proportions). He actually took a closer look at the company before it imploded, and the numbers and the story didn’t make sense. He wisely chose to pass. I made a mental note to myself: if it’s too good to be true or something doesn’t add up, it’s ok to say no, and move on. I have done it many times since. This lesson alone probably saved me a small fortune already.

I often say that the best lessons come from your own mistakes, but it’s equally helpful, if not better, to learn from other people’s experience. As a young analyst, I thought that if I could somehow scoop up the essence of the learnings of half a century from all the senior managers around me, I’d save myself a lot of trouble. I think I have.

In my first few years, I remember looking at our firm’s daily trade sheets. I’d watch what all the managers were buying and selling. I’d check the stocks, the price charts, the fundamentals. Being only a junior analyst, I’d get my facts straight and build up the courage to walk over to one of the managers, and with a bit of youthful audacity, knock on their door. I’d ask them if they could spare a moment and tell why they were selling this particular stock, when they bought it, and why.

With my own little capital at the time, my curiosity took me to the world of derivatives, options. I learned the basic math behind them at school, and I thought they were very intriguing. With a small amount of money, one could make a bet on the prices rising and falling. Let me emphasize that it was more of a bet than an investment. If I bought the underlying stock, my potential upside was decent, but with an option with a lot less money, I could make many times that. It was a thrilling idea for a curious young mind. I’d pick oversold stocks and choose options that expire in the next few weeks. I naively thought I discovered a sweet spot to satisfy my curiosity.

I soon learned my lesson. I realized that I’m increasingly good at finding stock investment opportunities where others aren’t looking, but I have no control over the timing. A good number of my stock picks eventually performed, but rarely on my schedule. That hasn’t changed since. With options, the timing was everything; otherwise, they expired worthless – a total loss.

I remember traveling to Italy at the time. I had a single options contract that I bought. There were no smartphones at the time, and finding a price quote wasn’t easy. It was the era of internet cafes. I was on a train to Florence, and I saw someone with a recent copy of the Wall Street Journal. I kindly asked if I can take a look. The fellow passenger was baffled but obliged to my request. I quickly skimmed the paper for the price quotes. I could more or less figure out where my options would be trading depending on the stock price. I didn’t like what I saw! I couldn’t wait to be back in the office to sell my contract and cut my losses.

I got back, the price recovered, and I actually made money on this trade. It turned out to be enough to cover the cost of my Italian trip. I learned a lesson, though; this time-sensitive curious speculative bet ruined my trip. It was the only thing I could think about, and probably the only thing I remember from the entire trip! At least, it makes for a good anecdote to share now and then.

Recently, the markets have been rattled by a prominent family office taking massive losses unwinding elaborate trades in derivatives. Apparently, they had a stock exposure that exceeded their capital many times over. Some say it might be one of the biggest losses of personal wealth in history. They were trying to turn tens of billions into even more and do it quickly. Warren Buffett often reminds us that in investing, “it does not pay to be in a hurry” and that “it’s insane to risk what you have for something you don’t need.”

Between watching the whale with her calf, reminiscing about my youthful curiosity, and learning about a family office investment demise, I have to say that I’m grateful for the caution imparted on me over the years by mentors and co-workers many years my senior. I was fortunate enough not to have lost much in the process, but I gained some invaluable lessons that continue to guide me many years later. I’m still curious but cautious at the same time. I’m in no hurry. Megan tells me that I have the patience of an elephant. It might be true today, but it wasn’t always the case.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/7/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What’s Essential?

Last week, my wife Megan and I enjoyed the company of a German-Brazilian couple who also found refuge in our quaint seaside town. They sail and surf and have navigated the COVID travel realities getting stuck places and changing plans quickly. We compared notes and shared our experiences. We thought we pack light, but they pack even lighter. Megan brought up the topic of searching for what’s essential in the last 12 months. Beyond health, family, friends – what else is truly essential?

It made me think of a book I was reading in the early days of our work from home experiment with the stock market experiencing 4%-plus swings up and down daily, the pandemic anxiety peaking in our household – “The Power of Less: The Fine Art of Limiting Yourself to the Essential…in Business and in Life” by Leo Babauta – a blogger, and author focused on productivity. It offered a very helpful framework for the year ahead.

Before 2020, I never had to wonder what I would take with me if I had to pack for one year or two? What is that essential? Last year, I had to do it twice, first in my office of four years and then in my city apartment. This experience set the tone for the following months, and it had an immense impact on how we live, work, and invest.

In early March of last year, I called off my business trip. I took a cab to the office; I packed all I needed. I scanned some checklists, to-do lists; I uploaded some files to our cloud storage, and I left. It’s been over a year! That’s the longest time in my adult life that I haven’t worn a suit, by the way.

A month later, Megan and I went through a similar experience leaving our apartment. We had a tight schedule. Our move to a remote cabin in the woods was a very last-minute decision. We could only take what would fit in the trunk of our car. Eventually, we ended up with even less catching a flight to our current destination.

It wasn’t just the office or our home that required a refocus on the essential. Our investment approach also experienced a similar minimalist moment. From going into the market correction in March 2020 to riding out the quick recovery and rally in stocks, we had to double down on the highest conviction holdings, promptly sell what proved to be “dead weight,” and leave room for further buying opportunities, which followed later in the year.

It’s been a time for bold, decisive moves, and the path ahead was far from clear. As you may remember, we had been cautious about the markets for a while. We were fortunate enough to go into the 2020 correction with what we considered to be ample cash, market protection (a volatility ETF (exchange-traded fund), and a gold ETF), and already well-selected core holdings. When the stock market lost about 1/3 of its value in March, we knew that the timer is counting down quickly, and we must act fast. We bought many holdings at their lowest prices in many years. This massive reshuffle in the portfolios allowed us to benefit from the recovery that followed.

When it comes to our investment and research process, I noticed how the last 12 months made us focus on what’s essential. In March, April, and May, we had lots of work to do in a short period of time, and it set the tone for the rest of the year as well. I cleaned up my email inbox, unsubscribed from a lot of non-essential newsletters. I turned off the news alerts on my phone. I narrowed my information consumption only to what really helps me keep up with what’s going on and allows me to do a better job, but nothing more. I built a more efficient daily routine with ample time to read, write, take calls, listen to a podcast or two. I cherish my big blocks of uninterrupted deep work.

Without the daily commute, I even found time for some more regular physical activity, reading for pleasure, or even learning another language. If you can keep a secret, I’ll tell you that I also nap now, and then, that’s something I craved for years but couldn’t really do in the office. Since I often start the day with a sunrise surfing session, a quick power nap midday helps me recoup my energy. It does magic to my productivity and focus, too.

Our experience tells us that there is never a dull moment in investing, and we always have to be prepared to be surprised. When that happens, though, we like to think that we are positioned to be the least wrong no matter what cards we are dealt. That’s been the goal going into 2020, that’s the goal in 2021, and that will remain the goal when the pandemic is far in the rear-view mirror.

Today though, might be a good time to pause and wonder what’s essential – in life, work, and investing.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 4/1/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

I Like Monday Mornings

It’s no secret that most people don’t like Monday mornings. I’m a contrarian at heart, but that’s not the only reason why I like Monday mornings. Truth be told, though; I wasn’t always the biggest fan of Monday mornings. I had to be up early, shower, put on a suit, run to the train, fight the crowds, squeeze past others, race up and down the underground tunnels, and finally make it to my desk. Fire up my computer. If it was raining, snowing, or the trains were delayed, my morning journey quickly became an endurance test that could well be a part of a pre-triathlon training.

These aren’t my Mondays these days. I still fire up my computer, but there is no train to chase, no “triathlon” to win. The best part is that all the weekend crowds vanish, and we have the place to ourselves. It’s been our experience for a year now. On Monday, in the wild woods of Pennsylvania and Georgia, we could go hiking, kayaking, and now in our quaint fishing town, we go surfing without competing with anyone else for space. This comes in handy dodging the crowds in the COVID era of social distancing.

I don’t believe being a contrarian is a job; I think it’s a mindset and a lifestyle choice that comes with it. I not only like to pick stocks when others don’t like them, but I shop for travel and almost everything else the same way. I tend to zig when others zag. I like people, but I’m not a big fan of crowds. I even wrote a book aptly titled – “Outsmarting the Crowd”! I remember a time when I was almost trapped in Times Square hours before the ball drop on New Year’s Eve just as I was leaving the office to get home. That’s not a time or place for a self-respecting contrarian, is it?

Being a contrarian doesn’t mean that you challenge the status quo and everyone around you all the time for the sake of the challenge alone. Most of the time, it pays to agree with the majority. My mentor and partner, François Sicart, told me more than once – if it’s raining outside, take an umbrella. There is no point in arguing with the forces of nature. Other times, it may not even pay to have an opinion about something. There is just too much to know out there.

I have a friend who religiously starts each sentence with “No, I disagree.” We tease him about it. I sometimes reply that if I didn’t say anything yet, then what is it that he actually thinks he disagrees with. It doesn’t stop him. It is his charm, I don’t think we’d even want him to change, but that’s not being contrarian the way I see it.

On one of the recent client calls, a question came up if being a contrarian investor is obsolete and irrelevant today. Buying low and selling high will never go out of fashion. It worked for the Babylonians; it will work when we are telecommuting to Earth from Martian bases. What’s the alternative? – buying high with the hopes of selling higher. This approach comes and goes, and it’s usually popular at the end of every mature bull market in history. Investors oscillate between fear and greed. Warren Buffett often reminds us to be greedy when others are fearful and fearful when others are greedy. That’s the very essence of being a contrarian investor.

Will the contrarian investment approach be the best performing style at all times? I don’t think so, but it delivers very respectable returns over the long run without taking excessive risks and buying high to sell higher though has lost money every single time, with every single capitulation of a bull market. The later you join the market frenzy, the more painful the losses are. Each time, we hear that this time it’s different. What’s true about this approach is that it’s always a new breed of investors that shine in the last hour of each bull market, only to vanish into oblivion when the market corrects. We had the radio stocks almost a hundred years ago, then Nifty Fifty stocks half a century ago, the Dot Com bubble twenty years ago, and a new tech bubble today. We see ten-year-old companies that lose $3 on every dollar of business and trade at 50x-100x those money-losing revenues. If they haven’t figured out a profitable business model in a decade, how much time do they need to do so? That’s a lot of hope, little substance, and a blind belief that even though someone bought it high, they can sell it even higher.

Actual businesses aside, these days, we see “assets” that have no revenue, no income, no losses, and represent a mere line of computer code, a digital record of ownership, and they trade, too. We always say that just because something trades and has a price, it doesn’t mean that it has any value. For anyone buying high to sell higher, value is a meaningless concept. He or she accepts or ignores the immense risk of losing it all in the name of finding a greater fool.

We buy low and sell high, and the value of what we hold determines everything. We apply a contrarian mindset to what we do, zigging when others zag. The new breeds of market enthusiasts come and go; we plan to stick around. If we are fortunate enough to continue to do what we do for the next half-century, we are bound to see half a dozen more of “this time is different” moments.

We know it, we accept it, and we keep going, nonetheless.

I love what I do, and I would do it if I had all the money in the world. I think it’s intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying. It’s far from easy, though, and I know that my contrarian mindset will get tested over and over again. I love Monday mornings these days, and I intend to keep it that way. In life and in investing, it really pays to sometimes zig when others zag. We like to have trails, lakes, waves, and stock buying opportunities to ourselves; we always eventually do!

 

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/25/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Kicking the Tires: The Future of Due Diligence

Kicking the Tires: The Future of Due Diligence

I remember sitting in a pilot seat of a massive Boeing 777 cargo plane. It was just me with no co-pilot by my side. I wrapped my fingers around the control yoke; I reached for the throttle with my right hand. In my mind, I was ready for takeoff. It wasn’t a dream! It happened almost a decade ago. As a small perk of my research work investigating companies, I got to visit the FedEx facilities in Memphis, Tennessee. I shook hands and exchanged pleasantries with the founder and CEO, Fred Smith. Then I joined a group of portfolio managers on a small bus to the airport. I love planes and airports; they didn’t have to ask me twice. We got to see a new Boeing 777. We were kicking the proverbial tires and doing our due diligence, and those were some big tires to kick! If you know the smell of a brand new car, I’ll tell you that a brand new Boeing 777 has a distinct smell, too.

This was also the very airport where Tom Hanks’ Cast Away character Chuck Nolan was welcomed back by the very same Fred Smith, who at first had some doubts about having FedEx featured in a plane crash movie.

Funny enough, I was in the process of getting my private pilot license at the time, which allows me to fly single-engine propeller planes, no big jets (maybe one day). To raise my instructor’s blood pressure, I had someone snap a photo of me in the cockpit of this big cargo plane, and I sent it to him saying I’m on my way and asking if he has room in the flight school’s hangar. Flight instructors don’t joke much, neither does Tom, but I think he appreciates my sense of humor now and then.

In my recent conversation with a dear friend and mentor – James (Jay) Hughes (who has spent a wonderful career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance), we discussed the future of due diligence in the investment process. We talked about due diligence in the COVID and post-COVID era. What will the world look like, we wondered.

I might have researched thousands of companies in my career, I met countless CEOs, and I kicked a good number of tires, big and small. In flying and investing, I live by checklists. Before each takeoff, a pilot walks around the plane and actually touches and checks vital parts. Tom would jokingly ask: “Will it fly?” I never said it, but I always thought that a better question would be whether it will crash!

As investors, we have incredible access to disclosure that the listed companies are required to share with the public. It wasn’t always this way, but over decades, the amount of information and reporting frequency have improved. I still think that US-listed companies are among the best in the world on that front. This gives investors in US equities a great advantage and more comfort.

Outside of the US, it can be a bit of an adventure trying to get a complete picture of the business and knowledge of the local market, and access to local research might be very helpful. Otherwise, a US-based investor might be at a disadvantage. We often lean on outside resources to fill in the gaps in our due diligence.

We have a rich network of connections built over decades of experience. We are a Zoom call away from someone on the ground, almost in any significant economic hub in the country and the world. These are our proverbial boots on the ground; somebody can do the kicking for us. It has proven especially important when travel is almost impossible these days.

Speaking of international travel, early in my career, I hopped on the plane and took a red-eye flight to Brazil. It was a big adventure for a junior analyst. I spent a week with a few fellow investors visiting companies in Sao Paolo and Rio. I also met with local research firms that help outside investors navigate the markets there. I was a bit envious of their office views in Rio with vast beaches as far as the eye could see. I’m still in touch with some of them.

The last time I met with CEOs of some of our holdings was a little over a year ago, two short weeks before lockdowns in New York City. We talked, we mingled, we had coffees and lunches. This year, the same event was hosted exclusively online. The amount of disclosure and information was the same. We missed out on some of the in-person experiences.

When I think of due diligence, I think of the many investors I met in my career. Their takes on due diligence couldn’t be more varied. Some go almost as far as counting the bags of frozen peas in the freezers or measuring foot traffic camping out by the store entrance. Others insist on never meeting the management or visiting the company; they believe that’s the only way to preserve their independent think and avoid being influenced by a charismatic CEO.

I believe we belong somewhere between the two. I like to think it’s challenging to invest in a business without firsthand experience with the product or service or access to someone who has had such an experience. I do believe that some CEOs have a true gift for inspiring their troops and “seducing” shareholders, bringing everyone on board their grand vision.

I personally prefer those executives who underpromise and overdeliver and tell me how things really are. I like to have enough mental space and emotional distance to make up my own mind about the business without too much embellishing. After all, I always would rather have our CEOs grow and expand their businesses than spend too much time at too many investor events.

The more confidence I have in the disclosure I receive, the less tire kicking is necessary, in my opinion. As a rule of thumb, if any investment calls for excessive due diligence, I immediately think that we might be better off moving on to the next one. If it takes so much to convince us to buy it, how much more will it take to make us keep holding it.

Between my trip to Brazil and shaking hands with FedEx’s Fred Smith, I had many opportunities to meet talented executives running incredible businesses. At times, I’d meet the same CEOs who ended up managing more than one company we held. In a way, we followed them on to the next business. I only had a handful of encounters that convinced me not to invest in a company. I can’t say it was a surprise. The meeting confirmed what I already thought after a careful study of all the available information. There were maybe three that stand out. In a few short years, all three ended up with fraud, investigation, and a collapse of the stock price. I didn’t need to shake anyone’s hand or kick any tires to see it coming. If the story is too good to be true, it never is.

When it comes to due diligence, if I don’t feel comfortable with the investment after all my reading, the meeting won’t make me change my heart; it never has. On the other hand, if I like what I’m learning, studying all the materials, kicking the tires, and shaking hands or speaking on a call with someone close to the story can give me a bigger conviction. It is the latter, though, that can make more of a difference. A potentially small position in our portfolios can become bigger because of the extra mile we go with our due diligence.

Due diligence has been helpful not necessarily in eliminating bad investments or investment “crashes,” but rather in helping to make sure we own the stocks that have the ability to “fly”!

I can’t tell if handshakes will be around in the post-COVID era, maybe there will be elbow or fist bumps, but the due diligence will be around. I think some of it might be done over Zooms instead of in-person; maybe we’ll rely more on our network or resources with boots on the ground. One way or the other, we’ll still want to get to know our holdings and the people who run them. I believe that in-person occasions won’t completely go away, but they might be more rare and special, and they will be valued even more highly.

I don’t know if I will get to sit in the cockpit of a 777 anytime soon, but I’m looking forward to seeing the future of due diligence. It might be a less-discussed aspect of the investment process, but it’s crucial, and it may have to be redefined and adapted to this new, much more remote, and dispersed world we live in. Lastly, I had my own 2020 wedding with an all virtual audience (except for my in-laws and my bride); I think I’m ready to have my imagination stretched when it comes to many aspects of investing, including the post-COVID due diligence!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/18/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Two More Cents

Last month, the New York Stock Exchange president penned a historic opinion piece in the Wall Street Journal with an attention-grabbing title: “The NYSE Isn’t Moving—Yet.” The author shared how the new local tax ideas could force this over 200-year-old New York institution to find a new home. NYSE wouldn’t have had this kind of freedom of location independence had the last 12 months of remote work never happened. He writes: “We’ve proved, by pandemic-driven necessity, that we can close the physical trading floor on a moment’s notice and maintain service without missing a beat. Similarly, the broader financial services industry shuttered offices and shifted workforces, without hiccups to remote locations.” – we can’t help but notice that something immensely important has changed.

With the first anniversary of the biggest ever experiment in remote work upon us, I recently took on the topic of this possibly most significant disruption of our lifetimes. As a contrarian at heart, I would have been slightly disappointed if it hadn’t stirred a mild controversy. I have received a wide range of reactions, and I felt compelled to add at least two more cents to the discussion.

***

The Remote Work Revolution is a bottomless topic. We are just learning what it could mean for us as business owners, investors, employers, employees, consumers, or just people, human beings. I think there are some already obvious and even more yet unforeseen consequences of this new phenomenon.

There are at least three big themes here that I’d like to follow-up on 1) The Talent, the People, 2) The Office Space Conundrum 3) Inter-Company Dilemmas.

The Talent, the People

I have no doubt that the companies that will win in this new work/life revolution are those that will be the most agile, open-minded and that put people first. I remember a CEO tell me once that his biggest assets leave the office at 5 pm. Today those assets are dispersed and free to roam.

We already see many new and old businesses that emphasize freedom and flexibility and meet the talent where the talent wants to be, live, and prosper. I see some faint voices from a smaller group of executives whose tone is the polar opposite. They call work from anywhere an “aberration to be corrected  as soon as possible.” I got chills hearing it because it sounded more like something I would have heard on TV growing up in 1980s Cold War Poland rather than in the 21st century United States of America – “The land of the free and the home of the brave.”

Some executives say they will apply “a carrot and stick” method to round up employees back to the desks. In the 19th century English-language literature that’s a reference used to describe donkey races with a jockey using sharp and painful blackthorn twigs to motivate his steed (archaic: a horse being ridden). I have one word for them: yikes!

You don’t have to ask me twice who I’d rather work with or invest in.

I immediately think of what a Georgetown University professor told me almost twenty years ago: “people will vote with their feet.” If you have one company that insists on hiring only those in the commuter radius of their office, while the other company spreads its arms wide-open to all talent no matter where they choose to live — it won’t take long to see whose employees will be happier, healthier, and more productive, and who will get a competitive edge here in no time.  It’s the 21st century, and the best talent is independent, free, brave, and has the ability to dictate the terms of employment.

The Office Space Conundrum

It’s fairly obvious that office space needs are about to shrink, and if not for the multi-year leases, we’d see a lot more of it already. Most recently, Conde Nast the publisher of The New Yorker and Vanity Fair refused to pay rent at One World Trade. Last year, Pinterest chose to pay to get out of their leases. NYSE might think it doesn’t have to be in New York City, but there are companies that go a step further and believe that they don’t need an address to do business and even get listed on the stock exchange.

On the other hand, if you are fortunate enough to have a profitable business with a multi-year lease, you’ll likely wait until the lease is up to rethink your needs, and my guess is that they will be even smaller in 5 years than in 1 year. The last 12 months showed that we definitely need a reliable laptop and strong Wi-Fi, but we can surprisingly easily get by without an office with no apparent loss, quite the opposite.

I think the landlords will see delayed consequences of remote work. The best they think they can do right now is demand the profitable tenants to honor their leases until they expire. It doesn’t sound like a sustainable business practice to keep any customer, including a tenant, and expect him or her to pay above-market rates for something he or she doesn’t need or use. Those customers remain captive for as long as they have to, and once free, they’ll act, too.

If rent is often (outside of earlier mentioned talent) the single biggest line expense for many businesses, I can only imagine what it means to reduce it. The cost of starting and running a business drops significantly, and the profits end up in business owners’ pockets (where they belong) rather than the landlords’ who happen to own a formerly prime location.

In investing, it pays to see where the proverbial ball will be, not where it is now. When it comes to commercial real estate, office spaces, in particular, it’s not that hard to see where the ball is headed.

The Inter-Company Dilemmas

I heard opinions shared by experts about the possible demise of the informal side of work in this new remote work world. One of the pundits remarked how much used to get done within companies outside of the formal channels relying on favors.

I have researched many businesses in my investor lifetime. I would be hugely worried if any serious business operated exclusively or predominantly relying on informal favors, lucky run-ins. If anything, I witnessed how the last 12 months have formalized processes to make sure that nothing falls between the cracks. Communication channels have been established and improved. Paper-shuffling has been effectively reduced to zero.

As a firm, we have had several big advantages; we have operated remotely at times before. We have a small but mighty tightly-knit team. We also had a chance to build a business structure from scratch, and select software, tools, platforms, and service providers that could potentially allow us to work remotely. We knew we are building a 21st-century investment firm. I was invited to speak on the topic over two years ago at a remote work conference.

Becoming independent and starting a new company in 2016, we made a deliberate decision to focus on what we do best: investing and serving our clients to meet their needs, while we outsourced everything else from IT, accounting, compliance to trading, and reporting.

Things get done at Sicart Associates, not because of a lucky run-in with a colleague from another department; there is a process, it’s followed and completed.

We might be a mighty team of seven, but we have strong, dedicated teams work for us at half a dozen service providers who value our business and who stay on top of their game in their respective fields. All seven of us are working remotely, and all those outside teams have effectively worked remotely for us for years, and only now they are remote from their own offices and often dispersed around the country and at times the globe. One late night I had to address a software glitch, and the service provider’s Tokyo team stepped in to handle it and walked me through. I couldn’t help but be amazed and impressed. That’s how problems are solved by serious businesses.

I think the remote work revolution showed which companies have their act together, systems, and processes in place, and which are bursting at the seams holding the show together with the informal arrangement and favors.

To conclude, Warren Buffett famously said: “I am a better investor because I am a businessman, and a better businessman because I am an investor.” I’d count my last four and a half years as a partner of an investment firm, a business owner as very formative, and greatly helpful in my investment career.

I’m convinced that the remote work revolution is shaking up structures, assumptions, and routines that have been stagnant way too long. In the spirit of Nassim Taleb’s book “Anti-Fragile,” some prosper in moments like this; others call it “an aberration to be corrected” with “a carrot and stick.”  The biggest asset for all forward-looking companies is talent. The talent craves freedom and flexibility. Before investing in a company, soon enough, I’d expect that I won’t even need to ask about their remote work policy anymore. Everyone only with “a carrot and stick” in their hands will have either caught up or gone out of business, losing to a much more agile and open-minded competition.

The NYSE president’s WSJ opinion piece is one for the books. It made us think that something important has indeed changed. As investors, business owners, and human beings, we notice it and pay attention.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/11/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Chopping Wood and Carrying Water

For six months last year, Megan and I lived in two cabins in the deep woods of the Appalachian Mountains. It was just us, curious deer, loud chipmunks, and an orchestra of birds with an occasional snake, lizard, or an oversized beetle. Many of our friends were worried about us, but we loved every minute of it. My regular routine entailed getting wood for the fireplace and bringing up 5-gallon water bottles uphill. Apparently, chopping wood and carrying water is also an old practice discussed in Zen Buddhist teachings.

This new routine, though, made me think of investing. Many get into it because of a promise of big wins with no effort. They search for quick thrills and easy wins. To them, investing may feel like a lucky coin toss; to us, it feels more like chopping wood and carrying water – we are working with a goal of compounding wealth over the long run, one day, one stock, one win at a time.

Having left the comfort and the convenience of a city apartment, I felt a stark difference between our forest living and what our life used to look like. Many of you have only seen me wear a suit and can’t picture me in a forest setting. Some of you probably already know that last year I took many calls from my hammock up on a hill among the trees with birds singing in the background. I had someone ask if those sounds are real, followed by a comment on how nice and calming they were.

When we moved to the woods, my dad told me that I’m reliving my childhood, and he had a point. I spent summers in our lake house roaming the woods with my dog. It might have been a while, but I’m no stranger to chopping wood and carrying water. I planted trees, and I even helped dig a well in my previous life. Now that I think about it, I wonder if my investor education in patience, persistence, and lifelong disciplined practice started in university halls or back in the deep woods, exactly where I found myself all over again in the midst of the pandemic.

When I read about the new wave of investors joining the market these days, I’m a little worried – not for me, for us, but them. I’m all for everyone becoming an investor. In my talks, I often say – “it’s your world out there; why not own a piece of it, no matter how small.” The new market enthusiasts, as media labels them, seem to often come with big expectations, a short attention span, and an investment horizon counted in hours or days. I believe that approach resembles more a coin toss where luck is the only thing that matters.

I’d say that buying stocks has never been easier while investing has never been more challenging.

With an app and a brokerage account, and almost any amount of money, almost anyone can buy and sell stocks from almost anywhere, including a basement, a couch, or a hammock, for that matter. The speed is mindboggling, too. Such a market enthusiast can enter and exit any position many times a day with every change of heart. It fattens the brokers’ wallets but most likely doesn’t help the investor.

An app on the phone that looks like a game is conducive to a certain behavior, in my opinion. Players, because it’s hard to call them investors, might easily lose touch with reality. There is even a new term for it – “gamification of investing.” The experience is built to make users feel like winners with virtual confetti flying on the screen. Apparently, tt makes enthusiasts want to play more and make even bigger bets. Eventually, small losses can quickly turn into insurmountable losses.

Why has investing never been harder? We’ve never had more distractions, more noise, more information to sift through. It’s never been easier to feel the dreaded fear of missing out.  J.P. Morgan, the legendary banker, famously said: “Nothing so undermines your financial judgment as the sight of your neighbor getting rich.”

Patience, focus, the discipline has never been harder to develop and nurture. A few years ago, I gave a talk to a group of investors in Zurich; I titled it: “The need to unplug.” I explained how we consciously have to choose what information we let in and what noise we keep out.

I don’t think that the experience offered by low-cost or no-cost brokers is conducive to patient, long-term investing.  I do believe it may require an almost impossible degree of discipline to use those tools to invest rather than play.

Whether it was the six-month stint in the woods last year or my childhood days, I still believe that my seemingly mundane daily routine played a big role in making me a better investor. As a firm, we have at our disposal the tech tools to trade in and out of positions in a heartbeat. We have no virtual confetti flying anywhere, though.

Since our goals and approach focus on the long-term growth of capital, we pride ourselves on trading rarely but with a real purpose. We are intentional and deliberate in our actions. I’d recommend the same to anyone passionate about investing.

Let me be clear, investing is a fascinating pursuit, but it’s not a good place to seek quick thrills and easy wins. It’s intellectually stimulating, financially rewarding, and professionally gratifying. Still, the truth is that the practice of lifelong successful investors looks more like chopping wood and carrying water rather than winning a game or a coin toss.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 3/2/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Deep Dive: The Biggest Disruption — The Remote Work Revolution

The first anniversary of the biggest ever experiment in remote work is around the corner. It might be the right time to see what we have learned about this possibly most significant disruption of our lifetimes.

***

Megan and I are staying now in a quaint Caribbean fishing town a few hour flight away from our New York office. When it comes to time zones, I’m equidistant from the West Coast and London, which has been very convenient taking calls, and Zooms. In the morning, I’m more likely to see returning happy fishermen than running frantic commuters. I’m definitely outside of the traditional daily commuter radius. I’m working remotely, and our whole team is working remotely. All we need is reliable high-speed internet.  Maybe it would have been feasible years ago, but today, it’s not only feasible; it has become second nature and increasingly common practice. What happened?

***

In our role as investment advisors managing family fortunes over generations, we pay careful attention to the world around us. We know well that change is the only constant. We are especially curious about the sudden unexpected disruptions that may have far-reaching consequences creating challenges, and offering opportunities. The remote work revolution of the last 12 months has made it to the top of the list of the new phenomena we are watching.

***

Work is what you do, not where you go – that’s what I heard at a remote work conference over two years ago. I met hundreds of remote workers and digital nomads who relied on technology to live wherever they choose and however they choose. They were living the post-daily commuter life. It looked like the ultimate freedom to me. I wondered why aren’t more people following their path? And if they did, wouldn’t it be the biggest disruption of life and work in recent history? Maybe even the biggest lifestyle upgrade? What would it do to how we live, work, invest, how companies do business, where consumers shop, and more? Almost nothing seems to remain the same when the office worker is freed from the desk and chooses never to commute again.

Rory Sutherland, the UK-based Ogilvy executive, commented on remote work in the Spectator last month, saying: “Given that this technology might help solve the housing shortage, geographical inequality, intergenerational wealth inequality, the transport crisis, the pensions crisis, the environmental crisis and almost everything else people worry about, it seems odd that it attracted so little consideration until a pandemic forced our hand.”

We don’t have any control over when we are born, but I happen to have been born in what felt like the last five minutes of a failed ideology, outdated way of storing and transmitting information, and an archaic way of working. The fall of each led to more freedom in the lives of individuals and solved many more problems than we could have imagined. Let me explain.

I got to witness the last decade of a failed experiment of a communist regime in Poland, which deprived people of most of their freedoms from owning a business to sharing their views. So many people spent so much time making sure that nobody does or has anything. The fall of communism was a massive disruption. It unleashed an incredible potential in the former Soviet Bloc in Central and Eastern Europe.

Later as a college student, I felt that I was the last to print, scan, mail, and receive paper. Was I studying or shuffling paper — I wondered at times. My school materials, applications, dossiers were all paper. The fall of paper has changed a lot. I remember taking only a thumb drive with me when I was moving to New York City. Today, it’s all in the cloud, available where I happen to be. From millions of trees saved to a lighter, easier living, the paperless world has been a blessing.

Finally, the fall of the daily commuter culture can prove to be possibly the biggest, the most universal, and the most far-reaching disruption of our lifetimes. Office worker commute is such a bizarre concept. We took the 19th century Industrial Revolution era mindset and kept it with us all the way to the 21st century. Offices are not manufacturing plants; they have no physical assembly lines. It’s just rows of computers with hopefully decent Wi-Fi.

The belief that work is where you go, and our source of income and living is physically attached to a particular location could be much older than two hundred years. What if it all started during the First Agricultural Revolution around 10,000 BC. In a fascinating book, “Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind,” Noah Yuval Harari writes: “The new agricultural tasks demanded so much time that people were forced to settle permanently next to their wheat fields.” If it’s really been that long, no wonder we have such a hard time shaking it off and dropping outdated assumptions about office work.

With no assembly line to attend or wheat fields to weed, for the first time in history on such a massive scale, we are finally free to decouple work permanently from the physical location.

Over 15 years ago, the renowned psychologist Daniel Kahneman “discovered” that commuting is the number one least enjoyed daily activity. That’s a polite way to put it. Annie Lowrey was much more direct, and on May 26, 2011, in the Slate article called commuting: “a migraine-inducing-life suck.” She quoted various studies and explained how long commutes cause obesity, neck pain, loneliness, divorce, stress, and insomnia. Wow! And why are we doing it?

If we accept that work is what you do and not where you go, everything changes. We save an incredible amount of time, energy, and resources. Statistically, an average commuter spends twice as much time commuting as vacationing.

Rory Sutherland adds in his article in the Spectator: “Digital networks, unlike hub-and-spoke road, rail and airline networks, deliver their benefits equally to everyone connected to them, regardless of their location.”

With remote work, we can live almost anywhere we want, however we want. We can hire talent from almost anywhere. We can find new business almost anywhere. I say almost because there is still a lot of red tape in the way of what Derek Thompson from The Atlantic called “the nowhere-everywhere future of work.”

That’s not all; the end of commute means a healthier, cleaner planet. Quartz wrote in late 2020: “No single activity contributes more greenhouse gas emissions than driving to and from work.” In 2020 we also saw the most reports of smog-free days in major cities and a comeback of wildlife to urban areas, including New York City’s Central Park. That’s where the rare snowy owl decided to return for the first time in 130 years. As a species and civilization, we might have done more for the planet in a single year than ever before, all by doing one thing: ending the office worker’s daily commute.

I’m reading how there are 18 countries in the world that already offer remote work visas. That number doubled in the last 12 months alone. I’d imagine it will keep doubling until everyone is on board. Most of those countries happen to be in pleasant climates, although somehow the island nation of Iceland made the list, too! There is something for every taste: from warm to cold. You bring the job with you; they let you live there. It’s not only countries that are jumping on board; some US states are even willing to pay remote workers to move there.

The way we think of taxation is evolving, too. Several states, including New York’s neighbors, are looking into ways to tax remote workers who no longer commute but rather live in the state and work from home. New York City was worried about the three hundred thousand taxpayers who permanently skipped town, but maybe another worry is the neighboring states’ appetite for a piece of the tax revenue pie. New York is not alone; other major hubs are going through a similar challenge. If employees no longer have to report to a particular zip code and can live wherever their heart desires, the cities face a real challenge.

I’d hope the tax authorities will be smart working with remote workers and attracting them rather than scaring them away. The one thing this newly freed from office crowd can do is vote with their feet and walk.

More companies are switching to all-remote work already without waiting for the pandemic to pass. Some even offer a stipend to set up a home office. The office-free, office-optional world makes doing business much easier. Many startups used to spend a fortune securing prime office space to impress investors; now, they can use this money in more productive ways. For many businesses, office rent is the biggest single-line expense. With smaller needs and footprint, it could lead to significant savings and lower the cost of launching and running a business. I agree with the opinion that a hybrid model could prove to be a complete failure. If employees are expected to be in the office a day or two a week, they are still tied to the office location and cannot enjoy the freedom of working from anywhere. Sid Sijbrandij, CEO of code-collaboration firm GitLab, explains how the old work model rewards attendance rather than output, but it’s the latter that really matters.

It’s fascinating that the same companies that enable remote work with cloud services, communication tools, and computing devices are also the ones that seem to have completely missed the memo! Some of the big tech companies only recently completed or started building colossal campuses; many of them are the size of multiple Vatican Cities. Who will be commuting to them to get free potato chips, use sleeping pods or play some ping pong? It’s as if someone was trying to lure new employees with fancy staplers in a paperless world. Some Silicon Valley executives notice the change themselves. Salesforce president and chief operating officer recently said: “An immersive workspace is no longer limited to a desk in our Towers; the 9-to-5 workday is dead, and the employee experience is about more than ping-pong tables and snacks.”

I also don’t think that the gray rows of dark cubicles with fluorescent lights high above them will be of much use in this post-daily commuter world. I’m somehow still not convinced that this is the place where creativity and productivity blossom. As a matter of fact, Inc. magazine’s article “Is the Office Dead Forever” explains how 80% of US workers said they’re just as productive or more productive working from home.”

In the book “Remote: Office Not Required” by Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson, they write how remote work used to be rebuffed in the name of no special privileges for anyone. They jokingly write: “It simply wouldn’t be fair! We all need to be equally, miserably unproductive at the office and suffer in unity.” That’s the kind of tone I’m hearing from the faint return to office (RTO) voices these days. These voices come mostly from landlords whose empty office buildings might need to find a new purpose in the future instead of hoping for armies of suit-clad commuters (like me) to report back. The reality is very different. Only 1 in 10 companies expect all their employees to be back in the office once it’s safe.

I know, I know — not all jobs can be done remotely, but let’s look around and appreciate how many jobs can and have been done remotely in the last twelve months. The University of Chicago reports that “37 percent of all jobs in America can be done entirely remotely,” and they account for almost half of all income earned! If it’s not a game-changer, I don’t know what is. That’s a staggering number on the move, free to roam, decoupled from the office location. For tax collectors, it’s a fleeing tax base; for businesses, it’s an office-free or office-light cost structure, and more mobile consumers that still need services and goods but might want them somewhere else; for employees, it’s a whole new world of opportunities.

I do not doubt that we will have in-person social interactions in the future beyond COVID and apart from video calls. I think we’ll value them more highly than ever before. Humanity has been worried about missing out on in-person experiences for at least 2,500 years. It predates the water cooler talk and goes as far back as the village water well tête-à-tête. It was then when Socrates discussed the challenges of the written word, which he believed can’t possibly be as good as the spoken word. Lane Wilkinson explains that according to Socrates, the “written word stands as a mute testament, incapable of explaining itself beyond the text presented.” I don’t disagree, but it’s so much better than nothing! I have never had a chance to attend any of Socrates’ live lectures, but I’m grateful someone wrote them down since he didn’t author any texts at all.

Fortunately, the written word has traveled through time, and now it travels in no time across the globe. I think even Socrates would have been impressed with what Zoom calls have meant and done for us on the family, friends, and business fronts the last 12 months. The same as writing hasn’t completely replaced the spoken word, Zoom won’t replace all in-person social interactions, but something tells me that both the written word and video calls are here to stay.

Long before the pandemic, I read a few books about remote work. One of them was the earlier mentioned “Remote: Office Not Required”, the other “Remote Revolution: How the Location-Independent Workforce Changes the Way We Hire, Connect, and Succeed” by John Elston.  I read them both when I was writing “Money, Life, Family: My Handbook: My complete collection of principles on investing, finding work & life balance, and preserving family wealth.” Both made a very convincing case in favor of remote work not long before the 2020 work from home days. In the former, the authors write: “The next luxury is the luxury of freedom and time. Once you’ve had a taste of that life, no corner office or fancy chef will be able to drag you back.” In the latter, I read: “The Remote Revolution allows employees to choose both their best life experience and their best work experience, not one or the other. It’s a game-changer.” When I read it, I couldn’t argue with either, and I definitely can’t today.

The biggest difference between now and the pre-COVID world is the adoption rate. There were remote workers before, and there were tools to work remotely available. Still, it was hard to convince others when 20 people are ready to start a meeting in a stuffy conference room, and you ask if you can call or video in from where you happen to be living these days. Now, in many case, everyone is calling in, and that’s the only way to join the meeting, and the best part is – no one cares anymore that you are not at your desk or where you really are.

Our 2020/2021 work from anywhere experience was probably the most rushed way to get acquainted with this new world of possibilities. Rushed or not, it is what it is. Many have tried it; some loved it, some needed time to warm up to it, some will likely fight it and try to reject it.

Once we leave the pandemic inconveniences behind and embrace what remote work means beyond it, we might wake up to a very different world. Someone told me that if you liked the COVID era remote work, you’ll love it in the post-COVID times. I agree.

We have yet to rethink the legal, tax, immigration, business, social, and other frameworks for this new remote work revolution. We learned how to hunt animals many times our size; we discovered flight, we put men on the moon, I have no doubt, we’ll figure this out, too. Some already call it potentially the biggest lifestyle upgrade in a century. Many tell me they can finally see their kids grow up. Others have “Sunday scaries” at the thought of being called back to the office. I think we are witnessing possibly the biggest, the most universal, and the most far-reaching disruption of our lifetimes. We can fear it and resist it or embrace it and benefit from it.

I think the proverbial cat is out of the bag. We can’t pretend that 2020/2021 remote work revolution has never happened.

The ideology I grew up with is almost gone, the paper culture is disappearing, and finally, the commuter life is fading, too. I’m very curious to see how many new investment opportunities this remote work revolution will create. It’s already shaking up structures, assumptions, and routines that have been stagnant way too long.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/24/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Not for profit

The last twelve months brought many new exciting IPOs; new companies got listed on the stock exchange and made their shares available to stock investors. Not all of them seem as promising as their prices would imply. They got me thinking of a conversation I had a few years ago when I met an enthusiastic entrepreneur. He started a venture, which provided a service that the local community enjoyed. The economics didn’t work, though. There was no profit. His solution to the problem was getting more investors. He openly admitted that profit is not the goal of this particular entity. Hearing that, I suggested he turns it into a non-profit and accepts donations. He laughed and said – “No, no, I want to grow it and sell it.” Interestingly enough, I believe that’s the mindset of too many entrepreneurs these days. Why earn a profit if you can grow it and sell it?

Whether it is a cupcake shop with whimsical frostings or a cloud computing service provider with a cheeky name, a venture becomes a business if it currently makes a profit or has a clear path to profitability in the not-so-distant future. If profit is not the goal, it’s either a hobby or a non-profit. There is nothing wrong with that. The former gets funded from the hobbyist’s pocket, and the latter – the non-profit lives off donations, often tax-deductible donations. There is a whole variety of non-profits providing services to communities around the world, from organizations buying books and pencils for students in need to major museums and more.

In this new brave tech world, though, we have a whole new breed of ventures that disguise as businesses, but when you look closer, they resemble more non-profits. In the very competitive, very innovative world we live in, all entrepreneurs have a significant challenge in front of them. They need to identify a new or an existing profit pool. If it’s new, it may be potentially easier to capture it; if it’s an existing one, a battle with an incumbent is inevitable.

There are non-profits in the online tech world, too. Among the most well-known is Wikipedia. An incredible service that took encyclopedias online and made them permanently editable and current. I must admit that I spend a disproportionate amount of time on Wikipedia researching bottomless topics for both work and pleasure. It’s 20 years old and available in 317 languages. Its founders are Jimmy Wales and Larry Sanger. They are no tech billionaires, yet they had done a lot democratizing access to knowledge. Wikipedia relies on donations. Wikimedia Foundation, the non-profit that owns Wikipedia, collected little over $100 million in donations last year.

Wikipedia is more of an exception than a rule in the online world. Judging from a swath of new tech IPOs, there is a theme that repeats a bit too often. Companies are growing rapidly yet not making money. It’s not just that. The faster they grow, the deeper the losses get. Traditionally, companies would go public, offer shares to investors, and raise money to grow. They would add store locations, manufacturing facilities, hire talent. Many of today’s tech IPOs raise money to cover growing losses. If the mindset is that they could grow their losses even faster if only they could go public, then it seems to me that the public shareholder is becoming more of a donor, making a donation, not an investment. The only difference is that there is hope that one can sell his or her participation in the venture (shares) to someone else for a higher price. As long as the stock price is going up and the public is willing to buy into these growing losses, no one cares about profitability, and everything appears to be fine.

If covering losses with newly raised capital wasn’t enough, recent IPOs have another peculiar quality. Their founders can cash out before the company even goes public. They can walk away with over a half-billion dollars before the company developed a business model, turned a profit, or got listed on the stock exchange. If creating a profitable lasting business is the goal of starting a company, then cashing out so early in the race feels greatly premature.

The challenge of the entrepreneur of the venture I mentioned at the beginning, and the many recent tech IPOs, is unit economics. It seems to be a forgotten concept these days, so let’s go back to cupcakes for a minute. If a pistachio cupcake with strawberry frosting costs $1 to make, including all – rent, labor, ingredients, marketing, etc., and it sells for $2.50, we have a $1.50 profit per unit. If we were selling it $0.50 and losing $0.50 on each cupcake, instinctively, we’d know something is not right.

In a phenomenal book “The Undercover Economist: Exposing Why the Rich are Rich, the Poor are Poor – and Why You Can Never Buy a Decent Used Car,” Tim Harford explains: “In a free market, people don’t buy things that are worth less to them than the asking price. And people don’t sell things that are worth more to them than the asking price (or if they do, it’s never for long; firms that routinely sell cups of coffee for half of what they cost to produce will go out of business pretty quickly).”

If it’s an exciting tech company, though, and it’s harder to tell what the cupcake really is, how much it costs to make, and how much we should charge for it, the story appears to get conveniently lost. We are told that losses are an investment in growth. How many cupcakes could you give away, and how fast, if you were “selling them” (translation: giving them away) at half the cost?

Let me be clear: a new business typically goes through a money-losing phase. It reaches a certain scale, figures out its cost structure, tests its pricing power, and eventually turns a profit. Otherwise, it’s a harsh reality check, and the cupcake store shuts down. Many new tech IPOs may prove to have a healthy business model, but others might be permanently not for profit. The latter won’t be worth billions as the market implies today. Maybe they will scale down and reach profitability as much smaller businesses. BlueApron, Groupon, RenRen, and many others among them, couldn’t defy gravity. Groupon was the craze of the day almost ten years ago, the fundamentals massively fell short of rosy expectations, and its stock price eventually reflected that with a 95% decrease since IPO (Source: Bloomberg).

We are always curious to learn about new companies getting listed. We keep reading about new travel sites, online dating apps, big data government contractors, online mortgage companies, food delivery apps, and more. It makes our job more interesting. We get to pick investments not just from the currently available few thousand publicly traded companies but also from all the new ones.

With the abundance of capital and the shortage of yield in the near zero-rate world, stock appreciation appears to have become the main source of returns. If it’s earned and deserved, it will likely last; if it’s only hyped up and inflated with no fundamentals to back it, it’s bound to vanish.

I think the lines between a business and a non-profit have gotten blurred. As long-term investors, we have to pay extra attention and don’t get tempted with any delicious frostings, especially when the cupcakes are given away at half the cost. It pays to know if we are making an investment or a donation, and they are not the same.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/17/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Slow Down

A few days ago, Megan and I were riding our little scooter on a charming windy dirt road. Our trusty two wheels and an engine get us places. On the way, we saw a road sign that said: “Slow down.” If I were to close my eyes over a year ago on the 2020 New Year’s Eve and open them today, I would have had many questions. Last year brought a lot of change; it turned our lives upside down (or right side up?). For Megan and me, though, it made us do exactly what the roadside called for: slow down! It taught us more about life, planning and gave me a refreshed perspective on how we should invest.

Last year started with full speed. As soon as I got over my early January cold and barely got my voice back, I was already recording a podcast interview. It was The Brendan Burns Show, where I discussed my most recent book, Money, Life, Family.  I had calls, meetings, and a conference coming up. I was planning to have one week home, then a trip to Europe, followed by a speaking opportunity on the West Coast. I already knew I’d be back in Europe in May or June again. In August, we had our wedding plans, and we were thinking about some honeymoon ideas for the fall. The year ahead seemed to have been fully planned with hardly any room for a hiccup.  To make our schedule a bit tighter, we planned to attend three weddings sprinkled almost every month from early summer to early fall, and happening anywhere from the East Coast to Europe.

Our rocket-speed year came to a screeching halt, though, in March. We canceled one trip, then another, and eventually all our travel plans and almost all social and work commitments for the year. Our schedule was wide open again like it’s never been before.

These weren’t just our travel plans that changed early last year; our investment strategy for the year had to be paused and rethought. In investing, there is never a dull moment. The previous year ranks among the most challenging and fascinating in my book. From business as usual, we had to maneuver between managing the market correction and taking advantage of all the buying opportunities that followed. In many ways, those few weeks or even months early last year brought more excitement for disciplined investors than any of the previous five or maybe even ten years. Instead of chasing stocks, we could see them come to us.

We acted fast. Our ready to use wish list of the ideas came in handy. We found great buys at multi-year low prices. It’s something we haven’t witnessed in a while. Calm, almost sleepy markets of the last few years turned into a stormy sea with big ups and downs daily. As the saying goes: “Rough seas make strong sailors.” We believe that volatility is our friend — it creates buying opportunities.

With my schedule cleared up for the year and with no daily commute, I recouped hours, days, and weeks that I could use in other ways. I slowed down. I had more time to think, read, and write. There is no question that March proved to be the busiest month in our recent history (or maybe even my entire career). Still, the following months gave us a chance to research, study, and keep abreast of new developing opportunities all around. I had a chance to finish reading many annual reports that I started earlier last year. I could even indulge in reading two decades worth of Jeff Bezos’ annual letters. I lost count of books I picked up last year. From artificial intelligence, the use of algorithms in our lives, books about the 1919 influenza, the previous market bubbles, the Great Depression to lighter reads, a few travel, sailing, and surfing memoirs among them.

As you may know, early on, we traded our city apartment for a cabin in the woods, first in Pennsylvania, then in the beautiful north Georgia mountains with its lakes and hiking trails. After that, we jumped on an opportunity to spend some time in a quaint fishing town in the Caribbean. Our earlier setting could have been taken out of the pages of Henry David Thoreau’s “Walden; or, Life in the Woods”. Today, we may as well be living among the characters of Ernest Hemingway’s novel “Old Man and the Sea.”

We are no strangers to two-wheel transportation. Some of you may remember that I used to keep a Ducati motorcycle in Manhattan for many years. Megan and I explored many backroads of the tri-state area and beyond it. Our current little scooter may lack a lot when it comes to power or even looks, but it definitely makes it up with character. It doesn’t do well over speed bumps, but I always remember to slow down. That’s the lesson I took away from 2020, too. In our life, and investments, it might have felt like a speed bump, but there is a wide-open road ahead.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/9/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Can we learn anything from GameStop?

In the last few weeks, everyone’s attention has been captured by unusual price action in a particular stock – GameStop. It rose many times over, and a few more times on top of it. It’s gone up about 20x in a matter of weeks, and most of it in days. The media gave small retail investors credit for this eye-popping price move, and it came at the expense of a small group of prominent hedge fund investors who were on the other side of that trade. At first, it may seem that we are looking at a biblical moment of David’s victory over Goliath – but is it really so?

What happened with GameStop? We don’t usually comment on individual investments unless they are curious case studies that we feel compelled to share, and we think we can all learn from them. Let me try to cut through all the noise and fuss, and explain GameStop’s debacle.

GameStop is a video game retailer that was flirting with bankruptcy. They sell games through over 5,000 store locations. With consumers shifting away from physical towards downloaded video games, GameStop sales have been declining for years now. Bankruptcy is a legal process through which a company seeks relief of some or all of its debt to the creditors at a time when it can’t repay it. GameStop has struggled for a while, not being able to earn a profit, while the debt burden left them with few options. It wasn’t the first, and it won’t be the last company to find itself in this predicament. Usually, it’s a combination of a shrinking business with fixed costs, which leads to falling profits that turn into growing losses. The cash gets depleted, and often enough, a company on this path has substantial debt accumulated earlier, which eventually leads them into bankruptcy. In the last few years, and especially in 2020, we have seen many retailers go bankrupt, and GameStop was on a similar trajectory. In a bankruptcy, the shareholders, the equity investors lose it all and get completely wiped out in the process.

This creates a peculiar opportunity, though. As a shareholder, you own a small piece of business, and you potentially participate in its success. As a short-seller, you can benefit from the stock’s demise. Any investor aims to buy low and sell high. The shareholder does it in this particular order. The short-seller does the latter — first, and the former — second – he or she sells high and buys back low. A short-seller borrows shares, sells them with the hope of buying them at a much lower price later, and returning them to the lender.

I personally, and we as a firm have never done short-selling. We don’t like the risk/reward offered by this kind of trade. In simple terms, when you sell a stock short, your hypothetical upside maxes out at 100%, while your potential loss is unlimited. Imagine anyone shorting GameStop at $20 and covering his or her short position at $400; that’s a loss that amounts to 20x the initial invested capital. If it was a coin toss with a $1 bet that pays you a double or you lose $20, would you play? Usually, short-sellers do their work and research a company inside out, finding out every detail that could lower the odds of a 20x loss.

If the risk/reward wasn’t enough, from experience, we know that it’s intellectually and emotionally difficult to argue that there will be absolutely no good news ahead that could turn the fate around for an almost bankrupt company. We enjoy owning companies because they continue to surprise on the upside with new products, new markets, new ways of growing the business or doing business. The repertoire of good things that can happen is usually broader than a list of bad things that can truly tank the stock and bring it down to zero. We try to be rational optimists. There is no one size fit all, but for our clients and us, we don’t like the odds of short-selling; it’s one of many things we choose not to do.

What happened to GameStop is not unprecedented. It was a heavily shorted stock, which means many shares were borrowed and sold in anticipation of a price drop. Short-sellers don’t make a company go bankrupt; it’s lack of customers, the lack of demand for its products or service, or in other words — the shrinking, failing business that makes companies go bankrupt.

What followed wasn’t that unusual either. It’s referred to as short-squeeze. When something suddenly moves the stock up, the short-sellers quickly face an ever-growing loss. They sold the stock at $20, but now they have to buy it back at $40, $100, $200, $400, etc. To cut their losses, they tend to buy back the stock and return it to the lender. They close out the position. What happens, though, is that they create additional demand for the stock. The more shares were sold short earlier; the more has to be bought back to limit the losses. This will make the price go higher and move faster. It doesn’t mean it will stay high forever or even for long. It is no reflection on the failing business either. If the business was bad before, it remains bad no matter what happened to the price.

GameStop was doubling in price every few days recently, forcing short-sellers to act quickly. Who was on the two opposite sides of this intriguing price action? We had the buyers and the short-sellers. The buyers were apparently small retail investors who decided to jump in. The short-sellers were big hedge funds with billions on the line. There was probably more than one reason why buyers chased shares of an almost bankrupt company. Maybe some of them even genuinely hoped for a miraculous turnaround. Part of it was attributed to a coordinated effort from Reddit forum users. This was followed by Elon Musk’s tweet, and the stock was soon on fire. The more it rose, the more demand there was for the shares. Speculators were no longer interested in just the stock. They also bought derivatives, call options, which can potentially offer an even bigger upside if the stock price continues to go up.

Eventually, the trading in the stock was briefly halted on the stock exchange, and some retail brokers restricted trading in it. The whole debacle invited a big reaction from all directions, including the world of politics, with some congress members chiming in.

All noise and fuss aside — I still believe in the distinction between price and value. Without it the stock market becomes just a casino where pieces of paper trade with no regard for the businesses behind them. The value is what you get, and the price is what you pay. If a business is failing and short of a miracle it’s worth zero, the price will eventually be also zero. It doesn’t really matter if the price runs up 2x or 20x in between, and it doesn’t matter if it happens due to a sudden and potentially short-lived optimism around the businesses or frenzied share buying. It also doesn’t matter if the buyer is a handful of multi-billion dollar funds or tens of thousands or even millions of small investors. Again, short of a miracle, they are defying gravity here and making the price rise, while the value is what it was — likely still not far from zero.

Whether it’s a handful of big investors or millions of small ones, a coordinated effort to move a stock price (if that’s what indeed happened here) has a name, a reputation, and a long history. It’s commonly known as stock market manipulation, defined as a deliberate interference in the operation of the market. The way it happens has evolved. Participants don’t do it in person with paper receipts screaming on a floor of a stock exchange anymore; they do it with their smartphones from their couches. They don’t meet behind closed doors; they communicate in online forums. This doesn’t make it any easier to prove. WSJ recently wrote how the GameStop stock surges test the scope of the SEC’s (U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) manipulation rules. WSJ further added that what happened resembles an all-too-familiar pump-and-dump scheme, when the stock is bought up at first to inflate the price and sold soon after to book a gain before it drops.

GameStop’s price rally suddenly became everyone’s business. The media painted a picture of David and Goliath, a small retail investor with hundreds of dollars, took on a big hedge fund honcho with deep pockets, and billions on the line. We weren’t there when David struck Goliath, but we were all here to watch this show live. I got messages and calls, and I have to confess that I almost missed the first leg of this performance until someone asked me what’s going on with GameStop? It’s not the first or the last market’s unusual behavior that might escape my attention.

With stocks, you can make money, and you can lose it. As long as you can afford what you are losing, I’d count it as tuition, the cost of an investor’s education (it’s cheaper to learn from other people’s mistakes, though). It’s a chance to learn from it and never do it again. If you are losing what you can’t afford or, worse, what you borrowed, and don’t even have, I think it’s a risk not worth taking. When the dust settles, GameStop will still be what it was earlier, an almost bankrupt company with failing fundamentals, too much debt, and growing losses. I know that miracles happen in life and business, and the management might have just earned a second chance to save the business. If some recent stock buyers truly wanted to save GameStop, their money would have been better spent actually shopping at GameStop, not bidding up its stock.

Will the stock hold the $200, $300, $400 price? We are yet to see – but there is the price, and there is the value, and the two don’t stay far apart for too long. Small investors might have taught the big hedge funds a lesson in the process, but I worry that the last bill is still due, and unfortunately, too many might be left with losses they can’t stomach.

I never owned it, I never shorted it, and I never will. I have no bone in the fight. I’m just a curious observer. It’s another case study for the books. The stock market can be a casino or a wealth-building machine. You can be a day trader or a lifelong investor. I don’t know of any lifelong day traders. They all eventually run out of money to lose. The beauty of investing is that you can have a lifetime of successful investing without ever participating in the noise of the day, and that’s what I’d recommend — if you asked.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  2/1/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

In Search of Permanence

As we close one year and excitingly unwrap the new one, it’s an interesting moment to look back and look ahead. In life and investing, there are at least two categories of events and experiences. The first one, the more desirable, is that one we would like to keep forever. It could be a perfect sunset walk or this incredible investment that continues to surprise us on the upside. The other one, the unwanted one, could be that dream trip that turned bad or this lemon of an investment that we can’t sell fast enough. In the first days of 2021, we might be all thinking about how we’d like the COVID reality to be behind us and see it turn into a fading memory as fast as possible. We also realize what we would like to keep forever, what we cherish, and what we value. It’s the latter that sends us on a path in search of permanence.

During my extensive research for my second book: “Money, Life Family – My Handbook: My Complete Collection of Principles on Investing, Finding Work-Life Balance, and Preserving Family Wealth,” – I found a recurring theme across history and around the world: change is the only constant. I wrote about the oldest active merchant bank—Berenberg Bank. A publication that tells its story is aptly titled “Change Is the Only Constant: Berenberg, a History of One of the World’s Oldest Banks,” written by Clarita and Hartwig von Bernstorff. As with many of my sources, I was lucky to find a rare preowned copy and have it shipped from Europe. In my book, I shared: “This Hamburg-based bank was founded by a Flemish family in 1590 and is part-owned by its family members to this day. It represents a big part of European economic history and is a testament to the importance of endurance.”

Berenberg Bank’s story is more of an exception than a rule when it comes to business, family fortunes, and investment firms. Over time, businesses shrink and disappear. Family fortunes come and go within a generation or two. Investment firms rarely stand the test of time. Constant change makes our pursuit of keeping and growing family fortunes exceptionally interesting but also challenging.

If I were to summarize what our stock picking, managing family fortunes, and running an investment firm have in common, it’s the search of permanence. We want to make investments in businesses that will last forever, we want those investments to grow our clients’ family fortunes forever, and we want our business practice to serve our clients forever.

We are not the only ones who realized that change is the only constant, and we are not the only ones in search of permanence. A few years ago, Amazon’s founder Jeff Bezos famously shared the following with his employees: “One day, Amazon will fail, but our job is to delay it as long as possible.”

Every day, this mindset influences all three aspects of what we do, and comes a full circle: from choosing an individual investment, managing family fortunes to running an investment practice.

Individual Investments

When we pick an individual investment, it has to pass several tests. The endurance of the business is the most important one. As long-term investors, we buy stocks for their earning potential (growing, and lasting cash flows) rather than a short-term price movement. We believe that investors hold companies for their cash flows, speculators for their price movement. If the cash flows are high and growing, we’d like to see them continue as long as possible. If a business does well, we believe that the price will follow. If a venture has no positive cash flow in sight, we are not interested.

In our August 2020 article – Future-proof portfolio, does it even exist? We wrote:  “Did you know that among the 30 components of the Dow Jones Industrial Average (one of the oldest and best-known indices), only three companies have been members since before World War II? Meanwhile, 24 out of 30 have joined the index in my lifetime (in August, I was just a few days over forty). 10 out of 30 have joined the Dow Jones Industrial Average since I started my career in 2005, including today’s market darling – Apple. If it retains that pace, the Dow will have refreshed completely during my lifetime within the next five years. Clearly, it seems the odds of any large company remaining successful for three to five decades is very low.”

Permanence is not a given in business; quite the opposite. Every business eventually matures and starts a slow or quick demise. It poses a great challenge for investors, but an opportunity for active managers to really shine.

Family Fortunes

Individual investments take on a role in the bigger picture. As we manage family fortunes with the intention of keeping and growing them over time, we have to structure the investments in a certain way. We see those selected holdings as portfolios with a clear objective and investment horizon.

In our June 2020 article – How do we win a game that has no end, we wrote: “What if we saw ourselves not as winners or losers, but builders? What if we saw investing not as a game of making or losing money, but building wealth for ourselves and for generations to come?”

We further added: “Stock investing, as we practice it at Sicart, is the ultimate infinite game – infinite investing. The goal is to keep growing wealth managing family fortunes over generations. The resource (i.e., a family fortune) is irreplaceable. Once it’s lost or spent, the family has to drop out of the game, and our clients would no longer be able to participate in the future investment success of the great economy around us.  If the primary objective is to be able to keep playing, and the only way to keep playing is to have the resources to do so, not losing it all takes priority over everything else.”

That’s how we look at family fortunes: an irreplaceable resource with an infinite time horizon. It changes completely how one thinks about the returns we’d need to chase and the risk we’d be willing to accept.

Investment Practice

When we embarked on our adventure of starting an independent investment practice over four years ago, we wanted to build something that would last forever – something permanent that could outlast us all. We spent a fair amount of time choosing the right technology to make our work easier and more efficient. It is that technology that helped us smoothly transition to 100% remote work in March 2020. In the words of the best-selling author, Nassim Taleb, it made us more “anti-fragile.” It all might have started with selecting all the building blocks of an investment firm that went far beyond that.

All the tools we use enable us to conduct our business in the best way we can. However, what has the highest value in what we do is the most intangible of things – a personal touch.

In a recent article, we wrote: “It may seem that there are many options and many experienced and skilled professionals out there to choose from. When we look a little closer, though, we quickly realize that we come across one-of-a-kind practitioners. They found their true calling and know how to take care of their clients with a personal touch. It’s been an eye-opening and refreshing experience to work with so many beautiful businesses all around this year. It made me wonder what we can do to cherish further and nurture the personal touch that we aspire to offer here at Sicart Associates.”

Our other great intangible advantage comes from an intellectual heritage, the history of mentorship, which dates back at least 50 years, and possibly a lot more – with generations of trusted investment advisor mentoring the next generation, passing on their legacy, wisdom, experience.

I had the pleasure of writing a contribution to François Sicart’s – my mentor’s and partner’s upcoming book. I reminisced about our first meeting: “In many ways, our fortunate encounter in Paris, days before Christmas in 2004, had significant parallels with him meeting his own mentor, boss, and partner, Mr. Christian Humann, whom he had met back in 1969, one-third of a century earlier, days after one of the biggest blizzards New York City had ever seen forced the closure of the New York Stock Exchange, the first time such a closure happened due to weather.”

I further shared: “Though I never had a chance to meet Mr. Humann, I feel I have had the pleasure of getting to know him through stories. And I had the honor of sitting at his very desk that later François used and so generously allowed me to enjoy these last few years.”

I finally concluded: “That’s the kind of longevity and endurance one could only hope for in the investment profession. I am privileged to benefit from the intellectual heritage that dates back many generations, possibly centuries, a legacy of loyal, dutiful keepers of family fortunes for which we continue to care.”

Amazon’s Jeff Bezos shared a long time ago: “I very frequently get the question: “What’s going to change in the next ten years?” And that is a very interesting question; it’s a very common one. I almost never get the question: “What’s not going to change in the next 10 years?” And I submit to you that that second question is actually the more important of the two — because you can build a business strategy around the things that are stable in time. … [I]n our retail business, we know that customers want low prices, and I know that’s going to be true 10 years from now. They want fast delivery; they want vast selection.”

We strongly believe that as much as everything around us seems to change constantly, we, humans, don’t change: our needs, aspirations, fears typically remain the same.

We may end up selecting an ever-changing variety of holdings over time. We may end up building portfolios around different stocks, possibly owning more asset-light, asset free, or office free businesses. We may end up working remotely instead of from a traditional office. We accept that change is the only constant, but it doesn’t stop us from our ultimate goal: the search of permanence.

Have a Happy, Prosperous, and Peaceful 2021!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/14/2021

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Personal Touch

In this increasingly transactional, impersonal, fast-paced world, as an investment practice, we aspire to maintain our most significant advantage: a personal touch. This year has been full of surprises. It took Megan and me on a journey. Since we left the city comforts in the early weeks of the pandemic, we have stayed in the woods most of the year and in a quaint fishing town most recently. We got closer to several small local businesses on our path, and we stayed in touch with others that served us well in the past. We realized that what sets them apart from all the others is the personal touch they offer day in and day out.

Earlier this year, around mid-May, Megan and I tried to find a pair of comfortable hiking shoes. For years, our city apartment living required a few-mile walk every day to work and back. Usually, our only incline was running up the stairs from the subway, which is several floors. Still, nothing compared to the Appalachian Trail hikes that we started to explore regularly this spring. It was no surprise that our feet needed some care and love. After a little bit of research, we found a brand and the shoes we liked. Online delivery was not an option. Our cabin in the woods didn’t really have an address. More so, Megan and I wanted to find a way to help out a local business, a mom-and-pop kind of store. We found one. It was a 45-minute drive to a pretty Pennsylvania town. We wore masks. The salesperson did, too. We did a curbside pick-up. We got our shoes and drove away. A lot can get lost in interaction with others when both parties wear masks covering the entire face except for the eyes. We tried to smile with our eyes and say thank you, but that’s as much as we could communicate. When we got home, we opened the boxes, and we found a little surprise, a small handwritten note saying thank you for your support! That’s the kind of personal touch that makes me want to come back.

Recently, I have experienced a certain discomfort between my teeth – an irritated gum. With the COVID pandemic still in full swing, I had my reservations about going to a local dentist office nearby. I reached out to my trusted dentist back home in the New York area. Megan and I love going to see him. I grew up visiting the same dentist since I was a kid, but now that I live a world away, I had to find someone closer to my New York home. Dr. T, as we call him, has been a real blessing. His whole staff, Hoosh, Pam, and Sue share the same values and culture and offer a personal touch. As you probably know, dentist office visits can be stressful.  They all always make us feel at home and put us at ease. My first reaction was to reach out to Dr. T and run it by him with my little recent discomfort. Yet again, he was able to address the issue and give me some advice, and most of all, some peace of mind. It wasn’t the only time he came to our rescue this year; we drove up to his office for a quick pick-up in spring, and he shipped us some much-needed goodies to our post office in North Georgia this summer. There are thousands of dentists in the New York area, but to us, there is only one Dr. T. That’s the kind of personal touch that makes a world of difference, especially in a year like this one.

Megan and I had the same experience at a nearby surf school. We’ve had a dream of picking up surfing for a while now. We both love the ocean. Whenever we had a chance, we’d admire surfers from afar—especially those in cold waters. We’d watch them paddle out, stand up, and catch some magnificent waves. It always looked like a very intimidating sport with a steep learning curve and a big number of unglamorous falls before reaching any proficiency level. We came across two surf schools in our current area, and possibly more if we searched further. We asked around, we did a bit of research, and we immediately knew there is only one school we should consider. We were right. The owner, Johannes, has a real passion for teaching. He told us that: “the best surfer is the surfer that’s having the most fun.” Johannes, and his two instructors, Randy, and Brian, made us feel like a part of a family and took care of us as we embarked on this new journey. There is no surfing session when we don’t come back with big smiles (and some bruises). As we walk to drop off the boards, we see the owner: Johannes beaming from afar, saying: “How was it!?” That’s the kind of personal touch that turned us into happy and loyal surfers and customers. Needless to say, we’ve been spreading the good word about their school all around.

In my life, I realize how out of many businesses; we eventually start to patronize a few. Usually really one from each category. One investment advisor, one dentist, one accountant, one sporting goods store, one surf school, flight school, or dive school. There is something unique and special about those practices. I’m always grateful that they are around, that we got to find them, and we can enjoy their services.

Those experiences made me think of what’s really important in any business practice, especially ours. It may seem that there are many options and many experienced and skilled professionals out there to choose from. When we look a little closer, though, we quickly realize that we come across one-of-a-kind practitioners. They found their true calling and know how to take care of their clients with a personal touch. It’s been an eye-opening and refreshing experience to work with so many beautiful businesses all around this year. It made me wonder what we can do to cherish further and nurture the personal touch that we aspire to offer here at Sicart Associates. It’s been an ongoing effort of the whole team: François Sicart, Patsy Jaganath, Allen Huang, Bogumil Baranowski, Douglas Rankin, Diandra Ramsammy, and Delphine Chevalier, who helps us navigate the time zones from Paris.

Thank you for your trust, support, and confidence in our ability to navigate these turbulent markets. We greatly appreciate it. During these trying times, knowing your clients and knowing your money manager matters more than ever. Thank you for letting us be a part of your journey. It’s an honor, privilege, and pleasure.

As we often like to sign off saying: We are always here if you need us!

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Three Forgotten Powers: It’s Never Too Late to Start

Did you know that Warren Buffett made over 99% of his fortune after he turned 50? And over 96% after he qualified for Social Security, in his mid-60s. As much as I have read almost everything about this legendary investor over the years, I never looked at his admirable record this way. Morgan Housel shared this observation in his new book: “The Psychology of Money.” It got me thinking about the forgotten powers of compounding, persistence, and longevity.

Albert Einstein called compound interest the most powerful force in the world. Woody Allen said that 80% of success is showing up. Both Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger are living proof of how longevity can help in life and investing. However, Charlie Munger humbly remarked recently: “I don’t think I deserve any credit for longevity.”

Two years ago, I gave a talk about investing to a curious audience of remote workers and digital nomads in Gran Canaria, Spain. Their lifestyle choices were as interesting to me as what I had to share about building wealth was to them. Work from home or work from anywhere were still foreign concepts to most people at the time. I shared with them a Chinese proverb that I often like to mention. It says that “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” One of the most frequently asked question after my talks is whether it’s too late to start. The most surprising is the broad age range of those asking. If you have compounding, persistence, and longevity working in your favor, it’s never too late to start! Warren Buffett was not a poor man at 50, but he still didn’t have even 1% of what he was to accumulate over the rest of his life. You could say that he was just getting started.

It’s not just money that enjoys compounding, persistence, and longevity. There are so many other aspects of life that benefit from all three of those forgotten powers. Whether it’s relationships, friendships, new experiences, knowledge, skills, they all build on each other and grow if we only let them. I remember introducing myself to at least one new friendly person every week in my early college days, turning strangers into familiar faces. I remember that I had a book in my hand as far back as I remember, turning unknown ideas into familiar concepts. I also remember looking at so many pursuits as yet to be discovered, turning them into hobbies and passions: from flying planes to sailing, scuba diving, to surfing. All in the name of learning something new! Very few know, but I even piloted helicopters at some point. I still remember what precise fine eye-hand-foot coordination it takes to hover over the ground without moving or spinning around.

I never stopped my college ritual of turning strangers into familiar faces. I even met Morgan Housel, whose book inspired this article. A few years ago, one morning, we had a friendly conversation over coffee in downtown Manhattan. I’ve always appreciated his writing. I was looking forward to reading his book when it came out, and it doesn’t disappoint.

Over the years, I grew a circle of fellow passionate readers, and we keep trading book titles whenever we can. My partner and mentor, François Sicart, and I have exchanged so many investment books over the years. There are many history books that my mentor Jay (James) Hughes, has shared with me. My reading universe kept expanding with recommendations from my dear friends Jake Taylor, Rishi Gosalia, Yedu Jathavedan, and many others. I’m grateful to all of you. Thanks to them, I learned more about artificial intelligence, the art of making bets, and so much more.  Our knowledge keeps compounding. You’d know well how I often like to ask friends, clients, our interns – what are you reading lately? I’m always looking for a new book that will surprise me, offer a new perspective, point me in a new direction.

I remember my dad looking at me with real concern mixed with awe when I geared up for my first open water scuba dive on the Red Sea coast in Egypt almost 20 years ago. Growing up in a household with two doctors, I heard countless stories of what can go wrong the minute you leave the house. My dad even had a stint as an ER doctor when he was young and had no shortage of stories to share. That day as I marched into the sea, he held off his usual words of caution and said: “You’ll have an interesting life because you keep trying new things.” He wasn’t wrong. I have kept trying things, and I let compounding, persistence, and longevity take care of the rest.

In my early days as an investment analyst, like many other aspiring investors, I made my own value investor pilgrimage to Omaha, Nebraska. I convinced my good friend Michael Butts to join me. We shared a cubicle for a while earlier in our careers (I know that soon for younger readers growing up in work from anywhere world, I’ll have to explain what a cubicle was!). We attended Berkshire Hathaway’s Annual Shareholder Meeting together. We had a real Omaha steak in downtown Nebraska with an oversized potato next to it. That trip was a major highlight in my lifelong journey of getting to know Warren Buffett. This big event for value investors has a virtual edition these days. This year it was 100% virtual due to COVID as it is expected to be next year.

It might be twenty years now since I read my first book about Warren Buffett. I might not remember all the details anymore, but there was a time when I knew inside out every investment case for all the major holdings of Berkshire Hathaway. Despite my seemingly extensive knowledge of Buffett and his business partner Charlie Munger, I never looked at his record and fortune the way Morgan Housel’s book helped me see it. A new perspective can make all the difference. Over 99% of his wealth was accumulated past his 50th birthday.

There are three powers at our disposal: compounding, persistence, and longevity. Compounding happens if we are doing the right thing over and over again, and it’s more about not doing something unnecessary like losing it all or hurting yourself in the process. Persistence is something we have control over, and it’s more about never giving up and always showing up. Longevity is a blessing, but there is a lot we can still do to improve our odds to some extent. I never want to forget the importance of luck, and I prefer to call it being fortunate. The more time we have, the more we stick to it, and the more we let compounding play its role, the more fortunate we’ll be no matter what pursuit we choose. I like to close with Charlie Munger’s quote that I shared in my first book: “Outsmarting the Crowd.” He once said: “After all, how much good would we do in the world if all we did were buy some securities, kept them in a safe deposit, and they went up in value? It wouldn’t be enough a life.”

The more I learn about investing, the more I understand everything else in life, and the more I learn about everything else, the more I understand investing. There are three powers at our disposal. Monetary successes may be important, but there is a lot more to life than that. Most of all, whatever it is you choose to pursue, it’s never too late to start!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/10/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Last Major Arbitrage

Imagine a small town divided by a river but connected by a bridge. Let’s say that you can buy oranges on one side of town, walk across the bridge, and sell the same oranges for a bit more. That’s a money-making arbitrage. You might be a faster runner, or you make better use of the available information. Still, one way or the other, the same oranges trade at different prices, and you can take advantage of market inefficiency. In investing, there used to be more arbitrage opportunities. As stock trading got faster, the markets more efficient, and the information spreads in a blink of an eye, the most apparent inefficiencies have become more scarce. There is one advantage, though, that is left, an advantage that may not only stay with us forever, but it’s bound to get bigger – I call it the last arbitrage, the time arbitrage. Let me explain.

Arbitrage is defined as the practice of taking advantage of a price difference between two or more markets. There was a time when the same security, a stock, or a bond would trade at different prices at various exchanges. Savvy traders could take advantage of it. If you read stock market history books, you’ll hear about arbitrage departments at investment firms. Their role was to look for those opportunities across the country and the world. In the early years of my investment education, I spent days and nights devouring investment books and memoirs. In the process, I came across books about George Soros, a legendary speculator. I vividly remember stories of his experience working in an arbitrage department of a 1950s Manhattan investment firm. He specialized in European stocks at the time.

We have come a long way from those days. Michael Lewis’s book, Flash Boys, introduces us to the world of high-frequency trading. The author has a gift for turning market tales into fast-paced reads that are hard to put down. In this publication, he explains how trades are happening faster and faster. To make a point, he tells a story of constructing an 827-mile fiber cable to connect exchanges in Chicago and New Jersey. The goal was to shave milliseconds of the data transmission. When I was hiking in the woods of Pennsylvania this year, I was wondering where this cable might be running as the cabin that we rented happened to be precisely between Chicago and New Jersey. Michael Lewis’s book was made into a movie called the Humming Bird Project. The data transfer speed was likened to the speed of a humming bird’s wings, which beat up to 80 times per second. If you wonder how fast it may be, imagine that a human being blinks only up to 15 times per minute. With this speed race in the background of financial markets, the price arbitrage has shrunk and almost vanished.

There is more than a price arbitrage. I’d call it an information arbitrage. The information might have been available, but the arbitrage existed since few were looking.  Investors eventually come across books about Warren Buffett’s mentor, the father of investing value, Benjamin Graham. Through his stories, we can learn about the stock research process of the 1920s to 1950s. If someone took the time to read the companies’ financials, one could find opportunities others would have missed. Benjamin Graham turned the process into a mathematical formula. He would buy companies for less than 2/3 of the net current asset value (cash and receivables less current liabilities and any debt). These were companies priced for liquidation. That practice slowly faded away as computers allowed analysts to sift through numbers and quickly and efficiently find those opportunities. It’s important to remember the historical backdrop. At the time, many companies were worth more dead than alive in the aftermath of the 1929 market crash and the 1930s Great Depression. That arbitrage opportunity eventually disappeared.

The last major arbitrage left for us disciplined investors is what I like to call – the time arbitrage. You can buy an undervalued stock with a healthy underlying business and wait long enough for it to recover and rise. It may sound simple, but it’s far from easy. We don’t claim to be faster than price arbitrageurs, we don’t claim to analyze more data than anyone else, but we are more patient than most.

When we buy undervalued stocks, we can potentially make money in three stages: 1) the sentiment recovers and a company turns from undervalued to fully valued 2) the business continues to prosper and grow and becomes even more valuable than we thought 3) the market enthusiasm takes over, and the price rises well into the overvalued territory. The momentum and growth investors usually join in the last stage. It is typically the stage when we start to trim slowly and exit the position. Being early gives us a margin of safety (room for error). Since we bought the stock so cheaply, the odds of avoiding losses are better than if we had chased a fast-rising stock in the last leg of its rally. For momentum and growth, investors being late to the party come at a price. Eventually, the market turns cold again, and investors lose the gains earned during the enthusiastic third stage and the earlier two stages. From our experience, we know that if any doubts about growth appear, the market can push the stock back down in a blink of an eye.

Ideally, we’d like to buy a down, cheap, out of favor stock with lots of promise and never sell it. It’s been a successful practice in bull markets. In sideways or falling markets, though, it’s wise to sell at times. Our practice shows that many of our investments do little in the near-term, only to prosper in the long run. They go through an interesting cycle from being unloved to loved and, unfortunately, often enough back to unloved. If we can buy them when they are unloved and wait until the market warms up to them again, that’s a great time arbitrage. It’s not guaranteed, and it may take years, and that time frame happens to be outside of the investment or trading horizon of a growing majority of investors out there.

Depending on the method, we could conclude that today’s holding time for stocks can be measured in seconds if we include the vast majority of the trading volume done by earlier mentioned high-frequency traders. Other calculations imply four months, which is still a fraction of an 8-year holding period half a century ago. Whichever way we decide to look at it, we can tell that we have grown increasingly impatient as a society. Studies show that technology is making us even less patient. If a website doesn’t load in a blink of an eye, a Netflix show doesn’t start playing instantly, or a package isn’t delivered the same day, we are ready to revolt. Apparently, on average, it takes us 22 seconds to express frustration when something is not happening right now.

While high-frequency traders might be chasing a fraction of a penny in a race for milliseconds, there might be hundreds of dollars left behind for those who can wait. I often think of a Charlie Munger’s (Warren Buffett’s longtime business partner) quote that I shared with my audience at my California TEDx talk – “It’s waiting that helps you as an investor, and a lot of people just can’t stand to wait.” Technology made it very hard to chase price or information arbitrage, but it continues to make our time arbitrage shine brighter and brighter. The less patient the world becomes, the more patient we seem in comparison. In our opinion, we can’t think of a better and faster-growing advantage an investor can have! It might be the last major arbitrage left, but also the more lucrative.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 12/3/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Three Disconnects

I often ask my partner and mentor, François Sicart, to share more about investing in the 1970s and the 1980s. We both like to find themes, parallels, lessons in the past that may help us understand today and the future. I can picture a younger client, or portfolio manager asking me in 2050 to tell him or her more about 2020. I will be a young 70-year-old at that point. I will refresh my memory and look for a theme or maybe even just one word. That word will likely be – the disconnect. There are at least three major disconnects occurring this year. First, the stock market has decoupled from the real economy. Second, a handful of mega-cap tech stocks took off and left the rest of the market behind. Third, those who were able to work from home have experienced a very different year than those whose jobs were lost because their work depends on the face to face interactions.

If we were to look at the economy and the stock market, we’d see two very different stories. The economy is still struggling to recover, while the stock market is reaching new highs. We often remind our readers that the stock market is not the economy, and the economy is not the stock market. The economy represents all the economic activity in a specific year in a particular part of the world. It’s all the goods and services that have been made available and found buyers. The stock market is a place where the ownership of many businesses can be exchanged in the form of shares. When we talk about the stock market, we often have an index in mind, the S&P 500, for example, representing the 500 largest U.S. corporations. We also have a tech index — Nasdaq, and broader indices like Russell or Wilshire 5000. The last one is often called the total stock market index since it attempts to capture all publicly traded companies in the US. We also have countless indices abroad around the world. The list goes on.

If the economy represents the activity and the stock market the ownership, they can sometimes tell the same story, but other times, they might be disconnected. Suppose the economy is doing well and continues to improve. In that case, it’s not unusual to see the stock market move up higher to account for more activity and likely higher corporate profits. The stock market tends to react quickly, and it usually leads rather than follows the economy. It’s far from a perfect leading indicator, though. If there is any doubt about the future growth in profits and economic growth, the market may promptly turn lower. The opposite happens when the market rises when investors find any reason for more optimism ahead.

This year between February 20th and March 23rd, the S&P 500 dropped 33%.  The market lost three years of gains in a matter of three weeks. We like to compare it to an escalator ride up and an elevator ride down. We had a number of days with 5%+ drops, and the Dow Jones Industrial Average lost almost 13% on March 16th alone. The market decline started weeks before we saw any lockdowns in the U.S. Ten days after the U.S. declared the national emergency on March 23rd, the market bottomed though and began a quick rise. By August, the S&P 500 recouped March losses and reached pre-Covid February levels, and now in November, it’s hovering almost 10% above that earlier peak (Source: Bloomberg).

The March market correction was an exceptionally accurate estimate of what we were to see in terms of earnings drop and the business decline in the coming months.

When the S&P 500 bottomed in March, it was down 33% from its February high. In July, we learned the GDP; the economy contracted at an annual rate of 32.9% in the second quarter. The third quarter showed a 30%+ recovery from the previous quarter. The Brookings Institution reminds us that despite last quarter’s recovery, the economy is “still more than 4 percent below its level at the end of 2019, which is more than the farthest the economy ever was from its prior peak in the Great Recession.” We also witnessed a 33% decline in corporate profits in the second quarter, which was the largest quarterly decline since the first quarter of 2009. In the third quarter, S&P 500 profits were down 7% year over year. As much as we have seen improvement since the second quarter, the economy and the corporate profits still have a long way to go before full recovery.

We could say that the market went from discounting the potential economic downturn to ignoring it entirely and looking far past it. Ideally, we could see the economy and earnings converge with a rising market at some point. That quick path to recovery is far from certain, though. For now, we know that the number of companies issuing quarterly guidance dropped by 1/3, and more the 100 S&P 500 companies have either withdrawn or not provided annual guidance for 2020 and 2021. The forward visibility remains limited.

The second disconnect we see is between the performance of the mega-cap tech stocks and the rest of the market. We may think that the stock market experienced such an incredible recovery this year, but we’ll notice that there are two different stories to tell if we look closer. The entire S&P 500 year-to-day performance can be explained by the rise of the tech giants, the FAANGs; the rest of the market returned (after one of the wildest rides in the market history) 0% for the year as of mid-November.

According to Yardeni Research, the FANGs represent 12.7% of the market capitalization of the S&P 500, but only 4.9% of earnings and a mere 0.5% of revenue. An image of a tail wagging the dog comes to mind. If we broaden the FANG index from the four stocks: Facebook, Amazon, Netflix, and Google, and add Apple and Microsoft, the tech giants account for 25% of the S&P 500, up from 8% only in 2013.

Tech giants reported record earnings last quarter. Apple was the only major tech company with profits dipping. The nature of their business and their growth profile helped them grow and even benefit from the pandemic downturn. More shoppers spent money online, and that’s where advertising dollars headed, too. If we look back at the fourth quarter of last year (which was reported weeks before the March crash), we’d see a very similar picture, though. Outside of the five tech companies, the S&P 500 recorded no earnings growth in that quarter. Even without the pandemic, the whole earnings growth for all 500 largest US companies already relied almost exclusively on a few tech giants pulling all the weight.

There is no question that tech companies caught a significant tailwind this year, on top of favorable long-term trends helping their businesses. NYSE FANG+ index tracking the tech giants rose over 100% since March, while the entire S&P 500 went up by 57% (Source: Bloomberg). The question remains if their eye-popping rally this year is fully deserved. Will, the rest of the stock market, catch up, or the tech valuations will come down and converge with the rest of the market?

The third disconnect has appeared between the work from home employees vs. face to face the economy. In March, everyone that could do it transitioned overnight to a 100% work from home model. They picked up their laptops and went home. They turned their attics, spare rooms, bedroom, kitchen table, porches into their home offices. I know that Megan and I did, so did our entire team. We realized, though, that we were the more fortunate group. Our work can be done from almost anywhere. I know it’s not all of it, and many aspects could be done better in person, but if we have to, we can make a lot happen remotely. This year, it has been a blessing and allowed us to conduct our business as usual smoothly and without missing a beat.

At the same time, during spring lockdowns, we saw many local bars, restaurants, gyms, barbers, coffee shops, and stores shutdown. Some of them were able to adapt and do business online one way or the other. Some switched to curbside pick up, delivery, or drive through. All those attempts to do business despite restrictions gave only that much benefit and hasn’t entirely replaced the lost business. Summer months brought some relief, with more businesses reopening around the country and the world.  Here we are in November 2020, though, and we see more restrictions and lockdowns triggered by Covid cases spiking again. We might not be out of the woods yet. We also notice how major cities in the U.S., New York City, among them, have struggled to recover. It hasn’t been enough to just open doors again and let customers in. The new challenge has been the absence of traffic. The tourists aren’t back due to travel restrictions, and the daily commuter crowd is not there. The current office use in New York City has been under 10%.

The Covid pandemic made us realize how much of the economy and the employment relies on the daily commuter culture. I used to drop off my dry cleaning on the way to work, get coffee now and then, see clients for lunch, friends for dinner, catch a show or a movie in the theater. Our Manhattan life and daily routine kept a lot of businesses around. September’s article in the Medium pointed out a whole multi-trillion-dollar ecosystem built around a white-collar office worker in the U.S. alone. This might prove to be one of the biggest policy challenges for major cities and commuter areas. For now, though, we see the disconnect between those who were able to keep their jobs, do business remotely from home and those whose face to face interaction driven, location depended businesses have struggled. We are yet to see how we can reconcile the two over time.

The three disconnects are related. Would they have happened without Covid? My best guess is that work from home would have happened, but much more slowly. The U.S. stock market would have struggled to keep rising without such a massive pandemic booster shot in the arm from the Federal Reserve. Without lockdowns, the tech stocks would have still shined compared to the rest of the economy, but the difference wouldn’t have been a lot less striking.

Disconnects tend to close over time. Will the economy catch up with lofty market levels? Will the rest of the corporate world catch up with the high flying tech stocks? Will the face to face economy find a way to catch up with the work from home model? Maybe all three will meet halfway. I trust that when I get asked about 2020 in 2050, I’ll have all the answers. For now, we have to operate with what we know. The disconnects are there, and if the gaps were to close, we could see some interesting challenges and opportunities ahead.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/19/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Other Unicorns

A unicorn might be the famous mythical creature with a spiraling horn projecting from its forehead, but in the investing vocabulary, a unicorn is a privately held startup priced at over $1 billion. The unicorn as a term with its Latin and Ancient Greek roots signifies something desirable but hard to find. CB Insights lists 495 unicorn companies in the world. There are 500 companies in the S&P 500, the US stock index that includes the 500 largest companies. If there are almost 500 unicorn companies, are they still that rare and hard to find? This revelation made me think of the other unicorns. Not the highly-priced new exciting companies that have yet to prove their business models, but the older, more established companies that trade at low valuations (less than ten times their annual earnings, for example). There aren’t many of them to be found.

The terms value and price are often confused in the investing world. We agree with the legendary investor Warren Buffett’s definition: “Price is what you pay; value is what you get.” In that case, tech unicorns are priced at $1 billion or more, but we are yet to see what we are really buying and what the value might prove to be. Some of those companies will prosper; some of them will fail. That’s the nature of all early-stage companies. They are still in the process of developing their product or service, finding their customers, and finally establishing their business model – a path to profitability. Any company with no plan or intention to reach a profit has no business, in our opinion. It resembles more a non-profit with private shareholders providing financial support for the time being. When those shareholders realize that there are no profits, we expect/believe/have seen they wake up and run. If they are still holding on to their shares with hopes of gains, they possibly subscribe to the Greater Fool Theory. That’s the idea of selling shares at a higher price to someone else — the greater fool.

Most recently, WeWork has been a prime example of such a company, a tech unicorn who rose quickly, focusing on growth at any cost. We had our experience meeting with many WeWork reps as we were looking for our New York office space over four years ago. It seemed to be a very aggressive sales machine taking over buildings and floors from major companies as they were shrinking their Manhattan footprint. One of those locations was a prime Park Avenue location that I remember visiting a few years earlier. It held the offices of one of our portfolio holdings that’s been in the process of reviewing their office space needs. That was long before the 2020 work from the home shift caused by the Covid pandemic.

After years of eye-popping growth, WeWork attempted to go public and offer its shares to new investors. It was supposed to be priced at $47 billion. That would buy you one and a half of Walgreens, one of two major chains of pharmacies in the U.S., together with its international presence. WeWork reported a $1.3 billion operating loss in the first six months of 2019 alone (Source: company filings, S-1) while recording $1.5 billion in revenue. That’s not that much different than giving away $100 bills for $50. How quickly can you find takers for $100 bills if you charge $50 for them? There is no real limit to such growth, but it’s not growth that leads to profitability. As a comparison, Walgreens earns around $4 billion of profits on over $130 billion in revenue annually.

WeWork knew it well and didn’t hide it. They actually openly disclosed in their IPO filings: “We have a history of losses and, especially if we continue to grow at an accelerated rate, we may be unable to achieve profitability at a company level (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the foreseeable future.”

A long-term investor (as opposed to a trader or speculator looking for a greater fool) would only buy a business for its current or expected profits (earnings). How would we value a company that doesn’t expect any profits in “the foreseeable future.”  That might be beyond the limits of any reasonable investment horizon.

It was quite refreshing to see the market reject the IPO, and WeWork is still trying to find its bearings a year later. The Covid pandemic and work from the home model have only made it more challenging to turn it around. WeWork might have been priced at $47 billion at some point, but we are yet to see what its actual value proves to be.

Looking for the other unicorns, I came across an article. This summer, Barron’s made a list of ten S&P 500 stocks with a market capitalization above $5 billion, and the lowest price to earnings, in other words, ten cheapest stocks. A shortlist of ten included some insurance, health care, old tech companies, among others—familiar brands and businesses, with mostly steady earnings but no excitement or growth. What caught my attention was the length of the list – 10! Not 495. What rare finds these stocks have become, especially compared to startup unicorns.

I remember recommending stocks as a junior analyst some 15 years ago now. We would sit around a big long conference room table and present investment ideas to fellow portfolio managers. Some of my more senior colleagues with vivid memories of the 1980s markets occasionally asked me if the stock was trading below ten times earnings (meaning, we pay less than ten dollars for each dollar of our annual earnings of the company). I would often say no, and explain why it deserves a higher multiple. It had a unique market position, growth potential, brand, etc. I was always curious about those mythical times when the markets were apparently full of companies trading at sub-10x earnings. In my early days, I still could find cheap stocks that met this stringent criterion. Some of them even qualified as decent investment ideas. More recently, though, I see that this group has dwindled to the point that I could almost count them on the fingers of my two hands. What happened?

As a student of history, I asked, investigated, and read to understand better where those other unicorns have gone. Those mythical creatures that used to roam the markets freely and could be bought at low multiples, and even offer generous dividends are nowhere to be seen. Today, the unicorn label has been claimed by the exciting startups, who have become anything but rare.

I believe the most significant phenomenon that occurred since 1980, which coincides with the year when I was born, has been a gradual decline in interest rates and a continuous increase in debt worldwide and in the US. The 10-year US treasury yield peaked at close to 16% in 1981 and has fallen to 0.8% as of November 2020.  Simultaneously, the price to earnings ratio for the S&P 500 rose from 7-8x in 1980 to 25x+ this year. No wonder most of the sub-10x earnings companies that many portfolio managers reminisced about vanished. When the entire S&P 500 was trading at 7x-8x, I’d imagine there were many sub-10x earnings stocks in this index of 500 companies. The term startup unicorn was not even around yet back then. We’d have to wait until 2013 when Aileen Lee, a venture capital investor, chose the word unicorn to represent a statistical rarity of a billion-dollar venture. It took only seven years to have all 495 of them!

As the debt got cheaper, we got more of it. The US public debt went from 32% of the GDP to over 100%. Household and corporate debt grew with it. Accommodating monetary policy with ever lower interest rates made it harder to earn interest on savings. I remember how only 15 years ago, I had a one year certificate of deposit with a major bank paying 5% annually. Today, it’s not only impossible to find such a rate but 10-year Treasury yields below 1% (Source: Bloomberg); finding any respectable yield has become more challenging.

On top of that, we witness a sea of negative interest rate bonds that reached $16 trillion recently. You have to pay the borrower to take your money. I remember defending my master thesis at the Warsaw School of Economics 17 years ago. One of the questions that came up was about credit risk. We discussed the need to compensate the lender for taking on the risk of lending the money to the borrower. Watching the growing number of bonds with negative yields, I wonder if the laws of economics have somehow been rewritten since I picked up my diploma? Today, we flipped the 5,000-year-old logic on its head. That didn’t happen without some unforeseen consequences and bizarre phenomena – tech unicorns among them.

In the name of maintaining economic growth, we embarked on a monetary and fiscal experiment that has numerous curious side effects. With the lack of yield in the bond markets and a shrinking number of dividend-paying stocks, price appreciation has become the primary goal for many investors. They felt forced to move toward riskier assets in search of returns. This phenomenon made substantial capital available to promising new ventures that can quickly reach very high prices, multi-billion dollar market capitalization still in the private market — the famous startup unicorns. Among them, you can find these days decacorns and hectocorns with over $10 billion, and $100 billion private market valuations, respectively. Deca and hecto are terms derived from Ancient Greek, similarly to a unicorn itself, which has been a wonder for humanity since Antiquity. It took the 21st-century financial creativity of zero interest rates combined with desperation for returns to breed not only unicorns but a whole new species — decacorns and hectocorns. We could only imagine what the Ancient Greeks would think of these inventions.

As students of history, and observers of nature, we see how both follow cycles, empires rise, empires fall, the ocean tides follow a similar pattern, so do the seasons of the year, and credit, business, and economic cycles are no different. We might be at a peculiar point in our financial history as it’s being written today. Tech unicorns are proving to be as common as US large-cap companies. Low multiple, good business, high dividend stocks seem to have become as rare as a fair-weather rufous hummingbird sighting in Alaska in January. We might have to wait a little longer than expected, but something tells us that tides will turn, as they have before. We believe investors will have abundant investment options again with yields and valuations closer to historical levels when the other unicorns make a comeback (my other unicorns might actually resemble more majestic rhinos, given their steady business and intimidating size). For now, I’d recommend two words (also borrowed from Latin and Greek): a healthy dose of caution and skepticism.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/12/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Decisions vs. Outcomes

Recently, after reviewing our investment ideas for the last 12 months, we identified some good picks and not so good ones (like any other year). A few truly stood out among the best-performing holdings, and one particular stock doubled in a year and tripled since March. We immediately thought what a great idea it was! We paused, though, and asked ourselves: what were we really praising – the decision-making process or just the outcome? For years, picking stocks and managing money, I already intuitively knew they are not the same. It wasn’t until I picked up Annie Duke’s books, especially the most recent one – “How to Decide: Simple Tools for Making Better Choices,” that the distinction between the decision and the outcome became truly clear to me.

In investing, we often look at the outcome. The stock is up or down 50%, and the portfolio is up or down 10%. We sometimes compare it with the other stocks in a specific industry, the general market, a particular index. We judge the outcome on its own or compared to others or some predefined benchmark. As you can imagine, there are many ways to any outcome, from picking fresh fruit at the farmer’s market to buying a car or a house to making investment choices, and more.

Annie Duke, the best-selling author and a former professional poker player sheds more light on the difference between the decision making and the outcomes. She explains that when asked about past good and bad decisions, we all tend to think in terms of the outcomes we have gotten. If we liked the outcome, we tend to say it was a good decision. If we didn’t, it was a bad one. It’s not that simple, though.

The author proposes an interesting matrix with the following options: 1) good decision quality, good outcome quality = an earned reward 2) good decision quality, bad outcome quality = bad luck 3) bad decision quality, good outcome quality = dumb luck 4) bad decision quality, bad outcome = just deserts (what one deserves).

We at Sicart Associates focus all our efforts on the quality of the decisions that we make. We have a clear framework. We are managing family fortunes that our families can’t afford to lose. We want to preserve and grow their capital over the long run. We want to be the least wrong.

We like to keep it simple. We look for good businesses with good managements and prospects, and we want to buy them when they are down, cheap, and out-of-favor. We avoid high leverage, questionable managements, and secular decline. That’s our investment decision process. Any stock that meets that criteria, there aren’t usually many has a fair chance of finding its way to our portfolios. If we can’t find enough stocks that meet our expectations, we can let the cash levels go up. If we find many, the cash level drops. Each investment goes through its own cycle, from being attractive in our eyes to being less and less appealing – it either becomes too expensive, or its business starts to lag or both.

We believe that our historical results over the long run have been satisfactory. We actually like to keep a record and re-examine past and current holdings through the perspective of the outcomes we got and the decision-making process that led to buying, selling, or avoiding them. We continuously refine our qualitative and quantitative research by improving the picks and eliminating the potential lemons. Our criteria follow certain well-defined rules but are flexible enough to adapt to the changing realities. One of them has been the growing importance of intangible assets – intellectual property, network effects, brand, and the fading significance of tangible assets – buildings, machinery, inventory.

It’s not uncommon that we buy a stock, and we expect it to double in 3 to 5 years, but it not only triples or quadruples, but it does it in a year or two (we have plenty of examples of the exact opposite outcomes, too!). We take credit for the decision-making process that put the investment on our radar and our portfolios. At the same time, we are fully aware of conditions outside of our control that pushed the stock a lot higher and a lot sooner than we expected. We focus on buying them right, and we let them perform on their own schedule, so to speak — sometimes sooner, sometimes later than we might have expected.

It’s not rare that a stock disappoints us. It either takes a lot longer to perform, that’s something we are often willing to tolerate, but also it may go nowhere or worse actually drop significantly from where we bought it. We always have a choice to sell it and move on. That’s a decision in itself, too. It helps to know well what has caused it to perform the way it did, and if the investment case we started with doesn’t hold anymore, it’s our selling policy that propels us to part with it and look for better replacements.

Judging what we do only by outcomes, especially short-term ones, misses the deliberate, disciplined decision-making that takes place with every new stock addition or removal.

We know we can’t control all the outcomes, but we know we have full control over the quality of the decisions we make. We focus on continuously improving our process, tapping into decades of experiences shared by our team, and thoughtful feedback from our network of fellow investors. We have a regular practice of inviting guests to join us and poke holes in our investment ideas. This outside perspective keeps us sharp and helps improve the process even further.

In life and investing, it helps keep refining our decision-making process and letting the outcomes follow. It’s very tempting to lose faith in the decisions based on one or a few unsatisfactory results. It’s also tempting to alter the decision-making process based on one or a few lucky or unlucky results.

I know that we liked this particular stock’s performance this year, but we also went back and reread our notes to see exactly how this idea came about. We trust that it’s the latter that showed the quality of the decision-making process that led to identifying this idea and all the other ideas that joined and left our portfolios since then. Some bad decisions with good outcomes may help some investors win short-term races, but it’s only the good decisions that pay off in the long run, bringing earned rewards despite some bad luck here and there.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 11/5/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Scary or Dangerous?

If you saw a shark swimming towards you or a warm bath waiting for you, which one would you consider scary, which one dangerous? I don’t claim to be able to read minds, but something tells me that the shark seems scary to most, and a bath in no way appears to be dangerous.

In his recent book, Guy Raz asks: “Why is that so many of us are so bad differentiating between things that terrify us, and things that present a real hazard.” The book is named after his famous podcast: “How I Built This: The Unexpected Paths to Success from the World’s Most Inspiring Entrepreneurs.” His observation made me wonder about the investment choices many make, confusing what is only scary and what’s actually dangerous!

Guy Raz explains how bathtubs claim one American life every day, and sharks claim only one per year on average. (The inspiration for this particular idea in the book came from a 2014 article in the Atlantic by James Fallows: “Telling the Difference Between Danger and Fear.”)

In investing, it’s often easy to confuse scary with dangerous. I can immediately think of three examples:

  1. Buying cheap stocks whose price got cut in half and whose businesses face temporary issues may seem scary. Still, buying fast-rising, expensive stocks whose businesses are yet to prove themselves are rarely considered dangerous.
  2. Buying stocks whose prices go up and down every day may seem scary, but buying a bond rarely appears dangerous.
  3. Holding some cash on the sidelines in the last leg of the fast-rising bull market may seem scary for those fearing missing out on the quick upside while being fully invested in an overheated market would rarely be considered dangerous.

Let’s start with cheap stocks vs. fast-rising expensive stocks. As contrarian investors, we like to buy stocks when others don’t want them, wait until their business improves, and the sentiment around the stock turns positive. In general, we assume that the market does a fairly good job pricing businesses. In the case of fast-rising stocks, the market tends to err on the side of optimism rather than caution. Whether it’s the market potential of internet stocks in the 1990s, Nifty Fifty market darlings of the 1970s, or the car or radio stocks of the 1920s, investors can easily get ahead of themselves, assuming a much bigger market potential and much higher profits than the reality proves to be.

Though, the same market tends to err on the side of caution if a business experiences some trouble. It could be a delayed product launch, management change, a few weaker quarters, and the investors’ enthusiasm fades quickly, punishing the stock and pushing the price a lot lower. It’s not rare to see a 40-50% stock price drop in a short period. There is no stock that’s immune from the market’s mood swings. Today’s market darling, Apple, experienced a 35% price drop between 2012 and 2013. The seemingly unstoppable Netflix dropped a whole 80% in 2011. Finally, more recently, Tesla’s stock price got caught in half only earlier this year. (Source: Bloomberg).

Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, noticed a century ago how quickly and unexpectedly the market could go back and forth from optimism to pessimism. He advised patience dealing with the moody market. He believed that it’s patience that gives an investor a true advantage.

Not all stocks that dropped in price are an immediate buy, but a disciplined investor can find some great opportunities among them. They may seem scary to consider, but often they prove to be less dangerous than chasing a fast-rising expensive stock. Why? If we are buying a real profitable business with limited debt and no obvious fraud, the cheaper it gets, the less risky the investment becomes. On the other hand, the more we pay up for ever rosier future expectations of a company that has yet to show a profit, the more risk we accept. We see risk as a permanent loss of capital. If we pay $1,000 per share for a business worth $100, only because its price is expected to rise to $2,000, we know that the market will eventually price it appropriately. When this happens, we’ll be facing a permanent loss. The higher the prices goes, and disconnects from reality, the bigger the drop we are bound to see.

The second confusion between scary and dangerous happens when we choose between stocks and bonds. In general, most investors and finance students believe that stocks are riskier than bonds. I learned later that any generalization in investing could get you in trouble. Again, if we see risk as a permanent loss of capital, bonds may seem less scary, but can prove to be a lot more dangerous than many stocks. Stocks may seem scary because their prices move up and down daily, often by a lot, and sometimes even for reasons that can be hard to explain. Bonds give us a sense of security. We know the face value of the bond, we know that we might be getting interest (the coupon) regularly, and when the bond matures, we trust we’ll get the principal back. What can go wrong? A lot, actually. If the company that issued a bond goes bankrupt, not only the interest is gone, but also the principal is lost. That’s a total, and permanent loss.

With interest rates dropping to zero, investors are looking for the interest, the yield. Bonds used to be a source of income since many of them pay regular interest. If the government bond yield drops to close to zero, the yield on other bonds follows. We would argue that eventually, the investor stops being appropriately compensated for the risk he is taking on. That sounds like a dangerous proposition.

Stocks, though, despite their price volatility, are not all as scary as they may seem. Suppose you own shares of a quality business with real profits, maybe even a dividend, a strong balance sheet, a defensible market position, and a loyal customer base. In that case, you can have a good degree of comfort around its future prospects. If you pay relatively little for this company on top of that, the odds are in your favor that you won’t lose your principal, and you will likely capture the future potential of the business. It helps if you have a long-term investment horizon, and you can tolerate or even ignore the short-term price movements.

The third, but one of many more confusions around what’s scary and dangerous in investing, is a choice between holding cash at the market tops vs. chasing the market being fully invested all the way to the top. One of the biggest fears that investors have is the fear of missing out. We believe that it costs investors more money than almost anything else. It’s the feeling that overcomes many when they see their neighbor make quick money in stocks. It’s not just retail investors that are prone to the fear of missing out. Many investment professionals comparing their performance to benchmarks and peers can eventually give in and ignore the dangers of chasing a fast-rising market. Holding cash in times like that may seem scary, but it is being fully invested right about the time when the market is ready to turn that proves to be the most dangerous in the end.

Studies show investors tend to go to cash at market bottoms and be more invested at market tops. Vanguard, a major passive fund manager, disclosed recently fund inflow and outflow data that sheds more light on this phenomenon. Every market top attracts new participants that never had any experience investing. I remember the late 1990s and TV interviews with people from all walks of life quitting their jobs to trade internet stocks from their couch. Twenty years later, at another market top, we hear similar tales of unexpected success among a new wave of stock market enthusiasts. Investor’s Business Daily wrote this summer: “Beginning Investors Are Charging Into Stocks; What Could Go Wrong?

Going back to sharks and warm baths, I’m by no means a thrill-seeker, but having scuba dived over the years, I have had a more than fair share number of encounters with sharks. Many of them are much bigger than humans, but despite their undeserved bad reputation, they have no interest in people. They would rather avoid divers all together. A little exposure to those magnificent animals makes many realize that they may only seem scary, but they aren’t dangerous. People are a bigger danger to them than they are to us. As a matter of fact, many of the species, big beautiful nurse sharks among them, are more interested in crabs and shrimp than a diver’s rubber fin. Despite their intimidating size, sometimes up to 10-15 feet long, they are known as the “couch potato of the shark world” – as shown in the photo at the beginning of the article.

Shark, bathtubs, stocks, bonds, cash or no cash, what at first seems scary may prove to be a lot less dangerous than the alternative. Warren Buffett, the legendary investor, famously said that investing is simple but not easy. It helps to follow Guy Raz’s and James Fallows’ advice and tell the difference between danger and fear, not only picking a shark encounter versus time in a bathtub but also making investment choices.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/29/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Numbers, the People, the History

After the TEDx talk I gave two years ago in California, someone from the audience walked up to me and asked me what got me into investing. I always really enjoy those impromptu questions. My speech was at a university, and it was no surprise that many attendees were students or recent graduates looking for guidance on their own career paths. I quickly said that I got into investing because of my passion for numbers, history, and people, and that’s what investing is really all about.

The numbers seem to be the most obvious piece of the puzzle. It’s the numbers that help grasp how well a business is doing, how well your investments are performing, and how risky your investment choices happen to be. With today’s technology, it’s easier than ever to slice, dice data, run all kinds of analytics, and quickly see what the numbers mean. The numbers can tell a story of success or failure and potential trouble or opportunities.

Over ten years ago, when I was asked to lead a rollout of new software at one of my previous employers, I remember when one of the more experienced investors there walked over to my humble cubicle. He had a serious question. He wanted to know what I can do with my computer and this new software that he couldn’t do with a legal pad and a pencil when he was my age. I knew right away; it was a friendly challenge. I said – probably not much more, but we can do it in a fraction of the time. He nodded, smiled, and walked away. Over the years, I further grew to appreciate the power of good software and a decent computer that can make investors’ work with numbers a lot easier and faster. I know that this saved time can be used well elsewhere: on a phone call with a client or with a history book in your hand.

It’s not just the numbers, though, that are useful to investors. It is essential to know the people: both the people running the businesses we own: the managements and our clients whose money we care for. The numbers tell you a story, and the qualitative side of our research reconciles the numbers with the narrative the management shares. Ideally, they align, but it’s a red flag worth exploring further if there is a disconnect between them. I sometimes share a story of a meeting I had with a particular CEO. I knew the numbers, I heard the story, but something didn’t add up. I came back, and I shared it with my colleagues. We dropped the idea.

Interestingly enough, I was even asked to comment about this company for a significant investment magazine at some point. The business faced some accounting trouble soon after, they had to restate several years of financials, and finally, they went bankrupt only recently. Even a major legendary investor with over half a century of experience found himself among disgruntled shareholders who overstayed their welcome, losing it all. Numbers tell you a lot, but not everything. It helps to know the people behind the numbers.

Our business is really all about people, not just the managements that run the companies we own, but most of all our clients. They are at the heart of what we do. Our ability to understand and know what they need and when they need it is key to our success as investment advisors. Given our focus on individuals, families, and entrepreneurs we have the opportunity to build lasting relationships that endure the ups and downs of the market and grow over many generations. That’s the aspect that I enjoy the most. I like to see how what we do helps our clients meet their life goals and aspirations, while keeping their worries at bay. It’s much more than buying the right stock that goes up; it’s what each investment decision and the big picture investment strategy really mean for our clients’ financial well-being.

Lastly, the third piece of the puzzle is history, crucial yet the most overlooked resource in investing. It gives us a proper perspective. The philosopher George Santayana was right when he said: “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.” I believe that I have learned more about investing by reading history books than accounting manuals. I feel that I’m always surrounded by history. I have had countless conversations with my partner and mentor François Sicart: from our first long chat in Paris almost sixteen years ago to a recent discussion about the 1970s and 1980s. I’m always curious to hear what we can learn from the past. You can find Mr. Sicart’s current thoughts in the article: “Hold the champagne,” highlighting the most important market events of the last 50 years and pointing out some interesting parallels between then and now.

What’s more, I have the great pleasure of talking regularly with my dear friend and mentor James (Jay) Hughes (who spent a remarkable career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance). Every conversation with Mr. Hughes is a trip back in time and around the world. I especially enjoyed our discussions of the Revolutionary War and the Civil War, which brought to life the events that happened not far from where I spent a good part of the year — Georgia and Pennsylvania’s mountains.

If that wasn’t enough, there is always a history book in my Kindle reading roster at all times. Most recently, I’ve been slowly enjoying Ron Chernow 800-page Alexander Hamilton’s biography – a fascinating tale of an immigrant who made his way to New York City and left a lasting mark on his new homeland. I was first introduced to Hamilton and the Federalist Papers in my early twenties by a visiting Georgetown University professor. More recently, though, it was the famous Broadway musical that inspired me to rediscover his story and times.

It might have been my comfort with numbers and curiosity about history that got me into investing. Still, it is definitely the people that kept me inspired, intrigued, and engaged all those years. I always enjoy learning the founders’ stories, CEOs who turn our investments into a long-term success story. I have also dedicated many articles and a large part of my last book, “Money, Life, Family” to families and their stories tying investing back to its primary goal: keeping and growing fortunes over generations.

Every day, I’m reminded that our clients, their families, and their livelihood are at the very center of what we do. Sometimes we are responsible for a small portion of what they possess, and sometimes it’s everything they own. Either way, we always assume that the capital we take care of is money they can’t afford to lose. This mindset helps keep the course and make deliberate, calm decisions relying on our knowledge of numbers, people, and history.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 10/22/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Being the Least Wrong

This article was inspired by a talk I gave over Zoom to a group of investors earlier this year. I attempted to summarize our investment philosophy in the fewest words possible. I immediately said: being the least wrong all the time. Here is why.

The very first stock I ever bought, I bought with a clear intention: I wanted to be right and make money. It had a great story, a promising future, and I couldn’t see how anything could go wrong. Yet I lost money on that first investment. It turned out to be the cheapest and the most valuable lesson I could have asked for. It taught me much more than any successful investment that followed and greatly influenced my investing philosophy. I soon realized how many get into investing to be right and make money, and those who stay and remain successful are those who find a way to be the least wrong. They not only make money but also get to keep it! I believe that the real secret of investment success is not to be right sometimes, but to be the least wrong all the time.

Over fifteen years as an investment advisor, I have heard stories of many family fortunes that we at Sicart have the privilege of managing. The common thread is generations of family leaders and advisors who have followed this philosophy. The reason those fortunes still exist, sometimes over a century later, is the successful avoidance of the most significant risk possible – losing it all. This is true for all family fortunes regardless of geographic location or source of wealth. What’s more, it’s been a reliable philosophy for hundreds of years, especially the last couple of centuries, which have led to the most significant wealth creation in history. (You can read many of those stories and their lessons in my book Money, Life, Family.)

However, the important point is that being the most right and being the least wrong are not two sides of the same coin. The goal of the former is to find the highest return on investment regardless of risk; the goal of the latter is to avoid having to start from nothing all over again. Our experience shows that avoiding the biggest mistakes is the key to successful long-term investing.

Stock Selection: Avoiding Zeroes

My first investment wasn’t a total loss; I lost about half of what I had invested. The experience was painful enough to make me pay attention not just to the upside but also to the downside. When it comes to individual stock selection, we have a clear rule – I call it “avoiding zeroes.” We try never to make any investment that has a clear potential to become a total loss — a zero. Studying all the stocks we ever considered or researched, we’ve identified three sources of those potential zeroes: 1) too much debt, 2) secular decline, 3) questionable management. Interestingly, those three sources of trouble often cluster together. I devoted a good part of my first book, Outsmarting the Crowd, to “potential zeroes.”

I also discussed a prime example of such an investment in a Seeking Alpha Article in late 2017. I wrote about Steinhoff International, which is a South African retailer with stores in Europe and the U.S. (including Mattress Firm).  It took fifty years to build, but just two days to collapse. Its industry faced headwinds, and the company struggled to grow, borrowing lots of money to buy up other players. At the same time, questionable management opted for cutting corners in the process. The result was a disaster.

Almost as bad as “potential zeroes” are those stocks that bring a significant, irrecoverable loss to your portfolio. This category often includes exciting stocks whose prices take off, leaving fundamentals far behind. Superficially they seem like “can’t miss” opportunities, but in retrospect, their businesses prove to be a lot less attractive than initially presumed. Today, attention might focus on Amazon, Apple, Tesla, or Facebook, or the recent new wave of promising tech IPOs. Still, we might have conveniently forgotten Groupon, Blue Apron, or RenRen, among others. All three stocks are still publicly listed, but the price of each has dropped some 90% since their public offerings (Source: Bloomberg). I remember when Groupon was on magazine covers, and the Blue Apron logo was plastered across the New York Stock Exchange building. I remember a packed venue hosting RenRen’s initial public offering event in Manhattan. These businesses proved to be a lot less attractive than anticipated, and the excitement faded along with the price. Stocks similar to these come and go. Despite their mass appeal, they seldom make it into our portfolios.

Returning to wanting to be right, we can all agree on some truths about today’s market darlings – Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Microsoft, Google. We certainly believe the businesses behind them are impressive and successful. The most important thing is how much we are willing to pay for them. If you buy a company that makes $1 per share, and a few years down the road, it earns $2, the business has doubled. But if you paid $30 for each dollar of company earnings, the market eventually cuts the valuation to $15 for each dollar of earnings — $1 times 30 vs. $2 times 15 amounts to the same $30 stock, despite the doubling profits. If you think this scenario is unlikely, take a look at Xerox. It was once a market darling, even part of the famous 1970s Nifty Fifty, but it’s been an $18 stock for most of the last 20 years. I took Xerox twenty years to go from $18 to $180, where its price peaked during the late 1990s Internet Bubble. Xerox’s stock price fell back to $18 in a little under twelve months when the bubble burst. In other words, it gave back twenty years of gains in a single year. The even more fascinating thing is that Xerox recorded about the same profits in the fiscal year 2000 as it is expected to earn next year — yet its stock price is 90% lower than it was back then (Source: Bloomberg). The business has held steady, but the price has not. The valuation explains it all – how much we had to pay for a dollar of Xerox earnings 20 years ago vs. today. That doesn’t necessarily make it an attractive investment now, but it definitely didn’t make for an attractive investment back in 1999/2000. And that’s a stock of a company that became not just a household name, but a common verb. All this is to say; it matters not only which business you pick, but also how much you pay for it.

Portfolio Management: Nimble Structure

Apart from avoiding zeroes and near-zeroes in our individual stock selection, which is our policy in any market, we also have a portfolio management view that aligns with our ambitious goal of being the least wrong.

As investors, we have to take into account not just whether we bought the right business at the right time, but also the broader context in which we operate. Where are we in the economic cycle (a top, bottom, middle)? Can we expect more inflation or deflation ahead? Is there room to cut interest rates further, or can they only rise from here?  Also, we need a good understanding of the fiscal and monetary realities we operate in – do we see bigger fiscal deficits, more spending, is a growing intervention of the central bank likely?  Any of these would have an impact on stock prices, market sentiment, and the performance and risks of our investments. Our goal is to build a portfolio that will do well, not in one specific scenario but any scenario.

Our portfolio structure today is based on three building blocks: cash, gold, and a select group of companies, followed by a long wish list of potential investments. Cash serves as dry powder to be invested in the near-term and buffer on the way down when the market sells off. Gold is protection against panic, uncertainty, and inflation. Stocks provide the potential upside, dividends, and appreciation, and may serve as a good hedge against inflation. If deflation proves to be the dominant force in the coming years, pushing prices down, we believe cash and gold should remain steady. At the same time, some quality businesses also can manage their operations through deflation relatively unscathed.

This portfolio structure is not set in stone; it’s actually built for change. Cash levels will drop when we see enticing buying opportunities; we may use gold to supplement our buying power, while our stock exposure is likely to rise at the same time. Could we obtain better performance in the short run? Absolutely. We could quickly replace cash and gold with the fastest-rising stocks. But this short-term success would come at the expense of the biggest risk possible – a significant permanent loss in the long-run.

We think of our options as a wide range from being entirely on the sideline or fully invested, and even invested solely in a handful of market darlings. The beauty of investing is that we don’t have to pick either of the extremes; we can choose a middle path. For some clients, it may mean more cash and gold, for others being more invested. Every client’s tolerance, preferences, and investment horizon can vary. As we believe and often say – peace of mind and the quality of sleep matter more than anything else.

Portfolio Evolution: Buying and Selling

In rising markets, it’s possible to believe that buying without ever selling is the best policy. Though, history shows that the markets experience “sideways” periods when they don’t move in a clear direction for a decade or more. The most recent example is the period between the Internet Bubble peak and 2013 when the S&P 500 didn’t budge significantly. It experienced both rallies and crashes, but for a passive investor, there would have been no price appreciation to be seen for 13 years. Nasdaq, the technology index, took 15 years to reclaim its peak from 2000 (Source: Bloomberg). Over that time, active managers had more flexibility to buy and sell rather than just wait for the market to recover.

Today, with U.S. benchmarks at new highs, we wonder if the upcoming 10-15 years will resemble the previous situations when the market claimed a new peak only to trade sideways for the following spell. If that’s the case, selling policy may be as crucial as buying policy — and waiting on the sidelines with ample cash and gold might prove to be the least wrong one if the markets lapse back into distress.

My colleagues and I never claim to know how to identify market highs or lows, though we may estimate whether we are closer to the top or the bottom of a decades-long cycle. Looking at today’s market levels, valuations, and fundamentals make us believe that we are likely closer to the top. We can’t be more precise than that.

But in our quest to be the least wrong, we stick to our tried and true approach: act slowly, gradually, and pace ourselves in both buying and selling. Just as we don’t need the precisely correct allocation between cash, gold, and stocks, the same is true of our buying and selling. We often say that we “nibble” on stocks when the prices get attractive. Similarly, we will trim our holdings slowly when, in our judgment, prices rise too high to offer sufficient reward, given the risk we’d have to take on.

***

Here we are, far into the second half of 2020.  Unemployment is close to record high levels; corporate profits are down, the economy has contracted, a crucial presidential election awaits us in the coming months, record fiscal stimulus is underway, together with record monetary help. The list of unprecedented conditions goes on and on.

We don’t know when the skies will clear, but we do know that the U.S. economy is big and diverse. We know that it’s backed by strong human capital, and we remain optimistic about the long-term future. For those who want to get into investing and become successful investors, the goal is not to make accurate predictions about the markets. The economy and the business world are too complex to guess what the future holds. But being the least wrong about the investment decisions remains at the heart of our investment philosophy, which we believe to be the true secret of successful, lifelong, generations-long investing.

 

***

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Breaking the 2000-Year-Old Principle: The World Beyond the Half-Hour Commute

This article has been inspired by countless conversations with friends, family, and clients around the world who, in one way or the other, have seen their work become remote in the last six months. This year’s proliferation of remote work has been a widespread and sudden phenomenon that seems impossible to ignore. It might prove to be the biggest challenge and opportunity of the decade.

How we communicate, shop, bank, find entertainment, or even meet our future spouse has evolved over the years. There is something about our lives that until recently remained constant, unchanged, almost set in stone for two thousand years – the aspired half-hour commute to work!

Starting my first New York City job over 15 years ago, I remember being surprised seeing men and women all nicely dressed up for work yet wearing comfortable running shoes. The clash of their fashion choices couldn’t be more glaring. I was yet to learn that I had just discovered the daily commuter culture and daily commuter wear. I had no idea that I would soon commit a similar fashion faux-pas daily, all in the name of comfort, and… speed.

A lot has changed in the last three generations, and even more in the last two thousand years. In the last hundred years alone, we got cars, electricity, running water, TV, the Internet, anti-biotics, etc. Many businesses flourished, many vanished. New investment opportunities appeared; others are gone. We walk around with smartphones; we order food online, we bank through an app, we can watch movies and TV shows on countless screens of various sizes in our households and our pockets! The list goes on. What’s more – around 40% of American couples now meet online. My great-grandparents would be at a loss. I think even my grandparents are at a loss sometimes, too.

There is something that hasn’t changed one bit, though. What my life, and that of my parents, grandparents, and all generations before have in common, though, is the aspiration to live within a half-hour from the place of work: on foot, bicycles, trains, in streetcars, and cars. That half-hour has been around for at least 2,000 years, and it has a name; it’s been documented and researched, it’s called Marchetti constant (the author of Anthropological Invariants in Travel Behavior, 1994). Some researchers believe that this daily “travel time budget” has been with humanity a lot longer – since the Neolithic times (about 12,000 years!). Bloomberg dedicated a whole article last year to the history of urban planning and how the half-hour principle shaped our cities from Ancient Rome to medieval Paris, industrial revolution era London, to modern Chicago and New York, among many others. We built cities, lives, economies, services around the same half-hour. It’s quite remarkable.

In stock picking and family investing, I’m always reminded that change is the only constant, yet that half-hour is something that remained unchanged for at least two thousand years.

No matter where you are in the world, if you have an office job, until March this year, you likely woke up early in the morning to shower, get dressed and run to a train, bus, subway or your car, bicycle, or scooter or a combination of all of them. Within half hour (or often likely a lot more!), you would be sitting at your desk in front of your computer screen getting your work started. In the evening, you would repeat the same ritual. Why would you wear running shoes? Well, you are probably not the only one trying to catch that 5.45 or 7.45 train. Droves of fellow commuters are there with you, all hoping to get a seat on the way home. Then they follow you to your grocery store or your restaurant, too. It seems we are all on the same schedule, day in and day out.

That half-hour might sound arbitrary, but if you look at the surveys, an average American commute is 26 minutes – according to the US Census Bureau. That’s 28 full 8-hour workdays (or almost ten full 24 hour days) a year spent commuting; that’s over ten days more than an average American takes in vacation days a year (17 days). We spend more time commuting than vacationing.

This seemingly eternal constant started to erode ever so slightly over the years. In 2018, I had the pleasure of meeting a community of remote workers and digital nomads at a conference in Gran Canaria, Spain. They were the early adopters of a new trend – decoupling the geographic location of work and home. I found their views inspiring and intriguing. I met investment professionals whose teams don’t have a central office, with everyone working remotely. They might have an address, but as they themselves admit: “no one ever goes there.” I also met people who help companies transition to remote work, even government institutions that are usually the late adopters. Back then, in 2018, I shared our experience building a company that could potentially be 100% remote if needed.

We at Sicart had a great opportunity four years ago to build a company that serves our clients the best way we can while tapping into all possible tools and solutions that make our work easier and more productive. From research, trading, compliance, reporting, all the services we chose could be accessed and used from anywhere where we can have an Internet connection. Our frequent business travel required us to be able to conduct business from the road. I credit our partner François Sicart for our cutting-edge thinking. We were Zooming with him already four years ago when few knew what Zoom even was. For us, the overnight March transition to 100% remote work couldn’t have been easier and smoother.

I know that transition might have been challenging for many companies and teams, especially large companies.  We realized we had a secret advantage. Not only we had the tools ready to use, but also our tightly knit small, but mighty team has had prior experience working, executing projects with some of us tuning in remotely. We also have worked together for most of our respective careers. We feel like we often know what the other members of the team think before they say it. It’s not rare that I get an email from one of my colleagues about something that I’m actually already working on. I’m often pleasantly surprised when one of my colleagues steps in and gets something done before I have a chance to ask. Similarly, with clients, I notice how often we are already solving a problem before our clients had an opportunity to ask for it. This hidden ability has proven extremely useful in our remote work experience.

One of many fun aspects of investing is keeping abreast of what’s new, what’s changing. Investing allows us to stay tuned in to what’s happening in the world, and we believe it always pays to notice a new trend. Already a while ago, remote work started to seem to us like the biggest potential disruption of the world as we know it. I dedicated to it a good part of my second book – Money, Life, Family. I described it as a “desk-free, more world bound life,” and I further explained how it could make you a better investor.

This gradual process of inviting remote work to the workplace was turned into an overnight shift in March 2020. The so-called non-essential workers were asked to stay home and work from home. In the last six months, remote work went from nice to have to a must-have. What seemed physically impossible for 2000-years became technologically possible overnight. Various studies quote a range of numbers, but many argue that as many as 66% of US employees worked remotely at least part-time in the early months of the COVID pandemic. It wouldn’t be too hard to guess that about half of them quote no commute as the number one benefit of remote work and flexible schedule as the close second.

Video call statistics are a great way to appreciate this new phenomenon. Among the most popular video calling apps, Zoom had only 10 million daily meeting participants in December 2019, but 300 million more recently. Then you’d need to add Microsoft Team with 200 million and Google Meet with over 100 million. Cisco Webex claims 300 million users as well. That’s 800 million people communicating over various video platforms. That’s a staggering number.

The 2020 remote work transformation has an interesting and beneficial side effect. Studies show that the dreaded corporate meetings have been getting shorter and shorter. 2017 Harvard Business Review found that senior managers consider meetings unproductive and inefficient. They also said that meetings come at the expense of deep thinking and keep them from completing their own work. Since the pandemic, the average work meeting has gotten 20% shorter!

The eternal challenge of urban planners has been a simple fact that congestion slows down the commute. No New Yorker has to be reminded of that. The solution might not be linear – more roads, faster trains, bigger parking lots, ever smaller apartments in ever-higher high-rises, all in the name of getting down to that half-hour commute. This problem reminds me of the 1894 crisis, also known as the Great Horse Manure Crisis. Another challenge that urban planners had to face was the growing prevalence of horse carriages in cities. The 1898 first international urban-planning conference was cut short when it failed to offer a solution to the urban horses and their output. Some commentators predicted that London would be buried under nine feet of manure in 50 years. The world didn’t come to an end. We all know that horse-drawn vehicles were soon replaced by cars, and the problem solved itself.

Whoever saw the first car speed through a major city and thought it’s just a fad would sound a lot like anyone today, thinking that remote work is a passing phenomenon. By the way, the New York Times in 1902 called cars impractical, and added further: their cost “will never be sufficiently low to make them as widely popular as were bicycles.” New York Times took on laptops in 1985 as heavy, pricey, and with poor batteries, prematurely announcing their alleged tragic demise. The author concluded: “On the whole, people don’t want to lug a computer with them to the beach or on a train to while away hours they would rather spend reading the sports or business section of the newspaper.” Further, speaking of other supposed fads, only in December 2019, Forbes ran an article titled: “Is Remote Working Just Another Fad or Actually Good For Your Business?”.

Barron’s still in July 2020 posted an equally provocative article titled: “Remote Work Can’t Last Forever.” As skeptical as the title may sound, the author quotes a very favorable recent Harvard-Illinois study, which found that the majority of large businesses experienced no loss in productivity by going remote. His biggest concern is insufficient access to broadband Internet in rural areas. As much I understand his point of view, I have to share my own experience. For the last six months, I have lived at the end of two dirt roads in the deep woods in two cabins in the Appalachian Mountains. For Megan and I, two die-hard New Yorkers, buying, driving, and owning a car after being car-less (or car-free?) for almost 15 years was a bigger leap and challenge than finding good Internet.

Choosing a home location, we may soon swap the age-old question: can I get to work from there in half-hour to can I get a high-speed internet connection there? It’s been the number one question Megan and I, and many of our friends, have been asking lately, choosing places to stay this year. Finding a home based on a good internet connection offers a lot more options than the half-hour commute radius, though. It opens up a whole world of opportunities.

Remote work might have been a familiar concept to a relatively small group of businesses only six months ago, but today, anyone that could have worked from home has done it. That made me wonder how long it takes to develop a new behavior. James Clear, author and expert in the new habit formation shares that: “on average, it takes more than two months before a new behavior becomes automatic — 66 days to be exact”. Well, we are almost 200 days into this experiment. It’s quickly becoming second nature to many of us. Slack’s (team communication tools provider) CEO Stewart Butterfield recently asked about the potential undoing of the remote work transformation of the last six months during a Bloomberg conference said: “I don’t know if it’s impossible, but it’s going to be very, very hard to walk back.” He further added that employees started to see this new flexibility as a benefit, and if more employers are offering it, it will be difficult to take it back. Ping pong tables and free lunches might have been permanently replaced with the freedom to live and work from anywhere.  He concluded that once employees relocate, they “can’t call them, and say come back to the Bay Area and buy a house.” It’s no surprise that Slack allows remote work indefinitely.

Not long ago, we heard about Amazon wanting to open a new big headquarters in New York, now we are hearing about Twitter allowing employees to work from home forever… that’s a massive change in thinking. Slack, Square, Shopify, Box, and many others followed with similar announcements. Pinterest made headlines paying almost $90 million to get out of a lease of their new headquarters, covering almost half a million square feet office space. The company quoted the permanent shift to remote work as the reason for such a dramatic move. Microsoft, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, and Google have all embraced remote work sending their employees home, and not expecting to have them back in the office until mid-2021, and likely later or maybe indefinitely. It’s not just a handful of US tech companies that feel that way. The largest French car manufacturer, PSA Groupe, whose brands date back to the earlier mentioned Great Horse Manure Crisis (the late 1800s), announced a “new era of agility,” in which its non-production staff will work remotely from now on.

We believe this world beyond the half-hour commute will have lasting ripple effects across industries, businesses, economies, and the labor market. It will go far beyond the handful of currently publicly listed companies that happen to offer tools that enable remote work. There is hardly anything that remains the same once we break away from this two-thousand-year-old principle.

If we are changing where and how we work, shop, eat, spend time – we believe the businesses that serve us will evolve and change, so will investment opportunities and challenges. I’m thinking of retail, office space, commercial, and residential real estate, municipal budgets, all the services built around the half-hour commuter. We’ll see new consumption patterns, new living arrangements, and new ways of doing business emerge. It’s an accelerated change that we might have been aware of for a while, but now it’s faster and more spread out. This new experience with remote work made many of us realize now how much can be done and can be done quicker when we are not all tied to a geographic location.

We have been focusing on office work, but we haven’t even touched on education or healthcare – with the proliferation of online courses and telemedicine. Speaking of education, if remote work is to become a big part of how many of us work, maybe getting comfortable working with fellow students remotely early on is not a bad place to start. It may prove to be good preparation for embracing remote work in the workplace. Maybe soon enough, we will drop the “remote” and just call it work. No one would call their Tesla a horseless carriage. It’s become just a car.

With remote work, school, healthcare, it doesn’t have to be all or nothing, and everyone or no one. Each business, each industry, each institution will choose the pace and path that works for them. We will choose ours. It’s impossible to ignore, though, that a new path became available. More employers and employees have tried it all at once than ever before.

For now, I traded my city commuter running shoes for trail running shoes, my New York MetroCard for car keys, and my Manhattan office for our porch and upstairs “Zoom den.” We are all carefully watching this new phenomenon and its impact on our business, investments, and lives. Cars changed how we live and where we live. The Internet has changed how we communicate, get entertainment, shop, bank, find life partners, and more. Remote work seems to be just a natural phenomenon that follows all the innovations that have been available to us for a while. With ever-faster, more widely available good Internet, ever better tools, and new skills and habits, we might finally be able to break the 2000-year-old principle. We are very curious to see where this new path takes us all.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  9/24/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

An Apple, A Plague, and A Bubble

This article was inspired by comments and thoughts I have been hearing from fellow investors concerned about the fear of missing out on this ever-rising market that has defied laws of gravity.

I imagine that almost everyone has heard the story of young Isaac Newton watching an apple fall from a tree, which inspired his theory of gravity. A story he shared himself in his memoirs. I will guess that a few would know that he was home at the time, away from school due to a plague going around. And I can bet that even fewer know that the same Newton made some money, but lost a fortune in a stock bubble of his time!

I remember how my physics teacher was able to bring his stories and discoveries to life (she didn’t mention he made and lost a fortune in the South Sea Company Bubble!). When I think of physics, laws of nature, I still see him. When I see a stock melt-up quintupling in a few months, for no reason, I also think of him! For a long time, physics was one of my favorite subjects at school, and I still have a weakness for it. I liked its logic and how it explains the universe. I think that in some way, I often hoped that economics, finance, and investing would have clear laws like physics, and explain the world around us. They don’t.

You might see some parallels between Newton’s life and our 2020 pandemic, stay-at-home, work-from-home policies, and a bubbly stock market.

The time spent at home between 1655 and 1657 Isaac Newton called in his memoirs the Year of Wonders, the time he embarked on a journey of understanding how the universe works. Woolsthorpe Manor, his birthplace and the family home, was the place where Newton found refuge during the plague, and it was the place where he retreated through his life to think and write.

The bubonic “Great Plague” (the worst plague to hit the UK since the black death of 1348) sent many home, away from schools, and cities. Town-dwellers retreated to the countryside, while London alone lost 15% of its population to the plague. Newton made the best of this time, writing later: “For in those days I was in the prime of my age for invention and minded mathematics and philosophy more than at any time since.” It was then when he developed his theories on calculus, optics, and the laws of motion and gravity.

It’s been a little over six months since this year’s pandemic sent our Team home. We left our Manhattan office behind and retreated to our homes, and in my case, two different cabins in the Appalachian Mountains. I can’t say that I had a chance to reinvent the laws of physics in my time away. I have been reading, writing, and thinking more than in a while, though. I can’t help but count this peculiar period among the most productive in my life. I also took up several online courses that I have always wanted to do. Megan and I even embarked on learning Spanish together. To a great surprise of other hikers, we have been practicing rolling our “Rs” lately on our regular waterfall walk. I also completed training for various software solutions we use for work. I saw significant leaps in virtualization, digitization, streamlining of many processes that make up the work we do. It saves time, limits errors, and leaves more time to talk to our clients and look for investment ideas. We owe a big thank you to all our service providers that make our business possible.

Newton might have spent his time at-home wisely explaining the laws of physics, but it was only later that he learned more about human behavior, finance, and stock investing! He is believed to have concluded: “I can calculate the motion of heavenly bodies but not the madness of people.” If not for human emotion, one could imagine the stock market and finance follow precise laws the same as those that govern the stars and planets in the sky. For better or worse, it’s not the case. It offers buying opportunities for calm, disciplined investors, and it may cost a fortune those who give in to greed and fear—the fear of missing out being at the very top of the dangers to any investor.

Sir Isaac Newton was not immune. Apart from physics, mathematics, astronomy Newton was no stranger to money, finance, and investing. He held a position of the Master of the Royal Mint and even worked as a detective chasing money counterfeiters. He was also a shrewd investor in years before the South Sea Company Bubble. It is believed that Newton made money in the initial rise of the South Sea Company stock, sold his holdings, only to buy in again as the stock continued to rise with no end in sight. The South Sea Company bubble eventually burst, fortunes were lost, and Newton himself lost some £20,000 (or about $20 million today), according to his biographer.

That’s a story I didn’t learn in my physics class. I read it first in the commentary to the introduction of  Benjamin Graham’s (father of value investing) classic – The Intelligent Investor:

“Back in the spring of 1720, Sir Isaac Newton owned shares in the South Sea Company, the hottest stock in England. Sensing that the market was getting out of hand, the great physicist muttered that he ‘could calculate the motions of the heavenly bodies, but not the madness of the people.’ Newton dumped his South Sea shares, pocketing a 100% profit totaling £7,000. But just months later, swept up in the wild enthusiasm of the market, Newton jumped back in at a much higher price — and lost £20,000. For the rest of his life, he forbade anyone to speak the words’ South Sea’ in his presence.”

My Parisian grad school professor in the aftermath of the Internet Bubble burst (2000), and likely due to his own experience losing a fair amount of money, assigned to us a study of all the major past bubbles. I couldn’t be more grateful for that lesson. It definitely shaped my investment approach for the rest of my career. My professor’s quick advice was – don’t buy stocks because there are bubbles. What I heard, and what I chose to walk away with was – since there are bubbles, there might a good time to buy stocks and a good time to sell them.

Newton’s investment: the South Sea Company Bubble was at the top of our study list, as it is among the most famous bubbles in history. South Sea Company was founded in 1711 as a joint-stock company. This particular company was created to consolidate the national debt of Great Britain and reduce the cost of it. Needless to say, excess public debt seems to be a theme that repeats through history, including today, with looming record deficits all around. The company was given a monopoly on trade with South America to generate income. Since Great Britain was involved in the War of the Spanish Succession at the time, and Spain and Portugal controlled most of South America, the prospects for profits were meager. The company never realized any significant profit from its monopoly.

South Sea Company leadership wasn’t worried too much by likely business challenges. They got inspired by the financial wizardry of a Scottish financier, John Law. France, as much as Great Britain, wanted to get rid of its debt. Louis XIV’s reign almost bankrupted the French monarchy, leaving the country with a big problem. Instead of tightening the belt and paying off what’s owed, France endorsed John Law’s monetary shenanigans. He consolidated the debt and offered shares in a promising business venture in exchange. His Mississippi Company was given a monopoly on trade and mineral wealth in French colonies in North America and the West Indies. Law exaggerated the business opportunity creating excitement around the stock, which kept rising higher and higher. He also controlled the money issuing bank in France, Banque Royale. Eventually, the company and the bank merged. Money was printed to allow investors to buy more shares in the company, further inflating its price. Ultimately, the sentiment shifted; investors wanted their money back; the price collapsed. Law tried all kinds of restrictions to keep the madness going. Payment in gold and silver for paper money was suspended. Holding precious metals was made illegal.

The bubble burst, John Law, escaped, and one would hope an invaluable lesson for investors, financiers, and central bankers was carved in stone never to repeat. I highly recommend Virginia Cowles’s book – The Great Swindle: A History of the South Sea Bubble, if you want to learn more about both companies, both bubbles and their aftermath.

***

Yet here we are, in the second half of 2020, public debts are at record highs. US numbers are staggering. This year’s fiscal deficit is expected to reach almost 20% of the GDP (the 50-year average is closer to 3%, and the last recession recorded about a 10% deficit). Total Federal government debt is about to reach 100% of the GDP, which is as high as during the last debt peak after WW2.

Our money is not convertible to gold or silver; we can still, though, buy and hold precious metals. The Federal Reserve (the US central bank) has been busy printing more money, lowering the cost of debt to almost zero. This new money might be digital, and it might be sitting on the balance sheets of banks, but no matter how you look at it, these are fresh new dollars created at no cost, and there are a lot of them. Pre-pandemic, the Fed already held $4 trillion in assets on the balance sheet, and now leaped to $7 trillion in a matter of months. What does it mean, though? The Fed issued new money to buy the debt of various kinds: public debt, mortgages, and, more recently, corporate debt. Now, if the Fed is buying, someone is selling and ends up with cash. That freed up cash can buy whatever is left to buy – how about stocks? I can’t help but see another parallel with John Law’s attempt to print money to help investors buy more shares in the Mississippi Company.

Where does the Federal Reserve end, where does the market begin, we can start to wonder? That’s been a moving target, but it starts to bear the resemblances of John Law’s merger of Banque Royale and his Mississippi company. Actually, the minute the Federal Reserve starts buying US equities, there won’t be much of a line left between the Fed and the market. The Fed will effectively become the market. We certainly hope we never go that far, but other central banks, including the Swiss National Bank and the Bank of Japan, have crossed that line already. Our portfolio gold holdings give us some peace of mind if that were to happen.

Lots of debt, unlimited paper money, and a bubble in a stock or many stocks… that summed it all up in 1720 Great Britain and France, and it sums it up in our 2020. If you overlay it with an economic recession – GDP dropping by 1/3, corporate profits down by 1/3 in the second quarter, with record unemployment, the disconnect between the market and the reality is even more glaring.

You would think that investors today have a wider choice than two trading companies with promised trade monopolies oceans away. Nasdaq 100, the technology index of the largest 100 tech companies, rose over 70% since March lows through the summer peak (Source: Bloomberg). At the same time, the NYSE FANG+ index doubled during the same period. The latter covers only a handful (ten) of the largest, best performing technology stocks. Investors have conveniently ignored the other few thousand publicly traded stocks and chose to chase a tiny group of ever-rising, seemingly invincible stocks. The index mentioned above generously includes ten companies, but investors’ attention has been mostly focused on 4-5 stocks, namely Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and Google, with frequent mention of Tesla, Inc.

In a single year, the South Sea Company price went up from £100 to £1000; in our today’s tech world, we witnessed Tesla, Inc. rise seven times since March alone before early September correction. One rose on expectations of the great riches brought by a trade monopoly from distant lands, the latter on the great success of electric cars in the distant future.

Both Americas prospered over the following centuries, but it wasn’t either of the two trade companies that benefited much from it, and it was definitely not their shareholders that saw much gain from it either. During the Internet bubble (which still haunted my grad school professor), we witnessed a new technological revolution, but again very few companies lasted long enough to capture its benefits. Today is not different; we do not doubt that some of the top tech companies inflating the market might have some remarkable businesses. We also pay attention to several new multi-billion-dollar companies (many of them “profit free” but full of promise) to be listed in the coming months. The excitement will come and go. Profitable companies are likely here to stay, and if we pay reasonable prices for them, we may even benefit from their success. Chasing rising stocks, and giving in to the fear of missing out, didn’t work for our Isaac Newton three hundred years ago, and won’t likely work today.

Whenever we don’t know what the future may hold, we like to pick up yet another history book, and this might prove to be the best use of our work from home time, and Virginia Cowles – The Great Swindle: A History of the South Sea Bubble is not a bad place to start.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Is passive index investing right for you?

This article has been a few months in the making, but it wasn’t until a comment from one of the readers that I realized it might be a good time to go ahead, finish it, and share it with you. The reader is a seasoned investor who worked with family offices on both sides of the Pacific, and his reaction to my recent article – Future-proof portfolio: does it even exist? – was: “How does passive index investing fit in the picture?” — So here are my thoughts on the topic.

A dear friend and fellow investor, Anthony Deden, shared (in an interview with Grant Williams from Real Vision) an anecdote about a conference organizer asking him for “a good investment idea or two.” Mr. Deden did not comply because he felt that it was like asking a doctor to write “a prescription or two” for medication without knowing a patient’s situation. He added that “an investment idea is worthless unless you understand whether it’s suitable to someone.” I couldn’t agree more.

In that context, people frequently ask me about passive investing in index funds that allow you to hold stakes in many publicly traded companies all at once. Like the appropriate dose of medicine, passive index investing can be a useful tool because it allows a large population to participate in stock ownership at a low cost and with even modest sums available to invest.

Interestingly, no one was bringing up passive index funds in the tumultuous years of the 2008/2009 financial crisis. Yet they were on people’s minds at the top of the longest-running bull market, and they are again now after this year’s post-March crash market rally. That’s an understandable phenomenon; investors often see index funds as a serious alternative to active investment management. However, they are not necessarily safe, reliable, consistent investment vehicles. Their results only do one thing, which is to track the market’s returns, desirable on the way up, but painful on the way down.

Disciplined investors — even “investment rock stars” like Warren Buffett — regularly underperform in the last leg of each bull market. Thus, an argument is made that there is no point in hiring a money manager since the free ride of the index brings good results all the way to the top of the market. It’s also true that some money managers chose to cautiously “hug” the index. In other words, their holdings closely follow the overall market, so as not to fall behind. In our opinion, index huggers are not really active managers.

Among truly active managers, a smaller group follows the disciplined approach of selecting stocks and holding them over the long run. In a way, what they do — and we count ourselves in this group — is very different from index huggers and index funds. We know exactly what we own and why. An index fund, on the other hand, will own a bankrupt or a fraudulent business all the way until its stock price drops to zero and gets delisted. It will also buy more shares of a company as shares become available to the public because insiders are selling. Also, index funds don’t shy away from buying shares of companies that are increasingly overvalued, and thus riskier.

Going back to Anthony Deden’s point about investment suitability, we have nothing against passive index investing per se if it’s used with a good degree of caution. The essential point lies in whether the investor or the client will experience a lifetime of contributions or distributions from your investment portfolio.

If you plan to earn, save, invest, and put a little bit of money away every month, a passive index fund might be a compelling option. You don’t have to time the market; you will dollar-average your purchases over the decades. (At times, you will be at a market low, at times at a market high, and it will be important not to overreact to those fluctuations.) Also, an automated contribution guarantees that you’ll invest no matter what the market does. History shows though that both mutual and index funds see record-high contributions at market tops (Source: FT, BlackRock attracts record inflows as the stock market soars, 1/15/2020), and record-high redemptions at market lows. This phenomenon makes the actual returns of average passive investors much less attractive.

If you are facing a lifetime of distributions rather than contributions, though, the story is very different. You might be living off your capital and collecting regular distributions to maintain your lifestyle, as many of our clients do. Their family fortunes, whether created recently or generations ago, play a very different role in their lives, and investments suitable for them might differ. It’s the money they can’t afford to lose.

If you were to put your entire family fortune or your nest egg in a passive index fund today, you would give up all flexibility and control. You would have to accept market returns, and in the context of the last ten-year bull market, that could still seem like an attractive choice. But if we face another “lost decade” in investing, it could be disastrous. Between the years 2000 and 2013, the S&P 500 saw both big sell-offs and big rallies, without any actual progress. (I mention the S&P 500 here because the top index funds in the U.S. track this broad market index.) The best possible outcome for those passive index investors who bought in in 2000 was to walk away with the same dollar amount after 13 years if they didn’t panic and sell out first.

It might be theoretically possible to invest passively on the way up, stay out of the market at its peak, and shift to active management as stocks tumble, but the simple fact is that nobody can time the market. What we at Sicart do instead is an attempt to capture the best of two worlds. We are value buyers and growth holders. We know what we own and why. We patiently wait to buy our holdings at attractive prices, and then we enjoy the rising market. When our holdings become expensive, we trim our positions gradually to avoid the worst damage from a possible sell-off.

Many observers see the recent proliferation of passive index investing as bad news. To us, it is the best possible news. The fewer truly active managers there are, the more money is passively invested, and the more opportunities there will be for the patient, disciplined stock pickers, who actually look at what they buy and pay attention.

No medicine’s suitable for everyone all the time. Similarly, no investment approach works all the time and for everyone. We believe that passive index investing is the right investment vehicle for those with small amounts to invest and those with a lifetime of small contributions ahead. For those with family fortunes relying on a lifetime of distributions, we believe that an actively managed portfolio — with all its flexibility and control — can deliver very respectable returns over the long run without running the risk of losing it all.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  9/3/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”), and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector, or the markets generally.

The Standard & Poors 500, or “S & P 500” is market-capitalization-weighted index that tracks the 500 largest publicly-traded, United States companies.

Boring Stocks for Exciting Times

Recently we had the pleasure of hosting an investment idea Zoom call. Normally, we’d have an intimate “idea lunch” in our Manhattan high-rise overlooking Central Park and the Hudson River. This time, our team and a number of guests (friends of the firm) all tuned in from around the country and as far abroad as Mexico and Bermuda! Only their backgrounds of trees outside the window, beautiful bookshelves, and nautically themed paintings could reveal where they might be. Among the stocks we discussed, we came up with some interesting ideas that we call boring stocks for exciting times.

Hosting an idea lunch before required everyone to be in Manhattan at the same time. With everyone’s busy schedules it’s never been an easy task. This time a virtual Zoom idea call was a breeze to organize. We picked a few dates, and times, and everyone just called in from wherever they are. We may be remote, even far from each other, but thanks to technology we are able to stay connected, and tuned in, possibly more than ever!

There is no question that this year has been full of surprises. From market highs, we proceeded to multi-year lows, followed by a sudden recovery back to new highs. The economy, profits, and employment are still in the midst of a slow recovery. The political backdrop, with presidential elections in November, remains highly uncertain. If that wasn’t enough, the pandemic that has caused enormous disruption in our lives, the economy, and politics seems to be far from over. If these aren’t “exciting times,” we don’t know what are.

Why should boring stocks be appealing in “exciting” times though? We could argue that the stock market has become largely disconnected from the fundamentals. We would even argue that March lows were a more accurate reflection of the economic backdrop than today’s highs.  On one hand profits dropped while on the other, stock prices rose.

But lately the stock market has been a tale of two worlds. One represents a small group of tech companies — asset-light or even asset-free – whose business, clients, and operations are seemingly both everywhere and nowhere. The services they offer have suffered limited headwinds during the COVID lockdowns. The other group — the majority of publicly-traded companies — has suffered from the impact of lockdowns and a drop in economic activity. At best they have been able to hold their ground, even if they couldn’t show growth and expansion. Some are in a position to weather the storm, even taking market share to prosper, while others may yet fail, disappointing investors.

The market, in the near term at least, has favored the high-growth exciting companies vs. the steady but slower businesses. The top five tech stocks (FAAMG: Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Microsoft, Google) have been up some 35% this year, while the remaining 495 stocks of the S&P 500 are down 5% (as of late July). On relative basis, the five tech companies may look like heroes with a 2% earnings growth vs. 38% earnings drop for the remaining 495 S&P 500 stocks.

Does a 2% growth deserve a 35% price rally? And does a 5% price drop accurately reflect a 38% profit decline? In our opinion, both answers are “no.” Simply said, both groups seem overpriced in aggregate.

However, a careful look reveals a good number of stocks with steady businesses that still may have to face some pandemic-related headaches, but are positioned to thrive beyond the current situation. Among those, we still find investment opportunities. On the whole these are quality businesses whose stocks may have rallied lately. Given their high profits and attractive valuations, we see only a minor disconnect between price and value with these stocks. We could even argue that there is a compelling discount between what we pay and what we get. We see them as offering better potential for capital growth and preservation than most of the investment opportunities capturing investors’ attention these days.

Markets have a tendency to change their minds quickly. Today’s FAAMG rally is no different from earlier market enthusiasms. The Nifty Fifty of the 1960s and 1970s present an excellent example. These were fifty U.S. large cap stocks considered one-decision investments that should be bought at any price. They subsequently crashed, and their valuations were brought down. Many – including formerly familiar brands like Polaroid, Sears, and Digital Equipment Company — have vanished or become shadows of their former robust businesses. I highly recommend my partner’s François Sicart’s recent article for more history lessons from past market darlings – RCA, NIFTY FIFTY, AOL and FANGs.

Among the “boring” stocks we currently favor, you’ll see major pharmacy chains, telecoms, food companies, and substantial players in agribusiness, among others. We do supplement this group with more “exciting” businesses, but only if the price makes sense to us.

The next six months may bring surprises, but we remain very comfortable with our portfolio positioning: ample cash ready to deploy, a good-sized gold position to weather the uncertainty, and a thoughtful selection of companies that includes many boring stocks for exciting times.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  8/27/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Future-proof portfolio: does it even exist?

Over a year ago, I spoke to a group of investors in Southern California. The point that I raised that drew the most attention was the challenge of the buy-and-hold forever approach to investing. Most value investors learned by watching Warren Buffett’s and Charlie Munger’s tremendous success buying stocks and keeping them forever. It worked well for those investing giants, but the next 50 years of the stock market might look very different. While researching the most successful families of the last 200 years for my book Money, Life Family I learned that not only change is the only constant, but that the rate of change has never been faster.

Let’s do a thought experiment. If you could choose a single stock to invest all your money in for the next 50 years, what would it be? Would you choose one of the largest, most admired companies of today? Looking back, in the 1920s your choice might have been RCA, in 1959 maybe Sears Roebuck, in 1987 maybe Kodak, in 2005 maybe GE. But with the exception of GE, those companies are all gone, and GE is only a shadow of its previous glory.

Did you know that among the 30 components of the Dow Jones Industrial Average (one of the oldest and best-known indices), only 3 companies have been members since before World War II? Meanwhile 24 out of 30 have joined the index in my lifetime (I’m just a few days over forty). 10 out of 30 have joined the Dow Jones Industrial Average since I started my career in 2005, including today’s market darling – Apple. If it retains that pace, the Dow will have refreshed completely during my lifetime within the next 5 years. Clearly, it seems the odds of any large company remaining successful for three to five decades is very low. It turns out that putting all your money in one single stock and blindly hoping for the best might be not be a future-proof investment strategy.

But what if, instead of buying one single stock, you invested long-term in 30 or 50 stocks? Could such a portfolio be future-proof? If you just pick the 30 Dow stocks, the prognosis isn’t good. Many former Dow listings have not only failed to grow wealth, but in many cases, they haven’t even preserved it.

So, if the ideal long-term investment vehicle isn’t a single stock, or even a passive portfolio of the market’s largest 30 companies, what could a potential more future-proof portfolio look like? We at Sicart have discovered that, as much as we love the idea of one-decision stocks (as Charlie Munger likes to call them), going forward the “buy and never sell” approach simply may not work. Looking at any company these days, we wonder if we could comfortably hold it forever. Even if it is still in business decades from now, it might be a shadow of its former self.

We also notice that the majority of the current stock market value is concentrated in fewer and fewer companies. These are companies that usually operate in winner-take-all markets. They have not only regional or national leadership in their industry, but global domination. That applies to the biggest among them: Apple, Microsoft, Amazon, Google, Facebook etc. The top 5-10 companies also collect the largest share of the profit pool among all corporations. There is nothing wrong with this per se, it’s the nature of the globalized economy we live in.

I believe the bigger trouble lies in the fact that these mega-cap, trillion-dollar companies are disruptors. They got started in dorms, garages, or basements, and took on well-funded, long-established competitors. They have done this by providing better value, service, or entertainment to the end consumer. But they’ve also accelerated the demise of incumbents, many of them prominent members of indices like the Dow Jones Industrial Average itself.

With that dynamic in mind, it’s not difficult for me to imagine this generation of disruptors being challenged by new ventures that may already be brewing in a dorm room somewhere. That’s something that tech executives see themselves. Not long ago, Amazon’s Jeff Bezos admitted that his company is not too big to fail; as a matter of fact, he said to Amazon’s employees that “Amazon will fail one day, but our job is to delay it as long as possible.”

In previous articles, I’ve discussed an infinite investment horizon, and finite assets. Managing family fortunes over generations, we think in terms of an infinite investment horizon rather than months, quarters or even years. We want to preserve and grow capital over generations. We like to think of our goal as doubling wealth every 5 to 15 years, which translates to a 5-15% annual return. The assets that the capital is invested in are finite – even Jeff Bezos acknowledges that. (Decades ago, Bill Gates himself shared his belief that tech companies should trade at lower valuations, given the constant change they face.)

If accelerating change, a winner-take-all environment, and likely challenges for tech giants weren’t enough to complicate long-term investing, there is also a confusion when it comes to valuing companies in the intangible asset economy. However, while we don’t know how long many of the great companies of today will be around, we do know that what counts in the end is their profits, and cash flows. Whether a business is concerned with bricks and mortar or cloud-based services, we believe it is its ability to earn proportionate profits that matter most.

Luckily enough, the top 5-10 companies we discussed earlier earn substantial profits. As a matter of fact, they claim a large share in total corporate profits of the top 100 or 500 companies. At the same time, though, we see a growing list of companies with very high market valuations, and no profit or even durable business models. The prime example used to be WeWork, which hasn’t come to the end of its troubles. From the outside, two $50 billion, $100 billion or $1 trillion companies may look alike. But while they are priced at the same level, their value may differ greatly. WeWork shareholders are still trying to figure out how much a money-losing behemoth could be sold for, and it will be likely a fraction of what we were made to believe we should pay for it in the public offering.

Is there such a thing, then, as a portfolio that we could call future-proof? Is it one stock, thirty of them, the largest, the highest priced? We believe it’s never been more important for investors to understand the difference between price and value. It’s also crucial to maintain flexibility, and adapt to change. This could mean moving wealth from one investment to another, frequently enough to avoid passively holding a stock while its value slowly dwindles. It is a challenge for most investors, but it may prove to be the most exciting time for true stock pickers. We believe we’re in an era when skills will matter more than luck.

We also believe that there is no such thing as a future-proof stock or stock portfolio. However, we do believe there is a future-proof stock investment philosophy: disciplined, patient, long-term value investing. To us, it means buying stocks for less than they are worth, waiting patiently for them to perform, and selling them when they become hugely overvalued. It worked in the 1930s for Benjamin Graham, it has worked for many investors since, and the odds are that it will work equally well for the rest of our investment careers.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  8/20/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Risk-Free Rate, Rattlesnakes, and the Revolutionary War

In these Covid-era days, we often have to make unfamiliar choices, many of which involve deciding among levels of risk. Megan and I like to break up our work routine and step away from our laptops now and then. Situated as we are in the woods, hiking has become a pleasant escape. Some trails pass right by our cabin, and we can reach others a short drive away. What we’ve learned is that we have a choice between busier trails and less-frequented ones. The former carry a risk of running into someone sick, so we carry masks. But the latter sometimes present the unpleasant surprise of big fat rattlesnakes basking in the sun. Either way, we have to accept a certain risk, and realize that even an innocent hike is not really risk-free!

At some point in my finance education, I was introduced to the notions of a risk-free rate and a risk-free investment. I don’t know if it was my skeptical nature or my nascent contrarian bone, but they just didn’t sound right to me. Intuitively, I believed investment always involves a risk, and only sometimes offers a reward. I also thought, and still think, that not all rewards are worth the risk they entail. Finally, I realized that not all risks are immediately visible — like that big rattlesnake camouflaged by its surroundings.

Speaking of rattlesnakes, once I encounter a new risk, I like to understand the odds of harm and the way to address it. Although there are only 7,000 snake bites a year in the U.S., the averages don’t tell the entire truth. A competent statistician would insist that we are more likely to win a lottery than to suffer a snake bite, or even encounter a snake! However, if you’re hiking in our current neighborhood, the odds tilt dramatically toward a human/snake confrontation every single day. Let me tell you, that doesn’t feel like a lottery win at all!

I have also learned that the best snake bite emergency tool kit is … a phone and a car key. Unfortunately, an encounter may happen miles from a parking lot, with no phone signal, and a long drive to a hospital. Experts advise the bite victim keep his or her heart rate down to slow the spread of the venom. (My heart rate goes up at a mere sight of the reptile!) The victim has hours to reach a hospital where the antivenom can be administered. The 24 hours following the bite are apparently very unpleasant, and recovery may take weeks or months.

All of this is by way of pointing out that there is no such thing as risk-free hiking. All the same, some of my professors as well as many investors still claim there is such a thing as a risk-free rate, as well as risk-free investment. Such an investment has scheduled payment(s) over a fixed period of time that are assumed to meet all payment obligations; a government bond is one example.  Many financial models (such as the discounted cash flow model and the Black Scholes model among others) use the so-called risk free rate to price other assets such as stocks, options, bonds etc.

Anyone who grew up in a country that has defaulted on its debt (including yours truly in Poland) would never consider a government bond risk-free. U.S. investors haven’t had that experience. Over 200 years ago, in the aftermath of the Revolutionary War that brought the U.S. independence from the Kingdom of Great Britain, the country faced a dilemma: should it honor its war debts or not? Alexander Hamilton wanted to do the former, while James Madison had other ideas. The debt was trading at a big discount to face value, and Madison wanted to pay only the current price. Hamilton won the argument in favor of repaying the debt at full face value. This historic move restored the world’s confidence in the infant nation’s ability to pay its debts!

Since then, we’ve come to believe that the U.S. can’t default on its debt. Almost 10 years ago, the former Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan told us there was no chance of a U.S. default. Why? Because we can’t print more money, he told us. That may be true, but as Poland’s example demonstrates, printing money to pay government debt can lead to a devasting hyperinflation. Many countries, many civilizations (including the Ancient Greeks, the Ancient Romans, and the Chinese emperors) tried to debase their currency to get out of debt. The practice is as old as money itself. Technically default may be avoided, but the value of the money we get back could be a fraction of what we initially lent to the government. That doesn’t sound like a risk-free investment at all, does it?

Today, U.S interest rates hover just above zero, and the allegedly risk-free rate on a 10-year US Treasury bond is paying a mere 0.55%. In other words, if you lend the government a million dollars for 10 years, you’ll get paid $5,500 for each year. The return would have been 6 times as much only 18 months ago. Even if we disagree on whether it’s truly a risk-free investment, we can all agree that it’s almost reward-free.

Let’s remember, though, how all assets are priced based on the risk-free rate. The lower it goes, the higher-priced other assets become, including other bonds (including corporate bonds) or stocks. Looking at the post-March 2020 stock market rally, we can see the correlation between asset prices and the risk-free rate. Interest rates dropped; asset prices jumped higher. Investors, seeing stock prices rise yet again (despite falling corporate profits, record unemployment, and rising health risks) start to believe that stocks look like a risk-free investment, too. “If you can’t lose money in a pandemic year, when can you lose money?” a friend asked me recently.

It sounds like a familiar idea. We’ve been told before that home prices could only go up. Now, it seems that stocks can only go up, even if the companies don’t make profits, if their storefronts or factories close, and if their customers have lost their jobs.

In a conversation with my mentor and partner, François Sicart, I brought up the interesting challenge of investing in a world where you supposedly can’t lose money, and everything can be presented as a risk-free investment. As always, he shared his words of wisdom, and told me: “I’ve always said that I don’t invest in things where I ‘can’t lose money.’ Such a market would be a good example.” Our discussion also inspired his last article aptly titled: If I ever retire, I know what the reason might be.

Having ran into some highly venomous snakes in the last few days, I have a new understanding of the risks that hikers take, especially those brave enough to head out on the less frequented, beautiful, but overgrown trails. Just because you aren’t aware of a risk doesn’t mean it’s not there. If you are heading out hiking, take a stick with you, and watch where you step. If you think you’re making a risk-free investment in a bond, stock or real estate for that matter, look again!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

A Fresh Perspective

I have a vivid memory from early in my career: sitting in an investment meeting in a Manhattan high-rise while two portfolio managers got into a heated exchange about an investment idea. One of them was doing his best to poke holes in the investment case, which is perfectly standard practice. Finally, he concluded his counter-argument saying: “Why wouldn’t the doorman just get it for you?”

That remark really stuck in my head. I can’t remember what “it” was that the doorman would theoretically fetch. What I do remember is the portfolio manager’s conviction that everyone had a doorman, and thus didn’t need this product or service. In that moment, it really hit me how often investment decisions are based on an individual perspective that is by no means average or common. I have certainly made that mistake myself before.

Since witnessing that exchange between the two investment professionals, I’ve heard many curious rebukes to investment ideas, such as “My sister doesn’t like it,” “My cat won’t eat that,” or “My in-laws wouldn’t watch it.” Nevertheless, over the years, I still bought many stocks offering products and services that I personally did not use or need. I found a way to relate to their target customer, and see how much value those offerings could bring to the right audience. That skill helped me expand my investment universe beyond my immediate circle of competence – beyond my favorite smartphones, toothpaste, or shoes!

The recent leap from a comfortable city life to a life in the woods has given me a fresh perspective. Our life in a remote cabin is the extreme opposite of our previous fast-paced city life. That may be why it’s been such a fascinating, eye-opening experience. Many products and services don’t even reach us, while others have become handier than ever – flashlights, bug spray, among others. Some worried friends asked me recently, “It’s just a temporary experiment, right?” Experiment or not, weeks have turned into months, and my point of view has been hugely refreshed.

Where we are now, I can’t count on the subway, the train, or the bus, and I can’t even hope that any Uber driver will ever find us. Online purchases and food deliveries are no longer a click away. In fact, shopping has changed completely. Every grocery run is a drive away now — as it is for a big part of America! We have swapped our neighborhood grocery store for visits to some of the local farmer’s markets, which is greatly enjoyable. We’ve grown to appreciate cooking at home. We don’t have a doorman anymore… or immediate next-door neighbors for that matter.

We might feel far from civilization at times, but we are as connected as ever. For his own remote work needs, the owner equipped this place with an exceptionally strong internet connection, which has allowed us to work without interruptions. I must say that our cabin Wi-Fi is better than our overwhelmed city apartment network.

I have also had the new experience of driving our own garbage to the recycling facility, and sorting our bottles, cans, and paper on my own. It gave me a new appreciation for the need to recycle, and brought me closer to a product’s journey from the shelf to the landfill. Having scuba dived all over the world and having witnessed floating islands of plastic garbage in some far-flung pristine tropical locations, I know well that the plastic bottle’s life unfortunately doesn’t end at the recycling chute in a high rise in Manhattan.

Our new remote location has reawakened our appreciation for nature and the many benefits of spending time outdoors. Before this spring, Central Park or the Hudson River Waterfront were our frequent destinations for biking, walking, or hiking. Now, we get lost making our way through steep, overgrown, and hardly visited trails, some of which date back to the late 1700s.

Our life might have taken a different course this year than expected: trips cancelled, high-rise apartment swapped for a cabin in the woods, neighborhood grocery store traded for farmer’s markets. However, it has given me a fresh perspective, and true success in investing lies in seeing everything from a new, different angle and appreciating opportunities that others might miss. My grandma often reminds me of a Polish saying that doesn’t rhyme in English, but says – your point of view depends on where you sit, and from where you look. I know now how right she is!

 

Wishing you a lovely summer!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  7/30/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What’s better than a crystal ball?

I wrote an early draft of this article in the first days of 2020. I had no way of knowing what a roller coaster ride awaits us on all fronts: health, economy, everyday life, and of course, investing. I chose to put some final touches, and share it with you now. We might have entered the second half of the year, but our visibility for the following 6-12 months hasn’t gotten much better, but maybe there is a solution to that.

It’s been almost four years since Sicart Associates became an independent investment advisor, and moved into our office on the 54th floor of Carnegie Tower. Before we switched to remote work, and left our office, I remember how we were still finding items that got misplaced in the move. The most recent pre-pandemic rediscovery was a dust-covered crystal ball that used to sit on my partner François Sicart’s desk. We cleaned it, and we returned it to prominent display in his office. I can’t say that it has helped us make better investment decisions, but it definitely reminds us daily of the challenges of predicting the future, and provides a warning against getting overly excited about the prospects of any particular investment.

Superficially, investing success may seem to require predictive abilities. But looking closer to the actual process, we can discern a way to rely less on crystal balls, and more on something we have much more control over.

I am sometimes asked if I think the market will head up or down in a coming year. I just shrug, remembering the highly volatile days we have seen at times. March 2020 was a prime example. The daily swings were dramatic, and completely unpredictable. We had no way to forecast where the market would end up at the close.

With our freshly polished crystal ball, we still don’t claim the ability to tell the future better than anybody else; in fact, we think that the person who does so either fools himself or everyone who cares to listen.

Through our investment experience managing family fortunes over generations, we discovered that we have an absolute control over only three elements of investment success: price, patience, and investment horizon.  

We might like a certain business, and want to own it one day, but it is our choice to decide what price we will pay. The market quotes a price every day, but we are not obligated to act on it until the price is right. Ideally, we look for the market to demonstrate healthy skepticism about a company’s prospects, expressed in lowered valuations. We call it – down, cheap, out-of-favor stock. If it’s a quality business selling at lower price, that’s equivalent to finding a favorite brand of shoes marked down 50% during a promotion. The discount probably won’t last, and since we are paying a lot less for something we want, the risk of making a poor decision is lower. In fact, the lower the price we pay for a stock, the lower the risk. The more we pay for the stock, the higher the risk.

We can’t predict the future, but the lower the price we accept, the less certain we have to be about the future. Any future improvement in a stock’s price probably points to an investment success. The opposite is true if we overpay for a quality business. Let’s say we buy a stock whose price quintupled in the last five years. It’s widely expected to double and triple again. The predictions had better come true, because now we’re not just running a big risk of being wrong and not capitalizing on the expected upside, but we could also be exposed to a massive loss, when the company disappoints.

As value investors focused on paying less to get more, we play up to our strengths, i.e. our ability to analyze the quality of the business, and our discipline in buying it at the right price.

Over the years we have learned that it takes great patience to not only wait to buy the stock, but also to see it recover and perform up to its potential. Beyond that, we need even more patience not to sell it too early. We like to think of ourselves as patient value buyers and patient growth holders.

An ” investment horizon” is a fascinating concept. If you shrink it to a day, statistically you have an almost 50:50 chance of correctly guessing if any trading day will be an up or a down day. If you extend your investment horizon to 3-5 years or even a decade or more, your odds of a positive return go up dramatically.

In my first book, Outsmarting the Crowd, I wrote, “Investing is dealing with imprecise assumptions tainted by an imperfect world haunted by uncertainty.” I further added, “If you accept some imperfection, and imprecision in this uncertain world, some really important conclusions become clear.”

What are they? The lower the price you pay, the lower the risk, and the less you need to worry about predicting the future. The more patient you can be, the more investment opportunities will become available to you. Finally, the longer the investment horizon you choose, the higher the odds of success you will have.

If you are looking for certainty, we believe that impatiently buying stocks at any price, and hoping to see quick results is an inevitable path to eventual investment trouble.

Even if you took our shining crystal ball away, we will do just fine sticking to our investment discipline: buying stocks cheaply, patiently waiting for them to perform, and keeping our investment horizon as long as possible.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Two Types of Capital Gains

Whenever I’m invited to talk about investing, I like to begin by asking if anyone has ever lost money in the stock market. A few hands go up. Then I ask if anyone has made money investing, and almost all hands go up. It’s harder to talk about the losses and more fun to celebrate the gains. However, there are two types of gains in investing, and they are easily confused: realized and unrealized gains. It’s especially timely to look at those two concepts now after an exceptionally fast stock market recovery with some market indices reaching again new all-time highs. After a period like this it’s to be expected that both types of gains may appear in many investors’ brokerage accounts.

If you bought a stock at $10, and now it’s $100, you have a $90 unrealized gain on your investment. The minute you sell the stock, it becomes a realized gain and you take possession of that extra $90. But wait! Very likely there will be some taxes due, unless you hold your investment in a tax-advantaged account like an IRA (individual retirement account), for example. If it’s a taxable account, the net gain won’t be $90. Depending on the tax rate, it could be as little as half of that $90, especially if it’s a gain realized in less than 12 months, and you live in a heavily taxed country, state or city. The actual post-sale, after-tax value of our investment may be as little as $55 (with a 50% tax on the $90 gain). It’s a very different amount than the $90 we might have thought we had!

Some strategies, though, can help us keep a larger percentage of our realized gains. As long-term patient investors, we trade less often, and hold our investments much longer. We also often benefit from a more attractive tax rate on long-term gains. It can be as little as half of the rate the account holder would have paid had we realized the gain in under 12 months. In that case, our $100 example would translate to an after-tax gain of $67.5 vs. $45 (with an estimated 25% vs. 50% tax rate in a high tax state or city in the U.S. for a high-income earner[1]) and the total value after-tax would be $77.5 vs. $55. That’s quite a significant difference. It makes us appreciate any tax advantaged accounts like an IRA, where no tax is due after realizing the gains.

Unrealized gains on the other hand, are gains on stocks we’re still holding. There are no capital gains tax consequences yet, and there might be no tax consequences if we never sell our investment, but we are subject to price volatility (the normal movement of stock prices)[2]. At Sicart, we don’t consider volatility itself a risk; the only risk we worry about is a permanent loss of capital. If we bought a stock at $100, but its value is $10, and the market eventually recognizes that, then we have a $90 loss, a permanent loss of capital.

Unfortunately, it has happened before that a 5-year gain of any specific stock (or the entire market for that matter) to disappear in a matter of days, weeks or months. We saw it as recently as March this year, when three years of gains disappeared in three weeks. Let’s say that we bought the stock at $10, and now it’s at $100. We choose not to sell, either because we hope for more growth or don’t want to pay taxes on the realized gain. The concern, though, lies in the possibility of this stock dropping significantly, possibly even back to $10, or even to $0. Our unrealized gain could evaporate quickly. That’s a valid concern that investors might have at the top of a long bull market or after a strong market rally, especially when the memory of the March 2020 crash is still fresh.

We believe that’s where fundamental research and stock analysis become indispensable. If the business in which we bought stock has been growing, and truly earned its performance from $10 to $100 per share, we have less of a reason to worry that our $90 unrealized gains could be gone in a heartbeat. On the other hand, if we know that we are looking at an expensive stock that became very expensive, and then incredibly expensive, we feel sure that it’s a just a matter of time before investors wise up and run the other way. Impossible? During the Internet Bubble, Amazon’s stock dropped from $108 to $8, which prompted Jeff Bezos’ reaction expressed in one single word — “Ouch!” Without a last-minute financing deal that saved the business, Amazon’s name would be recited today with the other dotcom flops: Pets.com, eToys.com, even Flooz.com (the last one sold online currency heavily promoted in TV ads by a major TV celebrity).

We are not suggesting that Amazon may repeat its dramatic drop anytime soon. All the same, the longest-running bull market, and quick market recovery may have blessed many with big unrealized gains. Some of them may be well deserved — but not all of them. For example, on the surface, 2019 was an impressive year. The S&P 500 index rose nearly 29%, its best performance since 2013. But as many analysts, including Goldman Sachs’ David Kostin have pointed out, “Valuation expansion drove nearly all of the S&P 500 return in 2019.” In other words, expensive stocks became even more expensive. Since March the market got back close to previous peak levels, yet corporate profits are falling, and may take a while to recover. We believe the growing disconnect may put some unrealized gains in some immediate danger.

Unrealized gains can eventually become realized gains. We know that realized gains may trigger tax consequences, but let’s not forget that unrealized gains are always at risk of a permanent loss, especially if they are driven by rising stock prices rather than businesses growing their earnings, and truly deserving their higher prices.

As patient disciplined investors managing family fortunes over generations, we at Sicart do our best to manage both types of gains. In the last three years, we have trimmed many of the older long-held positions, gradually replacing them when we find what we believe to be excellent businesses with potential to perform well over the next 3-5 years and beyond. In the last few months, we both took advantage of certain opportunities when the market crashed, and sold some earlier positions that held up in the midst of the market turmoil.

We expect the coming months to offer both buying, and selling opportunities, and successful investing relies not only on the right buying discipline, but also on disciplined and strategic selling.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  7/16/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

[1]Actual tax rates may differ from this hypothetical example.

[2] Dividends paid on stock holdings are subject to taxation as ordinary income.

The Last Stockpicker and the Unreal Hunting Grounds

How do you find a perfect stock? That’s a frequent topic of talks I give to curious audiences interested in the art of stock picking. It is always very inspiring and encouraging to me to see others getting curious about becoming active stockpickers in a world where passive investing, high frequency trading, robo advisors, bots, machines, and algos seems to have become all the rage.

I believe none of these can replace the actual skills, where we look at the businesses we buy, and we care about the price we pay. The more auto-robo-algo investing becomes, the more opportunities exist for disciplined and patient investors. And when we are the very last stockpickers still practicing the trade, we will roam freely in what my friend Jake Taylor (author of The Rebel Allocator) calls “the unreal hunting grounds” full of panics, inefficiencies, and buying opportunities.

Like any skill, I firmly believe that stock picking improves with practice. What’s more, it only lasts if it’s passed on. That’s part of the reason why I am always so eager to share with my audiences what I have learned so far. Public speaking is a two-way street for me: I love to share what I know, but I’m also curious to learn from my audience. One of the talks I gave last year inspired me to look back at the path that led me to becoming a stockpicker and investor myself.

If you’ve read my books or heard my TEDx talk, you probably know how much I credit Peter Lynch’s book One Up on Wall Street for the direction of my career and my early fascination with stock investing. I believe that throughout our lives, we are molded to do exactly what we do best. Growing up in Poland during a spectacular economic and political transformation shaped me as a future investor in many ways. I have seen and lived through what many of my American or European contemporaries have only learned about from books, including the often-feared hyperinflation.

You might not know, though, that my very first training in discipline and patience was formed picking — not stocks, but mushrooms, and not on Wall Street, but in the enchanting woods of Poland, not long after I learned to walk!

My better half, Megan, on her very first mushroom-picking trip last fall, compared the experience to a treasure hunt in some fairy tale land. After a long, fruitless hour of walking, you eventually find a mushroom hiding under some leaves. This little reward gives you enough renewed hope to keep going. Your commitment gets tested again and again, but each time you’re ready to give up yet again, another mushroom appears! Not that different from stock picking, if you ask me.

Like mushroom-picking, selecting stocks that are worth investing in is simple, but far from easy.

Most mushrooms are not only not edible, they can be actually poisonous, even fatal with such endearing names as a death cap, which actually happens to deceivingly resemble some of the edible ones! I can think of many stocks that should carry similarly poignant names!

In my experience, many investors who think that investing is easy walk away empty-handed, often bruised by massive losses; many mushroom pickers return from the hunt with poisonous pickings, empty buckets or clothing tattered by thorns. Other similarities: It takes a certain skill and considerable luck and patience to find mushrooms in the woods. After a few years of practice, experts can predict or even smell where the mushrooms might be hiding.

Lastly, given what you just learned, I’d think you wouldn’t want to taste a mushroom soup cooked with all possible species one can find in the woods or eat the first random mushroom you come across, would you? …yet I’ve seen so many investors out there unwittingly put their life savings in funds that hold the good, the bad, and the worst stocks out there or buy stocks without looking at the business behind them or the price they pay.

If mushroom picking skills fade away, the same way some fear stock picking skills are expected to vanish, and the last mushroom picker heads to the woods, he or she will be amazed by the abundance of unpicked treasures all around. My parents and grandparents have told me tales of plentiful large mushrooms in the undiscovered woods of their childhood. Many fellow seasoned investors, including my partner, and mentor, Mr. François Sicart reminisce about the equally abundant stock-picking times of their earlier careers.

I’m reminded that often history goes through cycles. The recent period of the longest-ever bull market, and the post-March rally might have set the stage for slim pickings. But last year’s briefly-renewed volatility, and this year’s March market crash have given us at Sicart enough enticing opportunities to renew hope for the years to come. We believe that we might be among the few stockpickers around when the most promising unreal hunting grounds appear right in front of us. We don’t mind, we are actually thrilled about the unreal hunting grounds that may be ahead.

Going back to mushrooms, as you may know from my earlier articles, Megan and I traded our city apartment for a cabin in the woods, and you can’t keep me out of the mushroom picking grounds for too long. Needless to say, we did discover some unbelievably rich hunting grounds in the National Forest that surrounds us. Some of the sizes of the tastiest mushrooms we found happened to be even bigger than the most impressive specimen I recall finding as a kid in the woods of Poland. Maybe history does repeat after all!

Mushroom

In the meantime, let’s practice the stock picking skills because when the time is right, we might be the only ones still picking — and pick we will!

Lastly, we don’t believe that everyone has to become a stockpicker himself or herself. As you know well, we are always happy to help, and do the picking for you!

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What would we do with a million dollars?

Little over a year ago,  at an intimate investor conference in Zurich, I gave a talk about the next decade of stock investing (here are some ideas I discussed: Fighting the currents; a metaphor for the next decade of stock investing). Over lunch, one of the attendees asked me an interesting question: “What would you do with a million dollars right now?”

In the context of my talk, it was the perfect question to entertain. In my prepared remarks, I had highlighted five widely-held principles or tactics that have worked well over the last decade, and explained how they may get many investors in trouble over the next decade:

  • Diversification of investments is not enough; holding cash matters
  • A “buy and hold” investment approach may not work, but stock-pickers will do well
  • Passive investing may fail as active managers could shine again
  • Balancing short-term promises vs. long-term success
  • Volatility is not risk; it’s an opportunity in disguise

But for investment managers like us, it’s always useful to apply principles to a practical problem, and this was a question that comes up frequently in our field. Whether a family fortune amounts to one million dollars or a hundred million, we are all navigating the ups and downs of the stock market along with economic and political uncertainty, not to mention the broad variety of business opportunities and risks we face in our holdings.

As a backdrop, it’s important to remember that today (mid-2020), we are almost back at the top of the longest-running bull market ever, while the underlying fundamentals have deteriorated. Naturally, we have nothing against bull markets as such; that’s when most wealth is created. Similarly, though, bear markets are the periods when most of wealth vanishes. In the last 50 years, seven bear markets wiped out half or more of the preceding bull markets’ gains.  On three of those occasions, more than 100% of the bull market gains were lost (Source: UPFINA, Farnam Street Investments).

In March of this year, we had a taste of it, when three years of gains disappeared in a matter of three weeks, only to show a record recovery sponsored by an unprecedented fiscal and monetary stimulus (Read: more cheap debt).

With the past incidents in mind, it’s impossible to draft a plan for a million dollars without first understanding the possible risks. To us, the big risk is a permanent loss of capital, like spending $100 to get a $50 bill. Eventually, the market will price that bill properly, and when that happens, we’d face a permanent loss of capital. Seen that way, no one would buy a $50 bill just because its market price went from $100 to $130. Yet somehow when it comes to stock investing, it’s easy to lose track of that vital fact, and want shares of a hot company just because the price has been going up.

As value investors who like finding $100 bills that sell for $50 or less, we have a peculiar challenge in the current market. The conditions that challenge us are markets that keep rising for less and less convincing reasons. Easier times are those when markets continue to drop for less and less convincing reasons.

But whatever the state of the market, a million dollars needs to be put to work. Even “parking” it in a zero-rate checking account is a decision. If we become responsible for that million at the market top, we will do our best to first preserve it, and second grow it. Our investment approach remains the same through all markets. We look for value, and if we can’t find value, we wait until it appears.

What we have done in recent years, and what we’d do with a million dollars today, would be the following:

  1. We would put as much cash to work as possible without compromising our long-term goal – growth and preservation of capital.
  2. We would maintain a well-selected portfolio of the best-quality stocks acquired at attractive prices. The majority would be in well-established businesses that likely pay a dividend, and have good odds of prospering through a prolonged economic downturn.
  3. We also like to hold a small number of companies with an even more promising trajectory. They can be growing or misunderstood businesses that the market doesn’t appreciate at the time. (We often mention that we like to hold cyclical businesses when the time is right, but given that we are at the top of the cycle for most industries, with very few exceptions, our cyclical holdings are currently relatively small.)

It’s true that in the last few months we’ve put more money to work by buying a significant number of new stocks. Still, we’ve been acting slowly, often building starter positions and leaving plenty of room to add over time.

To succeed at collecting more quality businesses at good prices, we don’t need a broad market sell-off. We often take advantage of pockets of opportunity, when segments of the market drop significantly due to a shift in a sentiment and investor short-sightedness.

As we often write, we don’t claim to be faster or smarter than anyone else, but we are definitely more patient than most. We are patient in both buying and selling. And while it is tempting to chase the short-term races that the market sets up for those suffering from the fear of missing out, we would prefer to diligently follow our holdings, and continue to learn about the businesses we like and own.

When the opportunity arises, we have our finger on the trigger and we can act without hesitation. December 2018, for instance, opened a brief window of opportunity when market prices dropped by around 20%, but we have seen other times, including January and February of this year. March 2020 was an equally opportune time.

We are skeptical about portfolio managers who hold extreme opinions in today’s markets, both negative and positive. On the whole, we trust the expertise of active managers like ourselves, who actually know what they own, and why — instead of passively and blindly riding out a wave that may break any time.

Good or bad, easy or difficult, there is always a way to invest, whether your fortune is a million dollars or a hundred times that. If you have a long-term investment horizon, if that’s all the money you have, and you can’t afford to lose it (as it is the case for our clients) we would hold a selected group of quality stocks bought at the right price, and an ample cash reserve to take advantage of the opportunities ahead. There will be many opportunities, but likely they won’t be where the majority is used to finding them.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 7/2/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Good stock, good business, good investment

In a fast-rising market post the March correction, many may start to feel like heroes. With earnings falling, and stock prices rising, investing may seem easy to some, and confusing to others. Even bankrupt companies recently saw their stocks not only rise, but also become the “hottest stocks” (Bankrupt Hertz is one of the market’s hottest stocks. That’s a bad sign – CBS News June 12th, 2020).

To find our bearings, let’s focus on three investing terms that are often used interchangeably, but whose meanings and proper use are often very different: good stock, good business, good investment. In today’s volatile, confusing, and challenging markets, understanding of the three distinct concepts is especially important, and can not only help investors navigate the markets, but also potentially save them a lot of trouble, and money!

This is how we define these terms:

A good stock is a stock that goes up and up. There might be a good reason behind its rise, such as higher profitable growth. Often, though, mere investor sentiment seems to drive many high valuations. Very often the stock’s ascent can be driven by enthusiasm for the story the company shares with investors. Tesla (the electric car manufacturer) is one example of a “good stock” that keeps rising, though profits remain elusive. Good stocks attract momentum investors who only chase the rising prices. Their returns can be very high — as long as the momentum continues.

The trouble with momentum is that eventually it ends; the market wises up and starts to doubt the story. A good example in today’s market would be Netflix. Its stock has risen on ever-higher user growth for many years, and it quadrupled between late 2016 through 2018 alone. Since then the stock sold off twice, and hasn’t recovered its 2018 peak price until two years later, mid-2020. I’d think that the captive audience kept home due to nationwide and worldwide lockdowns definitely helped for now to improve the sentiment around the stock. This 22-year-old company (not exactly a brand-new startup) has been burning cash to provide a constant stream of new high-quality content to users. The problem is that the users not only don’t want to pay for the service, but also share their memberships with a number of friends — further lowering the company’s revenue potential, and thus profits.

We have nothing against Tesla’s electric cars or Netflix’s streaming content; I’ll even admit that those companies have made money for many investors. We believe the challenge with stocks that rise based on hope and growth is the investor’s exit strategy. You need to guess when to get out without losing more than you initially invested. The story and the excitement around the stock do matter at least as much as the fundamentals, but we have no way to measure them. There’s too much guesswork involved: not only whether the price will keep rising, but also what other investors are thinking and hoping for. That’s a game we choose not to play.

A good business is one that can produce growing and lasting profits. It has a competitive advantage, for one reason or the other, it stands out, and the competition has a hard timing taking their businesses away. It could be its well recognized and trusted brand, size, scale, technology, distribution or a combination of all the above. A good business is able to maintain and grow a loyal customer base which is willing to pay a sufficient price for the goods or services that allows the company to make a respectable profit.  There might be a few thousand publicly-traded stocks in the U.S., but in our opinion, only a fraction of those have a good business behind them. For a disciplined investor, that list may consist of only a hundred companies or so. When we call something “a good business,” that doesn’t always mean than its stock keeps rising and rising. As a matter of fact, if we overpay for a good business, we may walk away with a loss over time, as the market closes the gap between the price and the value. (As you may remember from earlier articles, we define “price” as what we pay, and “value” as what we get.)

A good investment is one that produces a respectable long-term return in the form of price appreciation, and possibly even dividends paid out over time. If we correctly identify a good business, and have the patience to wait for the price to become attractive to buyers, we believe there’s a fair chance to turn an investment into a “good investment.” If earnings grow or recover, and we didn’t overpay for the business, the stock price is likely to rise, too.

The lower the price and the better the business, the better positioned we are for investment success.

Of course, we, like other investors, are seeking out stocks that go up, but what we like to think makes Sicart different is how we select them. We first need to see a good business whose shares are selling at a good price.

Our investments may turn into “good stocks,” as defined above.  Still, there are many good stocks that in our opinion don’t qualify as good investments — not because their share price won’t rise steadily, but because of the risks we’d take on had we chased them. If a good stock doesn’t have sufficiently strong fundamentals to back its rise, it carries a risk of dropping precipitously, possibly even to zero. Long-term investors are in no danger of forgetting the dotcom-era stocks that rose fast and high, and fell to zero soon after, wiping out many a nest egg.

Next time you hear good stock, good business, and good investment in one sentence, remember how these three are not always one and the same. It pays to be able to tell them apart, especially if you want to not only make money, but also keep it.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  6/25/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Infinite Investing: How do we win a game that has no end?

This an important topic that has been on my mind for a few years now, and I think it has become more relevant today than ever, during these especially challenging, confusing, and uncertain times for investors.  

If you put kids in a room, eventually they will start to play. Very often, the game they choose ends with a winner or a loser. That’s how we are conditioned to see the world. Most games operate with clear rules, time limits, and precise outcomes. Today, most of us want to win big, win often, and most of all — win fast! Our world has never been more impatient, more obsessed with immediacy, and winning, but also… more fragile.

Speaking of fast, it is possible to win a game of chess with as few as two moves. When I was a kid, I loved playing chess. I had a foldable chessboard that went everywhere with me. I thought I was good for my age, and I started to beat adult players, though maybe they let me win. I enjoyed it either way, but there was one thing I didn’t like — that there was an end to each match. Chess, soccer, tennis and many other familiar games are finite games. It’s clear who the players are, there are rules, there is a winner and a loser, and eventually the game ends. You can play countless games of chess, but each time it’s the same format: a board, an opponent, 32 pieces and, ultimately, a winner and a loser. The classic example of a finite game.

Let’s turn that concept on its head, let’s drop the limiting boundaries of a board, and consider the notion of an infinite game. Infinity is an abstract concept describing something without any limit.  Friendship, for instance; friendship can involve two or many people, there are no fixed rules, there are no winners or losers in true friendship. The primary objective of friendship is to keep it thriving.

Finite games with strict rules and time limits tend to be clear-cut and easy to comprehend. Not so much with infinite games. They can have many players, who may not all be aware of each other. There might be certain rules of conduct, but also some flexibility around them. There is no time limit, and, often, no clear end. The primary objective of an infinite game is to perpetuate the game. Players drop out when they run out of the will and the resources to keep playing.

We may falsely believe that investing is a finite game with winners and losers. In investing, we hear every day about the best and the worst performing stocks, the portfolio manager of the month, the best asset class of the year. We may even think that missing out on a particular stock whose price has soared by a factor of ten makes us a loser. There is something liberating, eye-opening, and empowering about seeing investing as the game with no end.

Stock investing, as we practice it at Sicart, is the ultimate infinite game – infinite investing. The goal is to keep growing wealth managing family fortunes over generations. The resource (i.e. a family fortune) is irreplaceable. Once it’s lost or spent, the family has to drop out of the game, and our clients would no longer be able to participate in the future investment success of the great economy around us.  If the primary objective is to be able to keep playing, and the only way to keep playing is to have the resources to do so, not losing it all takes priority over everything else.

The infinite game with the infinite investment horizon allows us at Sicart to think far beyond the immediate future and instant gratification. It gives us an incentive to plan for the future of those who will be around when we are long gone. My dear friend Anthony Deden, a Swiss-based investor, asked once in an interview with Grant Williams from Real Vision: “Why would a man do something today for which he would receive no reward in his life time?” He was discussing investing; more specifically, sharing the story of an individual who owned a date palm orchard. This man was harvesting from trees planted by ancestors, and at the same time planting trees to be harvested by his descendants.

The infinite investment horizon doesn’t mean though that we can take indiscriminate risks just because we have a long horizon. Not all risks are acceptable. Imagine betting a family fortune on the roulette wheel in Las Vegas, Monte Carlo or Macau just because its investment horizon is infinite! It sounds silly, but investment equivalents crop up all the time.

However, the longer the investment horizon, the longer we can wait: first to invest at a sensible price, and later, to sell when a stock delivers the returns we’ve been watching for. In fact, our long horizon gives us the luxury of taking a long-term view that others can’t. Anyone who measures their performance in months or quarters or even years, can’t take a long-term position in an out-of-favor stock or industry, and wait 5 years to see the returns. Players in an infinite game can do exactly that, and their decisions are made with ten, twenty or even hundred-year investment horizons. We often say that we might not be faster or smarter than anyone else, but we are definitely among the more patient. It is our clients’ time preference, and awareness of the infinite game they are in that gives us that very luxury to think beyond months, quarters or years.

When I had almost completed writing  my first book in 2015, Outsmarting the Crowd, I came across a volume titled Finite and Infinite Games by James P. Carse. It made such a big impression on me that I postponed handing in my final draft to the editor for a week or two because I knew I had to add a few more pages addressing the topic of investing as an infinite game. This is my favorite quote from his book: “The joyfulness of infinite play (…) lies in learning to start something we cannot finish.”

More recently in the book The Infinite Game, author Simon Sinek brought the topic of infinite games back to the public’s attention. He explained how politics, business, and education are all “games” that shouldn’t have the best or the worst, winners or losers, but should be seen as endless processes where the primary objective is to continue to play, improve, and thrive.

When I brought up the topic of this article to my dear friend and mentor James (Jay) Hughes (who spent a wonderful career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance), he immediately reminded me of Nassim Nicholas Taleb’s book Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder. After a long discussion, we realized that Carse’s infinite game, and Taleb’s notion of “the antifragile” are really two sides of the same coin. For any player to be able to continue to play, the player has to be antifragile. If anything, disorder and chaos can benefit such a player – Taleb explains.

When it comes to investing, the stock market disorder, chaos and volatility expose the fragility of the investment approach, and the fragility of overpriced, overleveraged, overextended companies whose shares investors buy chasing price momentum. At the same time, these seemingly undesirable conditions actually create buying opportunities for disciplined and patient value investors; stock pickers, who have put in the time to learn what to buy, and what price to pay. What makes such a player stronger is not only the stock selection, but the advance preparation with an effective selling policy. As a result, we choose to hold ample cash, gold holdings, and a collection of very carefully selected stocks acquired opportunistically, and held patiently as we make our way through some of the most turbulent markets in history.

***

Investing when seen as infinite investing:

  • requires us to preserve and grow resources to be able to continue to “play”, thus never risk losing it all;
  • gives us the luxury to be patient, and think long-term, and even beyond our lifetimes to promote the growth of resources over generations.
  • requires us to remain “antifragile” and benefit from rather than succumb to the stock market disorder and chaos;

Investing is not a game you win or lose, it’s a game you may want to keep playing for as long as possible, ideally forever — growing wealth for generations to come. The more impatient the world grows, the more others are driven by instant gratification of short-lived wins, the more fragile other players become; the more we, and our investment approach stands out, and gives us a silent, but tremendous advantage in a game we choose to be in – the infinite investing.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  6/18/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Train wreck or a train you can’t miss?

To most of us, the March stock market sell-off might have felt like a train wreck, but today in early June the fast stock market rally may feel like a train you can’t miss. Which one is it then?

These were the thoughts I walked away with from a talk I gave at Intel to some five hundred attendees recently. No, I didn’t hop on a plane to see them in person, as I would have only a few months ago. Instead I joined them over Webex from the comfort of my makeshift home office. The event was hosted by a good friend, Yedu Jathavedan, who is a fellow investor and a true stock market enthusiast. I shared the virtual stage with Jake Taylor, another good friend and fellow investor as well as an author and a podcast host.

The last time I saw Yedu in person, we were outside Portland, Oregon having lunch with our significant others. My most memorable time spent recently with Jake was when he was fighting with a water hose under pressure that came loose on the boat during our sailing trip. Our Intel event was not quite that dramatic — but it was thought-provoking nonetheless!

***

It seems impossible to discuss the current market without reminiscing about March, April, and May. In March we saw one of the fastest market drops in history, which prompted a dramatic shift in investor sentiment — from peak optimism to peak pessimism. This dark moment for investors was followed by one of the fastest rallies driven by a sentiment shift from peak pessimism to a fresh peak of optimism. But that’s not the whole story, let’s look at some key points to gain a broader perspective.

1: The stock market tends to overreact. It usually responds early to expected drops in economic activity, and it often recovers ahead of actual improvement. If you see the stock market as a place where you can acquire ownership of a business, and you see businesses as streams of profits, then it becomes logical that when economic activity shrinks, profits tend to follow. Depending on the nature of the business, sometimes a small drop in sales can lead to a significant drop in profits. It’s referred to as operating leverage. There are certain costs that a company can’t cut quickly (rent, for instance), and profits get squeezed. Not all companies have the capacity to withstand a drop in profits (let alone actual losses) and in times of distress such as an economic recession, they risk going out of business if they can’t pay their bills. In addition, if they have borrowed significant sums of money over the years, the debt burden makes them even more vulnerable, and bankruptcy might be inevitable. It’s something we’ve seen with major retailers lately, but not only, even Hertz, the 102-year old car rental company, recently filed for bankruptcy with some $19 billion in debt.

2: The stock market and the economy are not the same thing. The economy encompasses the entire complex activity of all its participants – earning, spending, investing money, time, and resources, while the stock market represents ownership in a selected number of businesses that play roles in the economy. Another way to frame the distinction is activity (the economy) vs. ownership (the market). Many businesses are not represented in the stock market, mostly because they are too small to have public shareholders. Nevertheless, they may play a very meaningful role in our lives and in the economy. They employ tens of millions of workers, pay taxes, and provide goods and service we value. Think of your local grocery store, your favorite restaurant, your hair salon, et cetera. Small businesses represent about half of private sector employment.

At the same time, the U.S. stock market isn’t just American anymore. Many of the listed companies have presences around the world. When we look at the aggregate sales of the S&P 500, a little under half of their sales come from foreign countries. If you choose to own a representative slice of those 500 S&P-listed companies, you are directly exposed to their success and failure in 100+ countries. Some of them are mature and developed – European Union, Japan, Australia — while others are emerging. When you walk past a Coca-Cola fridge in a remote town in Southeast Asia or South America or Africa, spare a thought for the stream of profits making its way to you, the shareholder, half a globe away.

The peculiar nature of the stock market is the availability of the price of all listed companies every minute of every weekday while the market is open. In the U.S. that’s 9.30am to 4pm, Monday through Friday. Buyers and sellers make their investment choices from locations all over the world. If they like the prospects of a business, they buy, and when they get worried, they sell. As long-term patient value investors, we at Sicart follow Warren Buffett’s wisdom: “Be fearful when others are greedy and greedy when others are fearful.” We know exactly what we want to buy, and we zigzag our way through the markets. We tend to buy when others panic, and trim our holdings when we witness boundless unfounded optimism.

3: In March, the stock market felt like a train wreck heading for further disaster. The stock market drop was triggered by the looming economic recession driven by nationwide shutdowns. With constrained ability to earn and spend money, individuals and businesses were expected to come under a lot of pressure, and so they did. The March drop was an attempt to gauge the extent of the economic damage to come. Now, in early June, we are looking at over 40 million jobless claims, and the biggest plummet in corporate profits since the 2008 recession, 13.9% in the first quarter, with the second quarter likely to be worse. We saw a slowdown on Covid-19 cases, and some states have started to gradually reopen their local economies.

4: Based on the macro fundamentals and the actual earnings trends of U.S. companies, we are far from being out of the woods. We’d like to see the second quarter results, and we understand that there is a very real risk of a second wave of the pandemic later this year. With a second wave, we shouldn’t be too surprised to see further lockdowns. China and South Korea have already selectively restored restrictions in response to repeat spikes in Covid-19 cases. The level of uncertainty in March was so high that legendary investor Warren Buffett, with his 90th birthday around the corner and a dozen market crashes under his belt, decided to not make any purchases in March, and as a matter of fact he made a number of sales. He exited his airline holdings and trimmed his bank ownership. He chose to wait on the sidelines with an ample cash holding ready to be deployed down the road.

5: In late March/early April, investors shifted from peak pessimism to off-the-charts optimism. U.S. stock indices recorded a swift recovery with the tech index Nasdaq reaching a new an all-time high. It almost looks as if nothing had happened. The economy and the labor market have a long way to recovery. Easing lockdowns may offer some relief. It’s hard for us to imagine such an abrupt stock market recovery, and shift in investor sentiment without the unprecedented multi-trillion dollar fiscal and monetary stimulus – more government spending, lower interest rates, and the Federal Reserve’s massive intervention in the markets. This intervention has gone as far as buying high yield bonds, otherwise aptly called junk bonds.

6: A major price vs. value gap. If you see the stock price as what you pay, and value as what you get, today, we are looking at one of the biggest price vs. value gaps. The value of a business comes from its ability to generate sustainable and hopefully growing profits. The profits dropped dramatically for many companies recently. Their new normal level is possibly lower than what we are used to. Despite this backdrop, the stock prices rose back close to the levels recorded early this year, when profits were growing and reaching historic highs. It’s difficult to miss the growing disconnect here, and thus it becomes clear that the stock market as a whole is far from a bargain. In a current moment, the stock market price feels to us like a hugely oversized shoe with a small foot representing the value. The foot has a long way to grow into its shoe or the price level. It’s not impossible for the profits (and the value) to catch up with an excessively high price. If history teaches us anything though, this experience may be a very bumpy ride, and sets us up well for a high likelihood of a sideways market at best. It doesn’t mean though that there won’t be investment opportunities ahead, there will be many, but they will take an extra effort, and caution to find.

***

One of the questions that came up after my recent Intel talk was about our investment principles. The audience wanted to know if they had changed since the March turmoil. As we’ve written in earlier articles discussing investing in times of a pandemic, our principles remain unchanged. We are looking for quality businesses that we can buy at attractive prices and hold for at least for 3-5 years, if not forever. We want to get the most, and pay the least, while avoiding the risk of a permanent loss of capital.

We are reminded here of Benjamin Graham’s wise words, the father of value investing: “Though business conditions may change, corporations and securities may change, and financial institutions and regulations may change, human nature remains the same. Thus, the important and difficult part of sound investment, which hinges upon the investor’s own temperament and attitude, is not much affected by the passing years.”

Train wreck or a train we can’t miss? Where others see rising prices and want to jump in at any cost, we see a growing disconnect between stock prices and the value or the fundamentals. Where are we headed next, then? We have a long wish list of investment ideas and we bought a number of stocks in March and early April. We even made minor additions in May, and even now in June. We are far from building full positions in our new holdings, though; we’ve slowed or even paused our purchases. After sales of certain long-term holdings, we still hold a sizeable cash position ready to deploy, and a gold holding which we see as a hedge against uncertainty, and a potential source of cash when needed. Our stock holdings have done a lot of heavy lifting in the last few months making what we consider to be a respectable contribution to the performance.

We may all have more questions than answers when it comes to the second half of the year, but what we at Sicart know for certain is what kind of businesses we’d like to own, what kind of price we are willing to pay, and most of all, what’s really at stake here – the financial well-being of our clients and their families today, and for generations to come. In these uncertain times, we stand by our investment principles, and we intend to act decisively, but as always with a high degree of caution.

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  6/11/2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Money you don’t need, money you can’t lose

The stock market recently endured one of the fastest-ever sell-offs, which was followed rapidly by one of the speediest rallies we’ve seen, likely prompting many investors to rethink their investment philosophy. Here at Sicart, we have always seen investment capital as both the money our clients don’t immediately need, and money they can’t ever lose. The recent experience of higher volatility and widespread uncertainty has only reinforced this opinion. In a conversation with a new client not long ago, I had a chance to share those two assumptions, and explain how they help us navigate the investment choices that best suit our clients while protecting their interests.

We strongly believe that the funds intended for investment should be first of all, money that’s not needed in this moment or in the near future. If a client has a large purchase in mind – a car, a house, a boat — that amount should be earmarked for that specific need, and put aside in the safest short-term investment possible – for example, cash or treasuries. That’s capital that should not be invested in stocks, for two reasons. First, as long-term disciplined investors, we can’t promise that we will find an investment that will work quickly enough so that the money can be “released” in time to fund a big purchase. Second, every investment carries risk, and if so, when the investment is sold, especially sold prematurely, a loss might have to be realized and the amount returned can be smaller than the amount needed for the expected expenditure.

Given the investment style we follow, it’s ideal if the money invested with us won’t be needed for the next 3-5 years. In fact, the time horizon of the nearest possible moment when the capital (or a meaningful portion of it) is needed should align with the investment horizon we propose for that money. It’s essential for both us and the client, if we know that a certain amount will be needed sooner rather than later. That’s something we are always happy to take into account in our investment process.

Just because the capital invested with us is not needed right away, it doesn’t mean all risks are acceptable. On the contrary, we know this capital is money our clients can’t afford to lose. There will be market fluctuations as prices of our holdings move up and down, but it is a permanent loss of capital that we are the most concerned about. To us, a permanent loss is an investment that turns out to be worth much less than we expected, and the hopes of recovering the majority of our initial investment are slim. Of course, we cannot guarantee investment performance or the avoidance of investment losses. To mitigate the risk of coming across such an investment lemon, we tend to hold 30-50 stocks. Then one particular unfortunate investment doesn’t do much damage. Also, as a rule, we do our best to avoid any individual investment that has an obvious potential of going to zero.

A company with no profits and no business model is a prime candidate for a permanent loss, no matter how high its market price might be at a given moment. WeWork — with a $50 billion peak valuation, failed IPO, and the most recent price tag of a mere few billion — is a good example. Just because something has a massive price tag doesn’t mean it’s worth anything. As value investors who like to get the most value for the lowest price, we strongly believe that the markets eventually close the gap between price and value, and in case of WeWork, we believe, the two will eventually meet at zero.

Other candidates for permanent loss would be companies that have borrowed too much money to prop up vulnerable businesses. JC Penney, Neiman Marcus, and J. Crew are among major retailers who filed for bankruptcy in the last few weeks. A bankruptcy means a total and permanent loss for stock investors: a zero.

Investing becomes a lot simpler when one eliminates obvious dangers. It doesn’t make it risk-free, but it tilts the odds in our favor.

Turbulent markets are a good time for clients and money managers to make sure they are on the same page when it comes to investment philosophy. Our goal at Sicart is keeping and growing our clients’ family fortunes over the long run. We navigate our investment decisions with the two assumptions in mind – it’s money our clients don’t need, and it’s money they can’t afford to lose.

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/21/2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Becoming Remote

About a year and a half ago, in Gran Canaria, Spain, I had the great pleasure of addressing a large audience of remote workers and digital nomads from around the globe. The event was organized by my friend Nacho Rodriguez, a restless entrepreneur and founder of Nomad City. The venue was a modern glass-walled lecture hall overlooking the brilliantly blue Atlantic Ocean. At that time, I had no way of knowing that soon enough, I would pack up my laptop, take an Uber home, and not return to the office for a long while.

On that trip, I learned a lot about the opportunities and challenges of working remotely. I also discussed our experience building a firm with the capacity to function 100% remotely if required. This had been an interest of mine for some time. The senior partner at Sicart Associates, my boss and mentor François Sicart, has been a huge inspiration for over fifteen years now. Ever since I read his first articles written between New York City, Mexico, Paris, and China, I was intrigued by the idea of taking your work with you wherever you go. I found it freeing and empowering. I have always enjoyed François’ stories and the investment ideas that emerged from his being away from his desk.

During the last two months, as we abruptly transitioned to 100% remote work, we’ve had more than Mr. Sicart’s decades-long remote work experience to rely on. Our early days as a newly independent investment firm almost four years ago were a prime training in remote work. Back then, our small team traded desks for couches almost overnight, and with laptops, phones, and a printer carried from a nearby electronics store, we were back in business long before our new office was ready to use. I have fond memories of turning my dining room table into a co-working space, and having my partner Patsy Jaganath join me. We were 100% remote in those days, which has definitely made it easier for us to transition back to remote work now.

In fact, for years now, as you probably know well, we at Sicart Associates are not always all in the same place at the same time since we travel often for business. My partner Allen Huang and I have frequently coordinated research and trading while one or both of us were on the road. Doug Rankin, one of our portfolio managers, maintains a satellite office of Sicart Associates out of New Jersey. From time to time our office manager Diandra Ramsammy has held the fort when we were all away from our desks, while Delphine Chevalier helps us navigate the time zones from Paris.

All that experience has helped us adjust to the current life and work reality. Almost overnight, the ability to work remotely has become indispensable in many professions, and has given many businesses a chance to endure – even flourish in these trying times. In the last two months, we have heard many kind words from our clients, who appreciate how seamlessly our transition has been. It’s been a true blessing to be able to continue to work, and serve our clients, and it’s something we are very grateful for. We have even been able to successfully onboard clients in the midst of this new business reality.

With all presentations, and conferences now fully online — I’m learning from my better half Megan how online presence matters more than ever before. She has been helping many entrepreneurs build their brands for years, and is now helping seasoned professionals catch up to this remote game — designing and developing their online personal brands that rightfully position them as leaders in their fields.

The idea of becoming remote has been on my mind for years now. I dedicated a third of my most recent book – Money, Life, Family: My Handbook: My complete collection of principles on investing, finding work & life balance, and preserving family wealth to the concept of being remote. Not everywhere, and not always, but in the investment world often enough, being at times physically, intellectually, and emotionally remote can help one become a better investor. I call it keeping a healthy distance from the desk, the crowd, and the noise. In the book, I refer to great investors as worldbound, original thinkers blessed with mindfulness. I emphasize how they know what, when, and how to buy. I picture them as explorers on a treasure hunt who seek out the best ideas, bargain shoppers who go against the crowd and buy when the price is down, and business owners who are disciplined and patient.

I shared this idea of becoming a remote investor with my TEDx audience in California over two years ago, and it prompted a memorable encounter. A college senior approached me afterward, to share his deepest fear: that he would be stuck behind a desk in a dark cubicle for his entire professional life. I explained how the whole concept of work is evolving, including the idea of remote work.  I encouraged him to explore more flexible ways to pursue his career dreams.

Remote work may have become more prevalent than ever, but it is still not the most intuitive concept to grasp. Lately I’ve spent a lot more time talking to my family. I greatly enjoy chats with my grandparents, and especially my grandpa’s keen curiosity about my professional life. Despite my extensive explanations, he still can’t quite picture how I can work from anywhere with just a laptop, good Wi-Fi, and my phone. Recently he asked me a thought-provoking question: how do I know when my work starts and ends?

My grandpa was on to something! That’s been my biggest challenge as I’ve transitioned to working remotely, and I hear the same concern from many friends. Initially, we all just worked every waking hour, partly because we had to. March was a very busy month on the investment front. Markets dropped precipitously, and many potential buying opportunities appeared all at once.  We had to find time for calls with clients, research, trading, and even, more than once, some compliance questions. By April, the workload already felt more balanced, and I found a better rhythm. In our recent team email exchange, we shared how the last two months have been some of our most productive.

I’ve mentioned in earlier posts how I’ve been able to reclaim a good amount of time that I would otherwise spend commuting. I have even picked up some online courses. I still miss travel, but on the whole, I’ve grown fond of this new work and life balance, and I’m not alone. Many companies don’t expect their employees to be back in the office until the fall or even sometime next year. At the same time, many employees and business owners are interested in working remotely most or all of the time in the post-pandemic world.

The 89-year old chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, legendary investor, Warren Buffett during the annual shareholder meeting (streamed live by Yahoo Finance from an auditorium with tens of thousands empty seats) said: “A lot of people have learned that they can work at home, or that there’s other methods of conducting their business than they might have thought from what they were doing a couple of years ago. When change happens in the world, you adjust to it.” During the meeting he praised his partner of 60 years, Charlie Munger for joining the video conferencing platform – Zoom at the age of 96. Buffett jokingly added: “He has just skipped right by me technologically.”

Kiril Sokoloff, in his 13D Report weekly newsletter (paywall), wrote recently about the historic reorganization of the traditional workplace.  He explained how we are moving towards an office-free, virtual hybrid-workforce. According to the article, only 3.6% of U.S. employees worked from home before COVID-19, while that number rose to 34% in April. The author further explains: “That’s the same percentage of people who can work from home in the U.S., according to a recent University of Chicago publication, and will most likely do so on a permanent-basis by the end of next year.”

I’m also encouraged by what I see as a change in attitude. In the face of our current logistical challenges, I’ve encountered so much cheerful innovation. “It can’t be done” has turned into “Let’s see how we can make this work.” I’ve witnessed this from personal situations (like renewing my contact lens prescription when all opticians are closed) to administrative ones (registering a car when the DMV office are shuttered).  We’ve seen it at Sicart as well, like having a new client successfully execute a wire transfer to fund the account when most bank branches were closed. Our custodian Pershing has made our lives easier, too, by further expanding the digital signing of documents.

I’ve come to believe that becoming remote as an investor — physically, intellectually, emotionally — keeping a healthy distance from the desk, the crowd, and the noise — can make you a better investor. This new perspective can inspire new ideas, give you conviction to go against the crowd, and help you find patience and discipline in your investing pursuits.

I know we didn’t ask to be locked up in our homes for months, and I know that this shall pass, but in the meantime, I admire the resulting wave of ingenuity, creativity, and a fresh look at how we work. Historically, challenges like the one we face today give us the courage to take advantage of opportunities in front of us, whether it is a new investment or a new way of working.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/14/2020

 

 

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Power out, lights out!

Whenever I speak about investing to audiences across the country and around the globe, there is a question that almost always comes up.  For years now, I’ve been asked about the 2008/2009 financial crisis. Someone in the audience usually wants to know what I was thinking at the time and how investing felt in those days. In the coming years, if anyone asks me how March 2020 felt, I have my answer ready– power out, lights out!

As you may know from my earlier emails, Megan and I have temporarily traded our city comforts for cabin life. We have running water up here in the woods, but it’s not drinkable. Instead, we carry 5-gallon water jugs uphill every week or two. These are the same kind of jugs we are used to carrying around marinas provisioning sailboats for trips among tiny islands in the Caribbean. Our internet connection is surprisingly strong – maybe even stronger than the one in our apartment. I suspect our neighbors’ video conferencing and Netflix-bingeing might have had something to do with that! Internet, and water aside, the other essential that we don’t think twice about back in the city – is power!

Only last week, with stronger spring winds, and heavy rains, we had the joy of experiencing a sudden power outage. From a moment to a moment, our life went from busy work with phones charging, laptops on, our old fridge humming – all of which we took for granted — to the complete darkness and silence of the woods. It was a very disorienting feeling for us, city folk, and that’s exactly how March felt to many investors. Darkness and silence, power out, lights out. Impossible to tell which way to go, and what might be right ahead of us.

We at Sicart didn’t know how long the correction would last or how far the stock market would drop. But we did know just what we wanted to buy if prices got interesting. We took advantage of the sharp declines, and started a collection of new investments that we plan to hold for the next 5-10 years and beyond. These are businesses we know well and have been following for years, but we weren’t comfortable with their prices until March. As a matter of fact, I was able to see managements of a few of our new holdings as recently as late February.

The market drop wiped out three years of growth in three weeks. Then the sudden correction was followed by an equally dramatic rally, bringing substantial rapid gains in many of our new holdings. As you know from our earlier articles, we tend to buy stocks only when the price is right.  That doesn’t happen often, so although our trading activity is usually very infrequent, it is decisive. During March and at least half of April, we were active almost every week, nibbling on stocks we like.

At the same time, we had a few “sell” candidates. Some were businesses we had held for a few years which were trading at multi-year or all-time highs. They had already done well, and given the nature of products they sell – canned goods or household necessities — they received an extra boost from investors searching for safety in the midst of turbulent markets.

Other “sell” possibilities were holdings that we refer to as “market protection,” mostly exchange-traded funds that rise in value when volatility or risk aversion spikes. The only market protection holding that we increased in March was our gold holding. We took advantage of the price drop as many investors sought liquidity. With gold prices rising in response to the Federal Reserve’s money printing, this turned out to be a well-timed decision. Gold may remain a long-term holding as an alternative to cash — dry powder ready for future use.

Lights go out, lights come back. As of early May, with US stock market indices having recovered a good portion of March losses, it may seem that the trouble is behind us. But we are not so certain. We are not public-health experts, but from what we are learning, the pandemic may continue for months if not longer. There is also a looming risk of a second wave in the fall, bringing the dangers of premature reopening.

When I have questions about the future, I hardly ever look for answers in the daily news. Rather, I turn to history. Recently Megan lost me for countless evenings to a dense but fascinating read – The Great Influenza: The Story of the Deadliest Pandemic in History by John M. Barry.  It’s over 500 pages long, covering everything you could possibly want to know about the 1918 pandemic, also known as the Spanish Flu. I still believe that Mark Twain was right in saying, “History doesn’t repeat itself but it often rhymes.”

Apart from reading dense history books, we at Sicart spent the last few weeks listening to earnings calls of many publicly traded companies. We were curious not only about how our holdings were faring in these difficult times, but also about how the most vulnerable business sectors are weathering the storm. Those calls reminded us that the first quarter included only one month of lockdowns; the second quarter may look more difficult. We are encouraged, though, by the prompt strategic decisions made by many companies to adapt to the current environment, and position well for the future.

At the same time, we are well aware that a long journey lies ahead of us. Health risks may linger well into the next year.  In response, lockdowns may come and go for some time. If that’s the case, the economic impact will continue, and corporate earnings will reflect it.

For now, the stock market is trying its best to look far beyond the near-term challenges. Some may say it’s too optimistic. Our stock buying wish list remains long, but we have slowed our purchases as prices rose. We plan to remain cautious, acting only when the time is right. Although March and April might have felt like a decade, they were not. The volatile markets may provide us with more windows of opportunity in the coming months.

We cannot predict whether it is the entire market that will drop, retesting March lows, or pockets of the stock market will experience headwinds one at a time. We remain ready to take advantage of either situation. What we do know is that the size, the strength, and the depth of the US economy will ultimately prosper for decades to come, because within that economy there are many wonderful businesses worth owning. We are happy with our market protection holdings, our cash holdings, and a good selection of stocks that we started to replenish in March. We are comfortable holding cash in the short run, but as you know, in the long run, we’d rather own quality businesses with growth potential and pricing power.

Back in the cabin, our first power outage was followed by another one, when one more tree fell nearby. We had learned from experience, and now we keep our flashlights always at hand. And though we might feel we are out of the woods in the stock market, we can’t be certain. There may be more dips, possibly even another bottom for this market before we can say that it’s all behind us. But we’ll be ready: we know what we want to own, and we won’t hesitate to buy it.

As one of our newer clients reminded us recently, turbulent markets could be the best of times to start thinking about your nest egg, your family fortune, and position it well for years to come. We are always here when you need us.

We are hoping you are staying safe and well, and making the best of these peculiar times.

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  5/8/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

A sprint, a marathon or a very long hike

As I’m sitting today on the porch of a tiny rustic cabin situated next to a creek in thick woods, just a short walk from the Appalachian Trail (a 2,200-mile (3,500 km) hiking trail, the longest in the world, that stretches along the Eastern United States from Springer Mountain in Georgia to Mount Katahdin in Maine), I start to think about the sprints, the marathons, and the very long hikes in life and in investing.

IMG_4766 (1)

None of these scenarios are superior to the others, but it’s helpful to know which one you are in. I enjoyed sprints in high school, especially when my sudden growth spurt gave me a brief competitive advantage over my colleagues. I’ve watched many New York City Marathons as they passed near my previous two Manhattan apartments. And annually, if my schedule permits, I enjoy long hikes in the Polish Tatra Mountains. Each of these three requires a different kind of preparation, mindset, and stamina. A hiker may look slow next to a marathoner or a sprinter – but he’s part of a completely different race.

In investing, we at Sicart have a very clear goal: to keep and grow the family fortunes of our clients over generations. An investor trying to beat the market in a week or a month can resemble a short-distance winner sprinting to his finish line. Others who want to rank high in 1-, 3- or 5-year portfolio manager rankings can be likened to marathon runners. We, on the other hand, keep moving forward long after those shorter time horizons have been passed. Selecting individual investments and constructing an entire portfolio with a very long-term investment horizon in mind requires a different kind of preparation, mindset, and stamina.

Certain investment opportunities are available to us that can be out of reach for sprinters and marathoners. Certain risks that are unacceptable to us are tolerated by those with more short-range investment horizons in mind. We can buy a piece of a promising business and wait for it to turn around and prosper, while few other investors would have the patience. The last two months, we have been gradually collecting stocks that we plan to hold for the next 5-10 years if not longer. We believe that the businesses we own will not only survive this trying time, but also thrive again. At the same time, as always, we choose not to accept any obvious risks of losing it all, a permanent loss of capital in any of our investments. We can’t avoid all possible risks, but we always do our best to limit their impact on the financial wellbeing of our clients.

***

Speaking of hikes… on a warm, sunny April day about a year ago, I went on a beautiful hike in New York’s unforgettable Central Park with my dear friend Jake Taylor, who is a fellow investor, author, nature lover and the host of a number of very popular investing podcasts. A few minutes into our walk, we stopped on a convenient bench, clipped in our microphones, and started recording a hike interview (you can listen to it here).

Jake’s first question was about my childhood. I described the summers we spent in our small lakeside cabin. I would go on long walks with my dog, an eager ginger English cocker spaniel who loved to chase every hare and duck in a 5-mile radius, as he was always convinced that every walk was a hunting expedition — which it wasn’t.

I knew that what Jake was really after was a peek into my earlier childhood during the last years of communism in Poland. He was curious about shortages, empty shelves, lines outside stores and severe travel restrictions, followed by big government spending, and money-printing leading to a devastating hyperinflation. He wanted to know how that experience shaped me as an investor. I had no way of knowing at the time of our interview how soon those two childhood memories would rhyme with our contemporary reality.

As I’m writing to you this week, in the last days of April, 2020, I’m sitting in a rustic cabin in the deep woods of the Appalachian Mountains. Megan and I traded city comforts of our high-rise apartment with a partial view of Lower Manhattan for just the essential comforts available in a forest setting.

At the same time, in recent weeks, many of us have endured product shortages, empty shelves, and long lines outside stores to shop for basic necessities. The US has stopped issuing passports, banned travel and immigration, and the government is embarking on the biggest spending and money- printing spree since WW2. We are too busy with near-term concerns to worry about inflation or even hyperinflation just yet, but if history were to rhyme not only with my early childhood days but with every money-printing experiment in history, the risk of inflation is a given.

The current pandemic shortages in the US or Europe don’t compare with the unbelievable malaise of the 1980s shopping experience in communist Poland, but do offer a flavor of those days. The one thing they certainly have in common is toilet paper becoming a hot commodity!

***

When the 10-year bull market was approaching its peak in the early 2020, many investors were acting like sprinters, celebrating each week’s success. Now that 3 years of gains have been wiped out in 3 weeks, those investors that plan to stick around may feel like they’ve joined a marathon. True wins in investing don’t come quickly, they realize. But it may be helpful to see investing as a very long hike, not very different from traveling the Appalachian Trail. It will take a different kind of preparation, mindset, and stamina to get all the way from Georgia to Maine — or all the way from the midst of one of the most dramatic economic corrections in decades back to a thriving, growing economy.

In the midst of today’s pandemic waiting game (whether it comes to developing a cure, reopening the economy or rushing back into stocks), we need to remember in what kind of race we are. Some of us will consider it a sprint or maybe a marathon, but I believe we are somewhere between Georgia and Maine, pacing ourselves for a very long hike.

We can make the best use of this time though. I’m inspired to see how many of us are doing their very best to stay healthy and productive in trying times. Talking to friends around the world, I also see a great burst of creativity in how things in our personal and business lives are accomplished in new, better, faster ways. I certainly trust that most of the lasting change that will come out of this period will be positive. I also believe that soon enough we will all be able again to meet, talk, and celebrate – face to face.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  4/28/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Are we there yet?

I remember taking long road trips with my parents as a kid. We would pack our small Fiat, and head out. Once we visited the lake country in the northwest corner of Poland, and another time it was the beautiful coast of the Baltic Sea. My favorite destination was the charming, often snow-covered Tatra mountains in the south. And like any other kid, the longer the drive, the more often I’d ask — Are we there yet?

Feels familiar, doesn’t it? Our experience of the last month and a half has felt like a long road trip, a detour from the road we thought we are on to a road we had to actually take. We all had an agenda for this year, I certainly did, but this year had an agenda for us.  Megan and I traded a few trips we planned for a lot of time at home, catching up on reading as well as bringing the world to our table by learning new recipes. My usual hours spent behind a desk have turned into a migration pattern: from the dining table to the couch to the living room floor, with my laptop in tow.

Are we there yet, though? We all want to know when we can resume our daily routines – go back to our offices and gyms, our favorite restaurants and coffee shops. When will we see friends and family in person, instead of on computer screens?  At the moment, opinions on the topic range from weeks to as long as 18 months.

We also want to know when our economy will get back on track. When will stores and many businesses reopen? When can they start rehiring? Finally, in the investment world, we want to know if the worst is behind us and our stocks can breathe again.

This pause in economic activity feels like an airplane stalling. This is a maneuver when the pilot intentionally slows the aircraft and, points the nose high enough to make the plane start falling from the sky. Just like a plane, the economy needs to remain in motion to stay up in the air. Stalling an airplane is my least favorite maneuver, but it’s a required part of the training. I’m not a fan of it, and my stomach definitely doesn’t like it either. Stalling economy gave many of us all a similar sensation.

When it comes to the economy, all the restrictions in movement, and social activities have made it harder to spend money. No one is shopping or dining out or going to the movies. Worse, for a large segment of the population it’s now also harder to earn money. The pain is not distributed equally, but large swathes of the economy are clearly “stalled” at the moment. The silver lining here lies in the fact that we know exactly what caused the stall – self-imposed economic shutdown. We also know what will undo the stall – letting the economy rev up, and resume flight! And finally, we’re all aware that completely lifting restrictions too early could cause more harm than good.

The stock market tends to respond in advance of events. When an economic slowdown is expected, the market drops precipitously. When better days are expected, it usually rallies long before actual economic improvement can be seen. We’ve seen two market extremes lately, a swift sell-off followed by a speedy rally. But we may not be out of the woods just yet.

With poor earnings visibility many companies have suspended their earnings guidance, while others are hinting at much weaker results. Still other companies have yet to report their results and give us a sneak peek of the extent of the slowdown. As patient value buyers, we have been taking advantage of the market drop adding a good number of new holdings, yet we have been acting slowly. Bear markets are a great buying opportunity, but caution is required.

We know well what caused our current economic trouble and stock market turmoil. We also know what will help undo it.  In the meantime, let’s make the best use of this time both by learning new recipes at home, and buying up some great businesses in the stock market, when appropriate opportunities arise.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  4/20/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Rethink, Reset, Restart

One way or another, we have all paused in the last few weeks. It’s been over a month since Megan and I were sitting on packed suitcases ready to fly first to Paris, and then to Warsaw. Our return flight would have been just a day before the ban on flights from Europe was imposed. Looking back, we are glad we decided to forego our trip. Since then though, with the first day of spring already behind us, we have all had a chance to rethink, and reset as we wait to restart our daily routines.

On the investment side, our approach and our philosophy haven’t changed one bit. We manage family fortunes over generations. We are disciplined, patient investors, and we see ourselves as business owners. Even if the stock market were only open once a month instead of every business day, even if benchmarks and indices didn’t exist, even if the news stopped reporting on the market’s ups and downs, we would invest exactly as we have for decades. We buy quality businesses for their streams of profits, and we want to pay the lowest price possible for them.

With the major indices currently down 25%-30%, and the median U.S. stock price reduced by almost 50%, the current pricing of many businesses looks a lot more compelling. Yet while we have started to “nibble” on many stocks we like, we remain cautious. We still hold ample dry powder to deploy (cash, market protection, and certain holdings we could liquidate to raise cash; for details please refer to our earlier posts). After a closer look, we see that the weakest companies have indeed fallen a lot in the last few weeks, but the highest quality stocks (with some exceptions) have yet to give up large percentages of their bull market gains. If history is any guide, all bull markets come to an end eventually. However, they often bottom out gradually, as investors try to still hold on to their stocks. I’ve heard this phenomenon compared to a cozy bull market turning into an uncomfortable bull ride as volatility spikes.

It’s a good reminder that at the end of each day, every single share of every single company traded on the stock exchange has an owner. There are no shares that nobody wanted that were somehow left behind. This was true even on the worst of recent days, March 16, 2020, when the U.S. stock market dropped 13%. It was the second-largest daily drop since 1987, yet at the closing bell, all shares had an owner, too.

So, who are these new owners, in bear markets? Legendary banker J.P. Morgan is believed to have said that: “In bear markets, stocks return to their rightful owners.”

Then what do these “rightful owners” look for? There are at least three qualities to evaluate in a potential stock investment: profit, growth, and the balance sheet.

When the market is rising, everyone forgets the profit and the balance sheet; what seems to matter most is growth at all cost. WeWork (co-working spaces) was a prime example of the growth frenzy of the last bull market. Long before the pandemic kept us at home and froze much normal economic activity, public markets started to wise up and resoundingly rejected the WeWork initial public offering. It was a swift transformation from a $50 billion valuation to a near bankruptcy.

In times of distress, balance sheets come to the fore. How does a business finance its operations? How much has it borrowed, how much does it owe, when does it have to pay, how much can it self-fund its operations from its profits? These are the questions on everybody’s minds today as we watch convulsions in the credit markets. Until recently, all assets seemed risk-free. Investors chased an incremental percentage point of yield, conveniently overlooking whether or not the company would be able to pay back its loans. That’s changing now, as investors rethink their investment choices, resetting their expectations and risk preferences. It’s helpful to remember that a 30%+ drop in the market will take a 50% rally to recover to a starting point. A 50% drop will take a 100% rally to recover. The importance of not losing money has come to the forefront of everyone’s attention.

Beyond market’s constant mood swings from optimism to pessimism, though, what we believe truly counts in the long run is a company’s profits. Do we own a business with lasting, growing profits (otherwise called cash flows)? And finally, what do we need to pay for each dollar of annual profits? As value buyers, the less we have to pay, the happier we are.

To make good investment choices, we think in terms of the next 3-5-10 years, trying to see where the businesses we buy could be in the following years, as pent-up demand is unleashed and our former lives restart.

***

Our daily routines have changed for now. In the first days of our self-imposed lockdown, Megan asked me how I would send my shirts to the dry cleaners. I told her that I wouldn’t be needing fresh shirts every day for a while. I haven’t actually worn a suit in over a month, which might be a record in my adult life.

As you might remember from my earlier articles, I find daily news, and minute-to-minute updates highly distracting. In the first days of the self-imposed lockdown, we spent way too much time trying to track each new development. Since then I’ve returned to re-reading annual reports, refreshing my memory about so many good businesses on our wish list.

Since I’m saving somewhere between five to ten hours a week on my commute, I’ve found another replacement for the daily news. I signed up for online courses with Udemy, which I highly recommend. I’ll share more in the coming weeks, but if you need a healthy distraction for your mind in these peculiar times, taking an online course could be an idea worth entertaining!

All the same, we at Sicart have had full days in these last four weeks. Between calls with clients, research, and trading, days seem to fly by. I have also been writing, and preparing some items on weekends to have a head start before each new week. For us as stock pickers, it’s been a fruitful and exciting time.

While we remain uncertain about the near future, and long to know when we’ll be able to resume our social activities that we once took for granted, let’s not forget what remains certain. However long the pause, we believe that the businesses we own will continue to sell goods and provide services everyone wants, and our investments will once again, we believe, deliver respectable returns, pulling our portfolios forward.

Maybe this crisis will bring a silver lining, too. In many ways it has brought us closer, made us more compassionate, allowed us to slow down. Meanwhile we’ve been relying on technology to keep us connected, keep us working, and keep us entertained. Until it’s over, let’s stay home if we can, let’s avoid crowds, and let’s make this a time to rethink, reset, and restart.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  4/7/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Investing in times of pandemic

The last few weeks have felt like years to most of us. Out of nowhere, we have been wakened from a low-volatility, 11-year-old bull market to a stormy market crash. We’ve seen record-breaking daily moves, mostly downward. Three years of gains have been erased from the major indices in as many weeks, a process that feels like taking a slow escalator up and a fast elevator down.

To me the wakeup call came in the last day of the most recent conference I attended. It was in late February in Florida, and after spending a few days with CEOs of major US companies, I finally saw the headlines reporting town lockdowns in northern Italy. In response I soon decided to cancel my trip to Europe … then two more trips. Not long afterward, we all started working remotely.

Last week, from the comfort of my home, I had the great pleasure of joining MOI Global’s John Mihaljevic for an impromptu virtual Q&A session aptly titled “Intelligent Investing in Crisis Mode.” Among John’s guests sharing their perspective were Howard Marks, Tom Russo, Guy Spier, and other highly respected value investors from around the world.

Before we dove into the topic of building a portfolio in the time of crisis, John asked me how my daily routine had changed in the last few weeks. My answer: I stay home, I save an hour on my daily commute, and Megan and I have time to bike almost every day to get some exercise. I also admitted that until a day or two ago, I was reading far too much daily news keeping up with the incessant pandemic updates. I decided to change that. Otherwise, it’s business as usual – patiently looking for ideas.

As you might know from our earlier posts, we at Sicart entered this treacherous time in what we believe is a very favorable position. We have ample cash. In addition, we hold what we call a “market protection” in the form of gold holdings, and certain exchange-traded funds that go up when volatility and risk spike. We positioned the portfolios this way not over the last few weeks, but over the last few years.

Ahead of a likely economic slowdown, we had also consciously pruned our portfolio to eliminate overvalued late-cycle names, replacing them with stocks chosen on the basis of their financial strength. We had no way of knowing that a pandemic was around the corner, but we have been cautious for a while. We wrote and talked about it extensively. Market valuations were undeservedly high, fundamentals were stretched, and we believed that we were due for a reality check in the form of a market correction. The panic selling triggered by the virus, followed by the expected drop in demand and diminished economic activity, happened to be the catalysts.

Just as we had no way of knowing when the record-breaking bull market would end, we can’t predict the duration of the current accelerated market sell-off.

As we always have, we will respond slowly and gradually. Mirroring the way we’d been trimming our holdings during the market’s rise, we will begin adding to current ones, and starting new holdings as we wait for the market to bottom. I’ll emphasize “gradually.”

The slow pace of acquisition saves us from having to time the market or attempting to call where its top or bottom might be. At the same time, it gives us the opportunity to build long-term positions in great businesses that would otherwise be too expensive to offer a sufficiently attractive return. This is a moment to start building a portfolio for the next 3-5-10 years and beyond.  

We see that a median U.S. stock is already down 50% (Bloomberg, Value Line Geometric Composite Index), and that market benchmarks are off by one-third. As dramatic as that drop may seem, we believe there is room for further correction, especially among stocks that have been part of the most recent market rally. The ultimate sign of capitulation would be a sell-off in the market darlings of the last few years as panic-stricken investors sell to raise cash. This may not occur soon, and it’s possible that the market darlings might be safe this time around. If we do see a sell-off among the high fliers of the last few years, we believe, it would be an indicator that the bottom is closer.

As we wait for the market shakeout to play out, we started to “nibble” on some stocks. We have a long wish list of those that we’d like to own at the right price.

What are we buying? There are at least three big buckets of opportunities ahead, in our opinion. The first are companies that should experience limited impact from the demand drop triggered by travel and movement restrictions. That group includes a number of companies that fell as much as the market or more. We believe that their sell-off was driven mostly by investors selling indiscriminately, regardless of the underlying quality of the business. These stocks were further hurt by investors who quickly needed to liquidate their holdings under pressure. We’ve made some small acquisitions in this segment of the market.

The second group consists of companies that will experience some impact from current restrictive policies, but should endure on the basis of their position, financial strength, and business quality. Among them, we find a number of stocks whose prices have already come down. This gave us the opportunity to initiate small positions, but we believe we may see lower prices down the road. These are companies that are often too expensive for a disciplined investor, but in times like this may be within reach, and offer sufficiently attractive returns from current prices.

The last group are companies more directly impacted by the economic shutdown. This group has likely the largest possible upside given their turnaround potential in the future. However, they could also carry the real risk of a permanent loss of capital. We are currently refining a short list of companies that we may buy as a basket in order to diversify the risk while still capturing the potential — and possible — growth. Naturally in the last group, we will do our best to avoid any companies that demonstrate an obvious high risk of a total loss.

How will we fund our acquisitions? We have three sources of capital ready to deploy. Despite some minor purchases in the last few weeks, we still hold ample cash. It can be used on whatever timetable appears most productive. The second source of dry powder will be our market protection, which is playing its role for now. Our third source of capital will come from a number of holdings we’ve added over the years which not only held up well in the sell-off, but also offer products and services that are considered necessities. Demand for them will probably remain steady or even spike as shoppers stock up on canned soup and toilet paper, or churn through their phone and data plans as they work from home or binge-watch TV shows.

***

Yes, this is a “staycation” we didn’t ask for. For us, as disciplined patient investors managing family fortunes for generations, it presents one of the most compelling buying opportunities in our investment careers. While many market observers obsess over where the bottom of the market might be, we act slowly but decisively. There has never been a bottomless market in the history of investing, and this one will have a bottom, too.

As one of our newer clients told me recently, “If I wasn’t with you already, this would be the perfect time to join!” In fact, we are on-boarding a new client in the midst of this turmoil. If you aren’t yet one of our clients but feel that you’d like a steady hand in these times, we’d would be delighted to have you join us.

***

With a stock market sell-off in background, and a looming economic slowdown, policy makers are searching for quick immediate fixes, utilizing zero interest rates, open-ended quantitative easing, multi-trillion-dollar bailouts — unprecedented money printing, borrowing, and spending. We might be trading one problem for another down the road. When too much money is chasing too few goods, inflation usually follows. This reminds us again that investing constantly requires us to see not where the ball is, but where it will likely be.

The government’s strategy may help soften the economic impact of the current situation but we might need to wait months or even longer to see a real improvement. Let’s keep it in perspective, though: this may feel like wartime in the stock market, but no production capacity is being destroyed and no bridges have been burned. It’s just that some assets may change owners at a lower price.

My grandma, a woman of boundless optimism, told me this week, “I was born during the Great Depression, lived through World War 2, the Nazi occupation, 45 years of communism, and martial law in 1980s Poland — this too shall pass.” It’s a good time to call your family and friends, since they too might have wisdom, and a new perspective to share in these unusual times.

I was supposed to go to Italy in May to attend the wedding of dear friends. That’s not going to happen now. I like to think that it was postponed rather than cancelled, and they have already rescheduled it for May 2021! It’s easier to look at everything else around us as postponed rather than cancelled. The world will go on. Pent-up demand will return. In the meantime, our best choice is to stay home and stay out of the way, for our health and that of everyone else.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  3/23/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Dealing with Uncertainty

“Investing is dealing with imprecise assumptions tainted by an imperfect world haunted by uncertainty” – that’s how I described investing in my 2015 book – Outsmarting the Crowd: A Value Investor’s Guide to Starting, Building, and Keeping a Family Fortune.

Uncertainty is always a part of investing. We never know exactly what the future holds, but when it comes to specific quality businesses that we like to own, we can make the best educated guess about their future, and if we buy them at the right price, the odds are in our favor that they will turn out to be good investments in the long run.

Last few weeks, and likely the coming months, will probably be one of the most uncertain times in our investment careers. It is important to understand well the nature of this uncertainty though. There are at least three sources of uncertainty we are facing: the impact on public health, the impact on the economy, and the impact on the stock market.

Of course, at very top of our concerns is a very real public health risk associated with the spread of the new virus. We hope that all the right steps will be taken to slow down the spread, and offer care to those in need. We understand that the very least we can all immediately do to help as individuals is stay home, work remotely if possible, and otherwise avoid crowds. Needless to say, if anyone who is not feeling well should stay home as well.

The impact on the economy is a big open question mark. We see it in two dimensions though. How deep of a cut in the economic output we may expect, and equally important, how long it will last. We will continue to have a better understanding of both dimensions as time passes. The bright light at the end of the tunnel for us is the recovery that will follow though. What encourages us the most is the pent-up demand that will be unleashed once it’s safe again to not only go back to our normal routines, but maybe even treat ourselves for the time spent in four walls with Netflix and some hastily chosen snacks. Let’s think for a minute of all those small and big pleasures we are saying no to these days — from lovely dinners with friends to trips to sunny Italy!

The impact on the stock market is much more visible and immediate than the impact on the economy. Stocks trade five days a week, and every second of the trading day all participants try to do the impossible — guess the short-term impact of the virus on the economy, and corporate earnings.

As investors, we see ourselves as business owners. When we buy a business, we want to hold it ideally forever, but at least for 3-5 years. As you know well from our earlier articles, when we buy a business, we buy its stream of profits from now until the end of its existence. One quarter, one year even have a limited impact on the long-term earning power of a business. That quarter though, especially a weak quarter has a big impact on the stock price. That’s where short-sighted investors panic, and sell a stock, while long-term investors come in and buy the stock to hold it for the long run.

As dramatic as the daily stock market moves can be, we never see volatility as risk, but as an opportunity for a patient disciplined investor. The risk to us is a possibility of a permanent loss of capital. In times like this, the shareholders of the more vulnerable companies with weaker businesses models, and higher leverage can experience a permanent loss of capital or close to it. That’s a loss that can’t be recovered. The stock price drop in a strong quality business is just a passing paper loss though.

In any market sell-off or times of economic weakness certain industries may be affected more than others. This time around anything related to travel has taken the biggest, and the most immediate hit. Airlines, cruise lines, hotels, restaurants have all experienced a big, and sudden drop in demand, thus a drop in revenues, and given their high fixed costs, likely big losses. Some of them might be in a position to weather the storm, others might not be so lucky. We don’t own any stocks in those industries. We made a frequent point in our previous articles that what we don’t own matters as much as what we do own.

After few weeks of record market swings, the obvious question arises – when does it end? Where is the bottom of the market? Now, if you followed our articles over the last few years, you know that we couldn’t time the top of the market. Today, we won’t be able to time the bottom of it either, we will do what’s possible though, which is gradually buy, the same way we were gradually selling. We are slow when we want to be, and we can act fast, and be decisive when we need to be. We plan on building positions in existing holdings, and expand our portfolio with new picks from our long wish list.

Over the last few years, we grew increasingly uncomfortable with the stock valuations, and the excessively high level of the stock market. For that reason, we grew our cash position, we also added what we call – market protection in the form of a gold holding, and a few exchange traded funds that go up when volatility and risk aversion spike. That gave us a softer landing in this dramatic sell-off, and has already given us dry powder to deploy. Again, we are acting very slowly.

We are long-term patient disciplined investors, and we manage family fortunes over generations. The last few weeks, we have heard from many of our clients who appreciate the steps we took at the top of the bull market, and the steps we are taking now. We even have a new client join us in the midst of these uncertain times, and we are grateful for this vote of confidence.

We know that many of us have seen empty shelves in our local stores, many of us stocked up on canned food, cancelled trips, changed plans, and severely curtailed our daily and weekly routines. Let’s not forget though that it’s not forever, it’s just for now, the same way, the economic weakness, the stock market sell-off are not forever, just for now. The U.S. economy is big, strong, diverse, and the vast majority of the U.S. businesses are here to stay, and they will prosper for generations to come. In the midst of this storm, we may have a rare chance to buy many more of them at enviable prices, and we will do so. Again, very slowly.

We hope you and your families are staying safe, and taking necessary precautions. We are always here; we are always reachable if you need us.

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:  3/16/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

In Search of Calm

The last few weeks have been anything but calm. We keep on learning more about the coronavirus spread around the world, and the decisions made to address it. We certainly hope that all the right steps will be taken to not only slow it down, but also to provide sufficient help, and care to those in need.

We feel that if anything, this peculiar time has brought many of us closer. We heard from many of our clients, some called, some emailed, some let us know they are keeping up with our updates. We are always here if you need us. In the last few days, we also spent more time talking to our families, our friends around the world, including those we haven’t had an opportunity to talk to in a while. I even had a chance to chat with a good grad school friend who recently relocated to Vietnam.

Megan and I have been taking daily long walks along the Hudson River waterfront. This weekend, we also took our bicycles out for the first time this season. If you are feeling overwhelmed with the news flow, a nice walk, a bike ride can do more good than any dose of hand sanitizer.

In times like this, our ability to remain available to our clients, and our ability to conduct business as normal are our priority. We remember well, how Sicart Associates was launched from our respective living rooms in the summer of 2016. I was sitting at home in my shorts and flip flops, with my laptop, and a phone ready to embark on this new adventure. Building a new firm, we made sure we use the right technology that can enable us to work, and stay connected even if we are apart, and we need to work remotely. We plan to lean on that capability more in the coming weeks.

On the investment side, it’s a good time for a reminder of what we do, what our approach is, and what our values are. We are long-term patient disciplined investors, and we manage family fortunes over generations. We are stock pickers, and business owners. To us, shares of companies represent ownership in real businesses. Businesses that provide goods and services that people need, and want.

When we buy a business, we see it as a purchase of its stream of earnings from now until the end of its existence. A few months, or even a year-long drop in earnings, has little impact on the long-term earning power of the business, in our opinion. It may have an impact though on the quoted stock price, but the lower the price we pay, the better returns we can expect in the future. The businesses we buy we intend to hold for at least 3-5 years, and if possible, forever.

The businesses we like are here to stay. Looking at the businesses we own today, we can say with a good degree of confidence that consumers will still buy soap, tomato sauce, make phone calls, use the internet or receive packages. In some businesses, we may actually see a pick up in demand as shoppers briefly adjust their preferences, and habits in response to recent developments.

This week, the bull market would have had its 11th birthday. Instead of new market highs, we have seen a big increase in market volatility with big daily drops, and rallies. The stock market indices in the US dropped by about 17-20% from their highs.

For passive index investors or those who are always fully invested, there are very few options left other than waiting it out without giving in to panic selling.

For a while now, we have held ample cash preparing for a potential market correction given inflated market valuations, and the stretched fundamentals. We have also emphasized in our stock selection the resilience of the businesses, and their financial strength. We also used a variety of market protection tools – we hold gold, and in some cases exchange traded funds that go up when the market drops or the volatility picks up.

The cash holdings served as a buffer on the way down, and now can be very gradually used to buy stocks at lower prices. We have a list of stocks we would like to own, and prices in mind that we are willing to pay. The volatility and the market drops may create further buying opportunities in the coming weeks and months.

We hope you and your families are staying safe, and taking necessary precautions.

If you have any questions, we are always here to help.

Warmest wishes,

Bogumil Baranowski & the Sicart Team

 

 

Published:  3/9/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Always keeping a steady course

We talked about it, we wrote about it, but now that it is happening, it’s never fun to watch. We discussed how the market valuations are inflated, how the fundamentals are stretched, and how 2019 eye-popping stock performance was driven by prices going up, not by earnings rising. We knew that it’s a matter of time when the market catches up with the reality. What is always impossible to say is – when.

We took the best approach that worked in the past, and was likely to work in the future. We took money off the table, pruned the most vulnerable positions, held excess cash, avoided the highest-flying stocks that have the most room to fall.

We wrote how cash is not only a buffer on the way down, but most of all dry powder that we can use when the market or individual stocks drop.

The last year and half, we slowly added a number of new holdings whose prices dropped to multi-year lows. We took advantage of the December 2018 sell-off, few other corrections since. This week, many of you intuitively knew already that we have been slowly, but consistently putting more money to work as the market started to drop.

This week we have witnessed one of the fastest corrections on record. Earlier this week, we shared a study showing how historically bear markets can quickly reclaim the bull markets’ gains. What we have seen so far is the market taking back the entire gain recorded since last summer, including the Federal Reserve sponsored rally. Historically, the faster the rise we enjoy, and the less substantiated by fundamentals it is — the more dramatic the fall.

For a while, we had believed that U.S. equities had entered a bubble territory, and it was a matter of time what “pin” will pierce it. There were many clouds on the horizon, but nothing was able to slow down the climb. Today, it seems that it’s the coronavirus scare that broke the camel’s back.

Now, we have no way of knowing what the end impact of the virus will be on our health, the economy, and the stock market. We are well aware of the global exposure of U.S. companies, and we would expect a meaningful, but hopefully short-lived impact on earnings, thus also stock prices in the near future.

In many conversations over the last months, and years, our clients asked if we anticipate one big sell-off or a sideways market. We always said that we are ready for both, and will adapt to either, and do what we do best — identify quality businesses, and buy them at attractive prices. We also emphasized that stormy markets show who was lucky, and who is doing the work, and conducting a diligent stock selection. In a rising market, everybody seems to be a hero. In a difficult market, there are many more opportunities, but not for passive investors or “index huggers”, but for those who know what to buy, and when to do it.

Calm markets or stormy markets, we are always keeping a steady course. As we wrote on many occasions, we have an extensive wish list of businesses we would like to own, and when others panic, and prices drop, we have a tremendous opportunity to buy them at very attractive prices.

Our patience always eventually pays off. We have been in no rush to chase the market to its top, and we are in no rush to jump in, but you will see us take very decisive, but gradual steps adding to our holdings in the coming days, and months.

Slow and steady wins the race.

If you have any questions, we are always here to help.

Warmest wishes,

Sicart Team

 

 

Published:  2/28/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

We don’t time the market; we don’t know how

Recently I had a conversation with a prospective client who wanted to know about our experience managing family fortunes over generations. Coming from a money manager who always likes to be fully invested, he was intrigued by our choice of holding some cash on the sidelines, ready to invest. “So, you’re timing the market?” he asked. I answered with a smile that we don’t time the market, we don’t know how.

IMG_3023

As we at Sicart see it, “timing a market” would be an attempt to stay fully invested all the way to the top, yet at the same time hoping that we would be able to sell early enough to avoid the pain of a drawdown.

My friend Jake Taylor, in his recent investor letter, shared a chart (see below) that I found eye-opening. It shows what fraction of bull market gains were “repossessed,” or dissipated in the following bear market. Since 1933, five bear markets have wiped out more than 100% of preceding bull market gains. One of those times happened during my career, and two happened in the first five years of my partner’s François Sicart’s career (1969, 1973).

Picture1

Source: UPFINA and January 2020, Investor Letter, Farnam Street Investments

In my almost forty-year lifetime, the U.S. market has endured 5 bear markets that took away half or more of preceding bull market gains.

As of early 2020, the S&P 500 hovered at 3,300 — a long way away from the low of 666 reached almost 11 years ago on March 6, 2009. If the index were to give back half of the gains earned during this longest-ever bull market, we would see a round 40% drop from current levels. If it were to relinquish all of its gain, we would see an eye-popping 80% drop from here. We certainly hope that won’t happen. However, we can’t help remembering that 2009 lows dipped below the previous low mark, when the S&P 500 dropped by 50% after the Internet Bubble burst. If history teaches us anything, it is that past downturns don’t necessarily represent the floor for even the most dramatic drawdown.

We are not trying to scare anyone away from the stock market, quite the contrary. If anything, we strongly believe that everyone should be a lifelong investor. We also believe that stock investing is a great path to not only preserving, but also growing family fortunes over generations.

However, the movements of the stock market are sometimes irrational. Extreme optimism follows extreme pessimism, greed alternates with fear. We wish we knew how to call market peaks and troughs but it’s harder than it looks.  We remember well how some observers believed that early 1999 would bring the market peak, only to see NASDAQ (the technology index), double in the following 12 months. The bubble didn’t burst until March of 2000. Until not long ago, we have been hearing how just because the market has gone up a lot, it doesn’t mean it can’t go higher. Many have believed the Fed hasn’t finished pouring gas on the fire. In the meantime, short-sighted investors have been calling for more corporate buybacks that further bid up stock prices. Could we see the major indices climb another 100% from here? It’s not impossible. Anyone suffering from FOMO (fear of missing out) may get sucked in to the market frenzy.

Now, more recently, investors traded the risk of a market melt-up for the risk of a sudden sell-off. When I started writing this article, the U.S. stock market was reaching new highs with no signs of slowing down. As I’m putting finishing touches, we just witnessed a 1,000-point daily drop in the Dow Industrial Average with all major US-indices deep in red.

A melt up, a sell-off, just correction? The important question remains how can we know when to get in, when to get out? We honestly confess that we don’t know. We also suspect that anyone who believes they do is deceiving him- or herself — not to mention anybody listening to them.

The best approach for us has been to gradually take money off the table, trim our most overvalued positions, and, if possible, replace them with holdings that are more attractively priced.

We don’t time the market because we don’t know how to. Instead, we choose each investment based on its merits. Our securities (stocks) are selected based on quality, purchased based on value, and held with the business owner’s mindset. When the picking gets slim, we let the cash position grow. In turbulent times, we shop for bargains with the cash we’ve kept on the sidelines for this very purpose.

We are patient and prepared for the shopping spree of a lifetime.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Your Quality of Sleep

Not long ago, my better half Megan and I went on a sailing trip in the Caribbean with some friends who had never sailed before. The weather in Antigua that week was exceptionally rainy and windy. Every evening the winds would die down, which allowed us to enjoy a peaceful dinner watching the moon light up the bay. But the moment we retired to our cabins; the boat would start to rock. Looking out the window, we could watch the sea turn into a fast-moving river. Any loose lines clanged rhythmically against the mast. Several times I got up and turned on the instruments to check the wind speed. It was gusting well over 25 knots in our well-sheltered bay. That’s a wind capable of stirring large branches and turning umbrellas inside out.

Fortunately, we were secured by a long heavy chain and a sizeable anchor, well dug into the sandy bottom. If that wasn’t enough, to ensure that the boat didn’t drag the anchor in the middle of the night, I dove down before sunset to see how well it was holding. I was happy, it held us steady all night long, and we all got a good night’s sleep.

IMG_2126

I am often asked what I believe matters most in investing. I surprise many listeners when I say it’s the quality of sleep. From every single stock we pick to the portfolio as a whole to a family fortune, quality of sleep is what matters most. There are days when I don’t check our stock prices. I know what we own, and we are comfortable with those selections. If I had to, we could go for weeks or months without checking prices on our stocks. It’s an incredible peace of mind to know what you own, and why.

We are always excited to buy stocks that have good odds of going up over time, but we never do that at the expense of the quality of sleep. We firmly believe that if you avoid some signs of obvious trouble you immediately eliminate a long list of worries that could keep you up at night. Based on all the stocks we have ever looked at or owned, we can identify three sources of trouble – high leverage, questionable management, and secular decline. If a company has borrowed too much money, if its leadership doesn’t come across as trustworthy, if an industry is facing a permanent change (the deaths of the film camera and the printed newspaper are two examples) – those are sufficient reasons to pass on a stock.

We look for companies that have good odds of holding steady even through the roughest seas. They need to have a good business, good management, and excellent prospects. A good steady business may still feel the impact of an economic downturn, but it’s likely to continue and strengthen as competitors fail. A good steady management that plans for the long run will, based on our observations, stay the course, and endure even the hardest times. Lastly, an open-ended market opportunity helps a good business and a good management turn a small success into a bigger success, if an investor is patient.

We believe that the quality of sleep is the best test of any investment you make and any anchorage you choose. Waking up in cold sweats in the middle of the night doesn’t sound like fun to us. I have personally experienced it both in investing and in sailing. It’s a lesson I only needed to learn once, and I strive to never to repeat it. Once in beautiful Tobago Cays (Grenadines) we found a spot in shallow water with small rocky islands surrounded by treacherous reefs all around us. We all woke up in the middle of the night, when the anchor started to drag bringing us uncomfortably close to sharp rocks. In the rain and wind, we had to reset the anchor in a better spot. Similarly, early in my career, I’ve made a couple of investments that cost me a sleepless night or two, among them a failing retailer that went bust since.

The truth is that there are plenty of investment opportunities out there, and I believe selecting any at the expense of your quality of sleep is just not worth it. With that in mind, take a look at what you own, and tell us — how are you sleeping these days? We like to sleep well. Do you?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/20/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How does a stock end up in our portfolio?

IMG_3153

I love this question. A prospective client asked me recently, a very simple, yet profound question. How does a stock end up in our portfolios? Whenever I get asked about what we do, my face lights up, and if you only have the time, I can share with you the adventurous journey each of our stock picks took before it ended up among our portfolio holdings. The beauty of our process is how repeatable, and simple it is, yet far from easy to execute.

I like to say that our securities (stocks) are selected based on quality, purchased based on value, and held with the business owner’s mindset.

We have a wish list, and a buy list. Our wish list has at least a 100 publicly traded companies that we would like to own. The buy list are stocks from the wish list that are currently available at compelling prices.

How does a stock end up on a wish list? The list is a product of decades of cumulative research effort of all our team members. To our best abilities, we look at almost every stock that goes public and becomes available to investors. We may never own the majority of thousands of stocks out there, but we know very well, which ones we would like to own, and we do our best to know them well enough to buy them when the opportunity arises.

As you may know from my earlier articles, we have a very clear idea of what kind of businesses we would like to own. They have to have three qualities: they are good businesses with good managements, and with good prospects. A good business is one we believe can earn growing and lasting profits over decades to come. It may already be earning a good amount in profits or in our opinion, itmay have very serious prospects of achieving profitability in the foreseeable future. Profits are the dollars left after all costs are covered.

Without overwhelming our readers too much, we would add that we are also curious how much a business needs to reinvest in growth and maintenance to be able to continue to deliver those growing profits – a transportation company, for example, will need to refresh its aircraft fleet now and then, a manufacturing company may need to upgrade it machines, and a service company may need to update its servers. As long as we think the capital is well used, we are happy.

In other words, a good business is a business that makes money by earning a regular, lasting, and hopefully growing profit.. The business figured out a winning formula where it’s able to offer a good or service to an ever-growing audience, and ideally at ever higher price, and it does so making a profit. The bigger it gets, the better the business becomes. Not every company out there will fit that criteria, but luckily for us enough to do.

Usually, when the business is good, the management and the prospects are equally good. It’s a chicken and egg argument whether a good management makes a business good or the other way round. What we do notice is that a good management can take a good business to a new level. A wise use of capital, long-term thinking, shareholder-friendly leadership can make a good business even better. It may happen that a business looks good in the rearview mirror, while the industry reality is not that promising looking ahead. Maybe they reached what we believe is the market potential, maybe the industry is shifting or the consumer is moving away to competition. For that reason, it pays to see if the prospects are good. Ideally, we like to see an open-ended market opportunity that could let the business grow many times over. There are great opportunities among slow and fast growth companies, the biggest determinant here is the price we pay, which leads us to the second list we keep: the buy list.

How does a stock end up on a buy list? We like to buy stocks that are down, cheap, out-of-favor. Just because we like the business, the management and its prospects, it does not it make an automatic buy. That’s where our fundamental research meets our value discipline. We know what we want to own, and why, now it’s a matter of a price we are willing to pay. It can be very tempting to blindly pay any price for a good business or a great business, but in the investment world, if you overpay for an overly optimistic future, you may lose more than you can afford.

It all comes down to profits, and how much we pay for each dollar of those profits. If profits are growing, we’ll pay more, if they aren’t, we choose to pay less.

We assume that at any given time any stock- or the market for that matter- is fully valued or overvalued. We believe that all well-informed investors with a variety of investment horizons cast their votes with a buy or sell order, and the price gets established. It’s a very efficient stock pricing mechanism. At that point in time, if you want to own a share of, for example, Coca-Cola, that’s the price you will need to pay.

Now, being disciplined value investors, we don’t have to accept the price that the market quotes. We also see no reason to buy a stock just because the price moved up in the last day, week or a year, as a momentum investor would. The price shows how investors are feeling about the business and its prospects, but it may not necessarily show how the business is really doing. In stock investing, fear and greed make the prices oscillate between pessimism and optimism.

We believe that the value of the business should be seen as today’s value of all the profits that a business can deliver from now until its demise. As you can imagine, the majority of those profits will come in the future, and the future as always is uncertain. That only makes the price more volatile over the time.

As value investors we have learned that there are times when the market is wrong about the price of stock, it happens both at the peak of optimism, and at the bottom of pessimism. It’s the latter that creates a buying opportunity for us.

Among the stocks in our wish list, we keep our eyes open for stocks that are down, cheap, out-of-favor. Every good business out there eventually suffers from a wave of pessimism. In many cases, the market might be right again. A good business turns bad, and the market rightly discount it. There are enough times when the market is wrong, and overreacts though. That’s when a good business ends up on our buy list. That’s a stock we not only would like to own, but it becomes a stock we are ready buy at the price offered.

That’s how a stock ends up in our portfolio. First, we do our fundamental research on a business we consider good, then it patiently waits its turn on our wish list, until the time comes when it joins our buy list. We feel confident that we have good odds of making money in such investments not only because we bought the right business, but also because we believe we paid the right price. Good odds are not certainty though, hence, investing never has a dull moment, and keeps us on our toes at all times.

We may never be faster or smarter than any other investor, as a matter of fact, I am continuously impressed with the number of talented investors out there dedicating many hours getting to know all kinds of businesses out there. Our advantage lies in the cumulative research that helped us develop a 100-stock wish list, and most of all, in our patience to buy those businesses at the right prices.

The journey of our stock only begins here, now it will take even more patience to hold on to it through thick and thin, and not sell it at the first gain we see. That’s where we feel we really start to stand out as not only value buyers, but also growth holders.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/13/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.